UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

FORM10-K

10-K/A
(Amendment No. 1)
(Mark One)

ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For
the
fiscal year ended December 31,, 2022

OR

TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

For the transition period from to

For the transition period from                to                
Commission File Number
001-39735

The Beachbody Company, Inc.

(Exact name of Registrant as specified in its Charter)

Delaware

85-3222090

(State or other jurisdiction of

incorporation or organization)

(I.R.S. Employer

Identification No.)

400 Continental Blvd,, Suite 400,,

El Segundo,, California

90245

(Address of principal executive offices)

(Zip Code)

(310)

(310)
883-9000

Registrant’s telephone number, including area code

Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act:

Title of each class

Trading

Symbol(s)

Trading
Symbol(s)
Name of each exchange

on which registered

Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share

BODY

BODY
The New York Stock Exchange

Redeemable warrants, each whole warrant exercisable for one Class A common stockCommon Stock at an exercise price of $11.50

BODY WS

The New York Stock Exchange

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act.    YES  ☐    NONo  ☒

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act.    YES  ☐    NONo  ☒

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days.    YESYes  ☒    NO  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation
S-T
232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files).    YESYes  ☒    NO  ☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a
non-accelerated
filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule
12b-2
of the Exchange Act.

Large accelerated filer ☐ Accelerated filer ☒ Non-accelerated filer ☐ Smaller reporting company Emerging growth company

Large accelerated filerAccelerated filer
Non-accelerated filerSmaller reporting company
Emerging growth company
If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act.☐

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report.  

If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements.  

Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officersofficers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b)
§240.10D-1(b).  

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule
12b-2
of the Exchange Act).    YES  ☐    NO  

The aggregate market value of the voting and
non-voting
common equity held by
non-affiliates
of the registrant, based on the closing price reported on the New York Stock Exchange for June 30, 2022, was $127,437,167.

$127,437,167.

There were 170,911,819 shares of registrant’s Class A Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, and 141,250,310 shares of the registrant’s Class X
Common
Stock
, par value $0.0001 per share, outstanding as of March 8, 2023.
Auditor Firm:
Ernst & Young LLP
Auditor Firm ID:
42
Auditor Firm Location:
Los Angeles, California

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE


Parts of the registrant’s definitive proxy statement for the 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed pursuant to Regulation 14A under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 are incorporated by reference in Part III of this Annual Report on Form 10-K.


Table of Contents

Page
PART III

Item 10.

Page

PART I

Item 1.

Business

3

Item 1A.

Risk Factors

9

Item 1B.

Unresolved Staff Comments

39

Item 2.

Properties

39

Item 3.

Legal Proceedings

39

Item 4.

Mine Safety Disclosures

39

PART II

Item 5.

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities

40

Item 6.

Selected Financial Data

41

Item 7.

Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

41

Item 7A.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

56

Item 8.

Financial Statements and Supplementary Data

57

Item 9.

Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure

100

Item 9A.

Controls and Procedures

100

Item 9B.

Other Information

101

Item 9C.

Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections

102

PART III

Item 10.

Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance

103

1

Item 11.

Executive Compensation

103

6

Item 12.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters

103

32

Item 13.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence

103

35

Item 14.

Principal Accounting Fees and Services

37
103PART IV

Item 15.

PART IV

Item 15.

Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules

104

Item 16.

Form 10-K Summary

108

38

1


EXPLANATORY NOTE
The Beachbody Company, Inc. (the “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our” or similar terms) is filing this Amendment No. 1 on Form
10-K/A
(this “Amendment”) to amend our Annual Report on Form
10-K
for the year ended December 31, 2022, originally filed with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission (the “SEC”) on March 16, 2023 (the “Original
10-K”
and, together with the Original Form
10-K,
the “Report”), to include the information required by Items 10 through 14 of Part III of Form
10-K.
This information was previously omitted from the Original
10-K
in reliance on General Instruction G(3) to Form
10-K,
which permits the information in the above referenced items to be incorporated in the Form
10-K
by reference from our definitive proxy statement if such statement is filed no later than 120 days after our fiscal
year-end.
We are filing this Amendment to include Part III information in our Report because a definitive proxy statement containing such information may not be filed by us within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year covered by our Report.
In accordance with Rule
12b-15
under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), Part III, Items 10 through 14 of the Original
10-K
are hereby amended and restated in their entirety. Additionally, in accordance with Rules
12b-15
and
13a-14
under the Exchange Act, we have amended Part IV, Item 15 to include currently dated certifications pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. Since no new financial statements have been included in this Amendment and this Amendment does not contain or amend any disclosure with respect to Items 307 and 308 of Regulation
S-K,
paragraphs 3, 4, and 5 of the certifications have been omitted. Similarly, since no
financial
statements have been included in this Amendment, certifications pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 have been omitted.
Except for the changes to Part III and the filing of related certifications added to the list of Exhibits in Part IV, this Amendment makes no changes to the Original
10-K.
This Amendment does not reflect events occurring after the filing of the Original
10-K
or modify disclosures affected by
subsequent
events. Terms used but not otherwise defined in the Amendment have such meaning as ascribed to them in the
Original
10-K.


CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

This Report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act, of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), including statements about and the financial condition, results of operations, earnings outlook and prospects of The Beachbody Company, Inc. (the “Company,” “we,” “us,” “our” or similar terms).the Company. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as “plan,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “outlook,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “project,” “continue,” “could,” “may,” “might,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “should,” “would” and other similar words and expressions, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking.

The forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations as applicable and are inherently subject to uncertainties and changes in circumstances and their potential effects and speak only as of the date of such statement. There can be no assurance that future developments will be those that have been anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to the following:

our future financial performance, including our expectations regarding our revenue, cost of revenue, gross profit, operating expenses including changes in selling and marketing, general and administrative, and enterprise technology and development, expenses (including any components of the foregoing) and our ability to achieve and maintain future profitability;

our anticipated growth rate and market opportunity;

our liquidity and ability to raise financing;

our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, officers, key employees or directors;

our warrants are accounted for as liabilities and changes in the value of such warrants could have a material effect on our financial results;

our ability to effectively compete in the fitness and nutrition industries;

our ability to successfully acquire and integrate new operations;

our reliance on a few key products;

market conditions and global and economic factors beyond our control;

intense competition and competitive pressures from other companies worldwide in the industries in which we will operate;

litigation and the ability to adequately protect our intellectual property rights; and

other risks and uncertainties set forth in this Report under the heading “Risk Factors.

other risks and uncertainties set forth in this Report under the heading “Risk Factors.

Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize or should any of the assumptions made by management prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements.

Except to the extent required by applicable law or regulation, we undertake no obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this Report or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.


PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance.

Directors

The following table and biographical information sets forth certain information for each director of the Company’s board of directors (“Board” or “Board of Directors”). Such information is current as of February 20, 2023. The information presented below for each director includes the specific experience, qualifications, attributes and skills that led us to the conclusion that such director is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors in light of our business.

Name

  Age   Director
Since
   Committee Membership
  Audit  Compensation  Nominating

Carl Daikeler

   59    1998   —    —    —  

Mary Conlin

   58    2021       —  

Kristin Frank

   57    2021   —      

Michael Heller

   58    2012   —    —    Chair

Ann Lundy

   52    2023   Chair  —    —  

Kevin Mayer

   60    2021     —    —  

John Salter

   45    2018   —    —    

Ben Van de Bunt

   60    2019     Chair  

Carl D. Daikeler has served as our Chairman and CEO since he co-founded Beachbody in 1998. Prior to Beachbody, Mr. Daikeler worked at Guthy-Renker assisting with new products for infomercials. He also runs the Beachbody Foundation, a non-profit organization contributing to a number of foundations such as the International Justice Mission, Hope Of The Valley, NAACP, The Lakota Tribe, Upward Bound House, Go Campaign, and Save-A-Warrior (SAW). Mr. Daikeler obtained a B.A. from Ithaca College. We believe Mr. Daikeler is qualified to serve as a member of our Board of Directors because of his extensive business and leadership experience and, in particular, his experience leading Beachbody.

Mary Conlin has served as a member of our Board since June 2021. From 2001-2007 Ms. Conlin served as Director and Head of Marketing & Corporate Communications for Pixar Animation Studios, a computer animation studio which was acquired in 2006 by The Walt Disney Company, and has since retired. Prior to Pixar, from 1990-1996 and again from 1998-1999 she served as Director of International Distribution and Director of Worldwide Promotions for the theatrical division at Warner Bros. Pictures, a multinational film production company. Ms. Conlin started her career in advertising at VMLY&R, formerly known as Young & Rubicam. Since May 2020 she has served on the board of directors for Daily Journal Corp, a public publishing and technology company. Ms. Conlin obtained a B.A. from Princeton University 1986 and an M.B.A. from Harvard University 1990. We believe Ms. Conlin is qualified to serve on our board of directors due to her extensive leadership and marketing experience.

Kristin Frank has served as a member of our Board since November 2021. Ms. Frank has served as Chief Executive Officer of AdPredictive since March 2020 a customer intelligence platform that connects data and machine learning to business outcomes to help marketers deliver efficient and effective results and sustainable growth for companies. She also currently sits on the boards of Brightcove, Inc., a leading global provider of cloud services for video, and Gaia, Inc., a global video streaming service and community. Before joining AdPredictive, from 1995to 2017 Ms. Frank served at Viacom, a former media conglomerate now operating as Paramount Global, in various capacities as a member of its executive and regional teams, serving most recently as the Chief Operating Officer of the division overseeing revenue, strategy, and operations for MTV. Ms. Frank also served as the Executive Vice President and Head of Digital for the Music and Entertainment Division, in which she developed scaled digital, product, and content businesses for MTV, Comedy Central, VH1, CMT, LOGO, and MTV2. Additionally, she served as the Regional Vice President of Content Distribution and

1


Marketing, the Chief Operating Officer of LOGO, and the General Manager of MTV and VH1 Digital Media. Ms. Frank obtained a B.B.A. degree in Finance from the University of Iowa. We believe Ms. Frank is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors due to her extensive leadership, board governance, and marketing experience.

Ann Lundy has served as a member of our Board since January 2023. Ms. Lundy has served as Senior Vice President, Corporate Finance and Internal Audit of Activision Blizzard, a public video game holding company, since November 2021 and before that served as Vice President, Internal Audit from September 2019. Prior to Activision Blizzard, in 2019 Ms. Lundy was an executive consultant in finance, accounting and project management services and before that served as Senior Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer of MH Sub I, LLC (d/b/a Internet Brands), a company operating online media, community and e-commerce sites, in 2018. Prior to that, from March 2003 to August 2018 Ms. Lundy served various leadership positions at Mattel, Inc., including as Senior Vice President Finance & Strategy, Global Development and Product Supply. Ms. Lundy obtained a B.S. in Accounting from Oakland University and is licensed as an inactive certified public accountant in Michigan since October 1994. We believe Ms. Lundy is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors to her extensive financial and public company experience.

Kevin Mayer has served as a member of our Board since June 2021. Kevin Mayer has served since January 2022 as Co-Chief Executive Officer and founder of Candle Media, a next generation media company, home to category-defining brands including Hello Sunshine, Moonbug Entertainment, Faraway Road Productions and Westbrook Media. Mr. Mayer is also co-founder and managing director of Smash Capital, serves as Chairman of DAZN Group, a major global sports media company, and is on the Board of the Forest Road Company. Prior to founding Candle and Smash Capital, from June 2020to August 2020Mr. Mayer served as CEO of TikTok and COO of its parent company, ByteDance. Before that, from 2015 to 2020 Mr. Mayer served as Chief Strategy Officer at The Walt Disney Company where he oversaw strategy and new business development as well mergers and acquisitions for the company, and subsequently served as Chairman for its Direct-to-Consumer and International segment which included developing or overseeing global streaming platforms including Disney+, ESPN+ and Hulu. Mr. Mayer has been an advisory board member at Salesforce since November 2020 and has served on the board of Tinuiti, a private performance marketing agency since April 2021. Mr. Mayer holds a Bachelor of Science in Mechanical Engineering from MIT, a Master of Science in Electrical Engineering from San Diego State University and a Master of Business Administration from Harvard University. We believe Mr. Mayer is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors due to his extensive leadership and media industry experience.

Michael Heller has served as a member of our Board since November 2012. Since 1994 Mr. Heller has served at Cozen O’Connor, an international law firm, currently as the Executive Chairman and Chief Executive Officer. He has served as a member of the Board of Directors of Hanover Fire and Casualty Co., a property and casualty insurance carrier since May 2004. Mr. Heller also sits on several nonprofit boards, including Thomas Jefferson University Hospital, Villanova Law School, CEO’s vs Cancer, Greater Philadelphia Chamber of Commerce and Philadelphia Alliance for Capital and Technologies. Mr. Heller obtained a B.A. with high honors from The Pennsylvania State University and a J.D. from Villanova University. We believe Mr. Heller is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors due to his extensive leadership and board governance experience.

John S. Salter has served as a member of our Board since December 2018. He is a co-founder and partner of The Raine Group LLC (“Raine”) since May 2009, an integrated merchant bank advising and investing in high growth sectors of technology, media and telecommunications, where he is responsible for Raine’s interactive entertainment, real money gaming and digital media practice. Prior to co-founding Raine, he was the Global Head of Digital Media at UBS Investment Bank in the Technology, Media and Telecommunications Group. Prior to joining UBS Investment Bank, Mr. Salter worked in the Internet and New Media Group at Volpe, Brown, Whelan & Co. in San Francisco. Mr. Salter has served as a member of a number of boards of directors including as a director for Huuuge Games, a video game developer on mobile devices and PCs, since October 2017, Play Games 24x7, a leading Indian gaming company, since October 2019 and as an observer for DraftKings, a leading digital sports entertainment and gaming company, August 2014. Mr. Salter obtained a B.A. from Stanford

2


University. We believe Mr. Salter is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors due to his extensive leadership, industry, and board governance experience.

Ben Van de Bunt has served as a member of our Board since March 2019. Since 2013 Mr. Van de Bunt has been an entrepreneur and co-owner of numerous companies including Silver Creek, Paramount Equity, LoanPal, FHR, Inspire Energy, Nestidd, Omni Energy, Good Finch and Rosewood Homes. Previously, Mr. Van de Bunt was Chief Executive Officer and President at Guthy-Renker from 1993 through 2013. He previously served as a member of the board of directors of Houlihan Lokey from September 2018 to July 2019, Solar City from 2013-2015, Guthy-Renker since 1995, Inspire Energy, GivePower and St. John’s Hospital since 2014. Mr. Van de Bunt obtained a B.A. of the University of California, Los Angeles, and a J.D. from Harvard Law School. We believe Mr. Van de Bunt is qualified to serve on our Board of Directors due to his extensive venture capital, leadership, and board governance experience.

Executive Officers

2Below is biographical information for each of our current executive officers as of February 20, 2023, other than Carl Daikeler (whose biographical information is shown under “Directors” above). Each executive officer serves at the discretion of the Board of Directors and the Chief Executive Officer.


Name

Age

Position

Carl Daikeler

59Co-Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

Marc Suidan

49Chief Financial Officer

Blake Bilstad

52Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary

Michael Neimand

58President, Beachbody

Kathy Vrabeck

59Chief Operating Officer

Marc Suidan has served as our Chief Financial Officer since May 2022. Prior to Beachbody, Mr. Suidan served as a Partner at PricewaterhouseCoopers since 2011 and served as their Global Tech, Media and Telecom Leader. Prior to PricewaterhouseCoopers, he served as Co-Founder and CFO of several startups. Mr. Suidan obtained an MBA from the Kellogg School of Management at Northwestern University, a Bachelor of Management from McGill University, and is an active CPA in Canada.

PART IBlake Bilstad

Item 1. Business.

We are ahas served as our Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary since 2021. Prior to Beachbody, from 2018 through 2021, Mr. Bilstad was the Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary of dosist, an award-winning health and wellness platform providing fitness, nutritioncompany, and stress-reducing programscurrently still serves on dosist’s board of directors. From 2015 to 2018, Mr. Bilstad served as Senior Vice President General Counsel and Secretary at sports entertainment pioneer, WWE (NYSE: WWE) and was WWE’s acting Senior Vice President—Human Resources from 2015 to 2016. From 2004 to 2015, Mr. Bilstad was General Counsel and Secretary at e-commerce conglomerate Provide Commerce (previously Nasdaq: PRVD), which was publicly-held until its acquisition in 2006 by Liberty Media Corporation. From 1999 to 2004, Mr. Bilstad worked with MP3.com, Inc., a publicly-held digital media company acquired in 2001 by Vivendi Universal S.A., a global entertainment and telecommunications conglomerate, where he helped form VUNet USA and served as the group’s Senior Vice President of Legal Affairs and Secretary. Mr. Bilstad held previous legal positions at Cooley Godward LLP, the U.S. Department of Justice—Antitrust Division, the Harvard Negotiation Project and two other major law firms. Mr. Bilstad earned his Juris Doctor cum laude from Harvard Law School and his Bachelor of Arts degree in History magna cum laude from Duke University.

Michael Neimand has served as President, Beachbody since 2016 and is responsible for our direct selling activities, Team Beachbody, and the direct selling division’s international expansion efforts. Mr. Neimand joined Beachbody in 2006 and has held various positions including Executive Vice-President. Prior to Beachbody, he served as Vice President of Sales and Initiatives at Herbalife and was at the company from 1995 through 2006 and also worked at BAE Systems, a global defense, security and aerospace company. Mr. Neimand obtained a B.A. from the University of California, Los Angeles.

3


Kathy Vrabeck has served as our Chief Operating Officer since April 2022 after serving as our Chief Strategy Officer from April 2021 to April 2022. Prior to Beachbody, from October 2015 to April 2021 Ms. Vrabeck served as a Senior Client Partner at Korn Ferry, a global talent and organizational advisory firm, where she led Korn Ferry’s Consumer Digital sector. Prior to joining Korn Ferry in October 2015, she was a Partner at Heidrick & Struggles International, Inc., an executive search firm, where she served as both Global Sector Leader of their Media, Entertainment and Digital practice and partner-in-charge of the Los Angeles office. Prior to Heidrick & Struggles, Ms. Vrabeck held a number of leadership positions in digital media companies, including President, Legendary Digital at Legendary Entertainment from March 2009 to March 2011 where she was responsible for the creation, management and delivery of digital entertainment, with a focus on video games. From May 2007 to November 2008, Ms. Vrabeck was with Electronic Arts, Inc., a developer, marketer, publisher and distributor of video games, where she served as President, EA Casual Entertainment. Prior to that, Ms. Vrabeck held executive roles at Activision, Inc. from August 1999 to April 2006, including President, Activision Publishing. Ms. Vrabeck serves as Chair of the board of directors of MediaAlpha, Inc. (NYSE:MAX), a public company specializing in end customer acquisition for insurance carriers, and as a member of the board of directors of United Talent Agency Acquisition Corporation (NASDAQ: UTAA). Ms. Vrabeck received a B.A. in French and economics from DePauw University and an M.B.A. from Indiana University.

Delinquent Section 16(a) Reports

Section 16(a) of the Exchange Act requires our executive officers and directors and persons who beneficially own more than 10% of our common stock to file initial reports of beneficial ownership and reports of changes in beneficial ownership with the SEC. Such persons are required by SEC regulations to furnish us with copies of all Section 16(a) forms filed by such person.

Based solely on our review of such forms furnished to us, and written representations from certain reporting persons, we believe that all filing requirements applicable to our customers. With 2.0 million digital subscriptionsexecutive officers, directors and 0.2 million nutritional subscriptions, we believepersons who own more than ten percent of a registered class of our abilityequity securities during the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022, were satisfied, except that due to offer solutions in bothadministrative errors certain persons who own more than ten percent of a registered class of our equity securities (RPIII Rainsanity LP, RPIII Corp SPV Management LLC, RPIII Corp Aggregator LP, Raine Associates III Corp (AIV 2) GP LP, Raine Management LLC, The Raine Group LLC, and Raine Holdings LLC (collectively, the global fitness market“Raine Entities”)) filed one Form 4 late, reporting (i) the grant of equity awards on August 27, 2021 to Mr. Salter, a director of our Board affiliated with the Raine Entities, (ii) the grant of equity awards on May 10, 2022 to Mr. Salter, and (iii) certain disposition of the Company’s Class A common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class A Common Stock”) on January 19, 2022 via distributions to the limited partners of certain of the Raine Entities. In addition, the Raine Entities filed one Form 3 late due to the inadvertent omission of RPIII Corp SPV Management LLC, Raine Management LLC, The Raine Group LLC, and Raine Holdings LLC from the original Form 3 of the Raine Entities filed on June 29, 2021.

Code of Ethics and Conduct

We have adopted a code of ethics and business conduct that applies to all employees, including employees of our subsidiaries, as well as each member of our Board of Directors. The code of ethics and business conduct is available at our website at https://investors.thebeachbodycompany.com/governance/governance-documents.

We intend to satisfy any disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8-K regarding an amendment to, or waiver from, a provision of this code of ethics by posting such information on our website, at the address specified above.

Audit Committee

The Audit Committee of our Board of Directors (“Audit Committee”) consists of Mary Conlin, Ann Lundy, Kevin Mayer, and Ben Van de Bunt, with Ms. Lundy serving as chair. Rule 10A-3 of the Exchange Act and the global nutrition marketNew York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) rules require that our Audit Committee be composed entirely of

4


independent members. Our Board of Directors has affirmatively determined that Mmes. Conlin and Lundy and Messrs. Mayer and Van de Bunt each meet the definition of “independent director” for purposes of serving on the Audit Committee under one platform positions us as the leading holistic health and wellness solution. We have a 24-year track record of creating innovative exercise, nutrition and stress-reducing content that have improved the lives of millions of customers. We make fitness entertaining, approachable, effective and convenient, while fostering social connections that encourage customers to live healthier and more fulfilling lives.Rule 10A-3

We are a results-oriented company at the intersection of wellness, technology and media. We developed one of the original fitness digital streaming platforms with an extensive library of content containing 120 complete programsExchange Act and over 8,500 streaming videos. We measure the successNYSE rules. Each member of our libraryAudit Committee also meets the financial literacy requirements of NYSE listing standards. In addition, our Board of Directors has determined that Ms. Lundy qualifies as an “audit committee financial expert,” as such term is defined in Item 407(d)(5) of Regulation S-K.

Our Audit Committee is responsible for, among other things:

selecting and hiring our independent auditors, and approving the audit and non-audit services to be performed by our independent auditors;

assisting the board of directors in evaluating the qualifications, performance, and independence of our independent auditors;

assisting the board of directors in monitoring the quality and integrity of our financial statements and our accounting and financial reporting;

assisting the board of directors in monitoring our compliance with legal and regulatory requirements;

assisting the board of directors in monitoring the performance of our internal audit function;

monitoring the performance of our internal audit function;

reviewing with management and our independent auditors our annual and quarterly financial statements;

establishing procedures for the receipt, retention, and treatment of complaints received by customer engagement indicators including a metric that divides daily active users by monthly active users (“DAU/MAU”)us regarding accounting, internal accounting controls, or auditing matters and “streams”the confidential, anonymous submission by our subscribers overemployees of concerns regarding questionable accounting or auditing matters; and

preparing the respective periods. Whileaudit committee report that the measurerules and regulations of the SEC require to be included in our annual proxy statement.

Our Audit Committee also reviews the related party transaction policy described under “Certain Relationships and Related Party Transactions.” Our Audit Committee operates under a digital stream may vary across companies,written charter which is available on our website at https://investors.thebeachbodycompany.com/governance/governance-documents.

5


Item 11. Executive Compensation.

COMPENSATION DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

General

In this Compensation Discussion and Analysis, we define streamsprovide an overview and total streams asanalysis of the stream of a video for at least 25% of its lengthcompensation awarded to or earned by our named executive officers identified in the Summary Compensation Table below (each, an “NEO”) during a given period. Infiscal 2022, our DAU/MAU averaged 30.1%. In 2022, 2021 and 2020, our subscribers viewed 121 million, 167 million and 180 million streams, respectively. We also measure our success by month over month retention ratesincluding the elements of our digital subscribers, which was approximately 95.9%compensation program for NEOs, material compensation decisions made under that program for fiscal 2022, and the material factors considered in making those decisions. Our NEOs for the year ended December 31, 2022 were:

Carl Daikeler, Co-Founder, Chairman, and Chief Executive Officer;

Marc Suidan, Chief Financial Officer;

Sue Collyns, Former President and Former Chief Financial Officer;

Blake Bilstad, Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary;

Michael Neimand, President, Beachbody; and

Kathy Vrabeck, Chief Operating Officer.

Ms. Vrabeck was appointed as the Company’s Chief Operating Officer, effective April 15, 2022.

Effective May 10, 2022, Ms. Collyns’ role as President and Chief Financial Officer of the Company ended, at which time Mr. Suidan was appointed as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer. On May 31, 2022, Ms. Collyns’ employment with the Company terminated. Following her termination, Ms. Collyns will remain with the Company in an advisory capacity through May 31, 2023.

Effective May 1, 2023, Mr. Bilstad’s employment with the Company will terminate.

Executive Summary

2022 Highlights.

Following are some of our key 2022 operational and financial highlights of our performance:1

Total revenue decreased 21% to $692.2 million compared to 2021.

Digital revenue decreased 18% to $300.7 million.

Nutrition and Other revenue decreased 24% to $353.3 million.

Connected Fitness revenue decreased 11% to $38.2 million.

Operating loss improved by $94.1 million to $203.2 million compared to an operating loss of $297.3 million in 2021.

Net loss was $194.2 million compared to a net loss of $228.4 million in 2021.

Adjusted EBITDA was ($23.3) million compared to ($86.1) million in 2021.

Cash used in operating activities was ($47.2) million compared to ($215.2) million in 2021, and cash used in investing activities was ($26.5) million compared to ($125.2) million in 2021. Total cash used in operating and investing activities was ($73.7) million compared to ($340.4) million in 2021.

Cash and cash equivalents decreased 23% to $80.1 million compared to the prior year period.

1

See Supplemental Disclosure Regarding Non-GAAP Financial Information on Annex A.

6


The chart below summarizes the various elements of our executive compensation program and their purpose. Further detail on each of these compensation elements is provided in the sections that follow.

Objective

Type of
Compensation

Key Features

2022 Actions Taken

Base Salary

•  Provides fixed pay that attracts and retains talented executives in a competitive market, recognizes individual roles and level of responsibilities, and provides stable income

Cash

•  Reflects individual skills, experience, responsibilities and performance over time, as well as market practice

•  The 2022 base salary for our NEOs was not changed from fiscal year 2021

Short-Term Incentive—Annual Incentive Plan

•  Motivate and retain employees and align incentives to near-term company objectives

•  Promotes and reinforces the attainment of annual performance objectives and rewards executives for their contributions toward achieving those objectives

Cash and/or Equity

•  Performance-based reward tied to achievement of annual corporate financial performance targets

•  Other than with respect to Ms. Vrabeck, the target bonus opportunities for each of our NEOs in 2022 was not increased or changed from fiscal year 2021

•  In 2022, performance targets were 100% tied to total Company Pre-Bonus EBITDA, subject to cash availability to pay earned bonuses and other conditions

Long-Term Incentives

•  Aligns executives’ interests with our stockholders’ interests, emphasizes long-term performance, and helps retain executive talent

•  Promotes retention and enhances executive stock ownership

Equity

•  Links value to stock price appreciation and directly aligns with stockholders’ interests

•  Each of our NEOs, other than Mr. Daikeler and Ms. Collyns, received an award of options in 2022.

•  Mr. Suidan also received a “sign on” award of restricted stock units covering shares of our Common Stock (“RSUs”) in connection with his hiring

7


Objective

Type of
Compensation

Key Features

2022 Actions Taken

Severance Protections

•  Aid in attracting and retaining executive talent and help executives to remain focused and dedicated during potential transition periods due to a change in control

Benefit

•  Facilitates an orderly transition in the event of management changes

•  Helps ensure NEOs remain focused on creating sustainable performance in case of personal uncertainties or risk of job loss

•  Provides confidentiality, non-competition, non-solicitation and non-disparagement protections

•  In connection with her termination of employment by the Company without “cause,” Ms. Collyns received the severance payments and benefits under her employment agreement

Other Benefits

•  Provide programs for employees to pursue physical and financial wellbeing through retirement and health and welfare benefits

•  We also provide certain other perquisites to our NEOs

Benefit

•  Broad-based benefits available to all employees

•  Some executive perquisites

•  No changes in 2022

8


Compensation Governance and Best Practices.

img26398216_0.jpg We are committed to having strong governance standards with respect to our compensation programs, procedures and practices. Our key compensation practices include the following:

What We Do

What We Do Not Do

✓ Emphasize performance-based, at-risk compensation.

✗  Do not guarantee annual salary or target bonus increases.

✓ Emphasize the use of equity compensation to promote executive retention and reward long-term value creation.

✗  Do not grant uncapped cash incentives or guaranteed equity compensation.

✓ Weight the overall pay mix towards incentive compensation for senior executives.

✗  Do not provide significant or excessive perquisites.

✓ Engage an independent compensation consultant to advise our Compensation Committee.

✗  Do not maintain any defined benefit pension plans or supplemental executive retirement plans.

✓ Evaluate benchmarked compensation data in compensation decision making process.

✗  Do not provide single-trigger payments or benefits upon a change in control

✓ Link our short-term annual bonus program to pre-established financial performance objectives.

✗  Do not provide any tax gross-ups to cover excise taxes under Section 4999 in connection with a change in control

Stockholder Advisory Vote on Executive Compensation

We expect to ask our stockholders to vote, at the next annual meeting of stockholders, in a non-binding, advisory vote to approve the compensation of our NEOs (the “Say-on-Pay Vote”). Our Compensation Committee will review the result of the Say-on-Pay Vote, and, depending on the outcome, will implement any necessary changes to our executive compensation program as a result of the vote. We were not required to hold a Say-on-Pay Vote in 2022; however, at our 2022 annual meeting of stockholders, our stockholders voted in a non-binding advisory vote in favor of having a Say-On-Pay Vote once every year. Consistent with the stated preference of a majority of our stockholders, our next advisory vote on our NEOs’ compensation (after the vote to be held at the next annual meeting of stockholders) will be held at the following annual meeting of stockholders.

Executive Compensation Objectives and Philosophy

The key objective of our executive compensation program is to motivate and reward our executives to drive the Company’s short- and long-term financial and strategic business performance in order to maximize long-term stockholder value. Specifically, our executive compensation philosophy is to have a compensation program that:

Motivates and incentivizes executives to achieve the Company’s financial and strategic business objectives through the use of variable/at-risk compensation plans;

Aligns actual/earned compensation levels with the Company’s achievement of its key business objectives and creation of long-term shareholder value;

Attracts and retains key executive-level talent to lead and execute on business strategy; and

Offers total compensation opportunities to executives that, while competitive, are internally consistent and fair.

Our compensation philosophy is supported by the pay strategy, which is based on two primary guiding principles: (1) provide a mix of fixed and at-risk compensation to attract and retain key talent who thrive in a results-driven environment, and (2) set competitive pay levels to effectively attract and retain key talent. While external market data will be used as a reference point in setting pay levels, executives are not targeted to a certain market percentile positioning; instead, executives may be compensated above or below the market median based on several internal and external factors including their respective role and responsibilities, contribution to the

9


organization, individual performance and potential, experience in the role, internal equity, Company performance, and external market data, as described further below under “—Determination of Executive Compensation.”

Determination of Executive Compensation

Role of Compensation Committee and Executive Officers

Driven byThe Compensation Committee is responsible for establishing and overseeing our commitmentexecutive compensation programs and we expect that the Compensation Committee will annually review and determine the compensation to help people achieve their goals and lead healthy, fulfilling lives, we have built or acquired digital platformsbe provided to engageour NEOs, including with respect to our Chief Executive Officer.

Consistent with our customers such as Beachbody On Demand (“BOD”), Beachbody On Demand Interactive (“BODi”), and Beachbody Bike. Priorcompensation philosophy, in setting executive compensation, the Compensation Committee will consider a number of factors, including the recommendations of our Chief Executive Officer (other than with respect to July 2022, fitness programs were also available on the Openfit digital platform. Our BOD digital platform includes an extensive library with high-quality production and creatively diverse fitness content for an annual subscription price of $120. BOD,Chief Executive Officer’s own compensation) and our premiumPeople team, current and interactive digital platform, BODi, also have monthly, 3-month,past total compensation, competitive market data and 6-month membership prices. Duringanalysis provided by the Compensation Committee’s independent compensation consultant, Company performance and each executive’s impact on performance, each executive’s relative scope of responsibility and potential, each executive’s individual performance and demonstrated leadership, and internal equity pay considerations.

Role of Compensation Consultant

In order to design a competitive, public company executive compensation program that will continue to attract top executive talent and reflect our compensation philosophy, our Compensation Committee retained ClearBridge Compensation Group, LLC as an independent compensation consultant (the “Compensation Consultant”). The Compensation Consultant provides executive compensation advisory services, helps evaluate our compensation philosophy and objectives and provides guidance in administering our executive compensation program.

In 2022, we completeddeveloped a peer group with our Compensation Consultant in structuring our executive compensation program for fiscal year 2022. We have selected the consolidationpeer group companies based on a combination of our Openfit streaming fitness offering into both Beachbody platforms to enhance our value proposition to all customersrelevant factors, including company size (as measured by revenue), market capitalization, and simplify our go-to-market strategy. Starting March 2023, BODi also includesindustry, with a new formfocus on fitness/lifestyle companies, health and wellness companies, and other related technology-focused and/or media and entertainment companies. At the time the peer group was set, Beachbody’s annual revenue approximated the 50th percentile of fitness programming called BODi Blocks,the peer group revenue. This peer group was used for 2022 compensation program decisions, and the new mindset content.

The BOD + BODi annual subscription price was reducedCompensation Committee expects to $179, from $298 in September 2022 to appeal to a larger audience. In 2023, we will enhance our BODi platform by focusing our fitness content aroundreview the conceptrelevance of block periodization, which we call BODi Blocks. Block periodization is a four-week “mesocycle” of three weeks of progressive exercise (five workouts a week), followed by one week of functional recovery. The goal is a balance of exercise and recovery so the customer is always challenged but not overtrained. It also integrates a layer of personal development and mindset content. The combination of fitness, nutrition, and mindset makes the BODi platform a complete solution to support the whole person and help them achieve positive “Health Esteem.”

Our premium nutrition products help make meal planning and healthy weight loss achievable without deprivation. Simplicity and proven strategies are at the core of what we do, and many of our brands, including Shakeology, Beachbody Performance and Ladder, have been designed with formulae and ingredients that have been clinically

3


tested to help our customers achieve their goals. By leveraging consumer insights, such as which of our content subscribers are engaging with, we are able to make targeted recommendations to them that support improved results.

In late 2022, we launchedpeer group on an “Eat More Dessert” campaign, which additionally positions Shakeology as a healthy, gourmet, superfood dessert. Healthy desserts is considered a $48 billion annual category that is growing quickly. We believe Shakeology is well positioned to be consumed as a healthy dessert with hundreds of healthy recipes offered.

We have also built a social commerce platform with incentives to invite people to participate in groups and to increase our customer base, inspiring participants to achieve their goals which in turn generates cash flow that can be used to accelerate our digital expansion. This platform includes our network of micro influencers or Coaches, who help customers start and maintain a fitness and nutrition program through positive reinforcement, accountability, and a proprietary online support community. The Coaches pay a monthly subscription fee to access our Coach office tools, which provide training, sales enablement, and reporting capabilities. In 2023, we are transitioning the micro influencer nomenclature from “Coach” to “Partner”.

Our revenue is primarily generated from the sale of digital subscriptions and nutritional products that are often bundled together. We also generate revenue selling the Beachbody Bike. We believe there are future revenue and customer retention opportunities that can be generated through our enhanced BODi offering, new nutritional bundles, and connected devices that offer digital subscriptions.

Our Product Offerings and Economic Model

Digital Subscriptions

Our digital subscriptions include BOD and a live interactive premium subscription, BODi, launched in late 2021. The subscriptions are renewed on a monthly, quarterly, semi-annual, or annual basis and include unlimited accessdetermine if any future modifications are necessary at that time. The following peer group was used to an extensive library of live and on-demand fitness and nutrition content. Prior to Julyinform 2022 we also offered a subscription service to the Openfit digital platform. In March 2023, we launched an improved BODi experience and began migrating all BOD-only members to BODi on their renewal dates.compensation decisions:

Fiscal 2022 Peer Group Companies

BellRing BrandsNewAgeTivity Health (1)
Blue Apron HoldingsPlanet FitnessUSANA Health Sciences
FreshpetPrestige Consumer HealthcareWorld Wrestling Entertainment
MedifastShutterstockWW International
Nature’s Sunshine ProductsStitch Fix
NautilusThe Simply Good Foods Company

(1)

Tivity Health was acquired by Stone Point Capital on June 30, 2022; and was subsequently removed from the FY23 peer group.

As mentioned above, the Compensation Committee does not benchmark any compensation element to a specific percentile, and instead uses the full market range of the peer group benchmarked data as a reference point in setting pay levels.

10


Elements of Compensation

Base Salary

The base salaries of our NEOs are an important part of their total compensation package, and are intended to reflect their respective positions, duties and responsibilities. Base salaries provide our NEOs with a reasonable degree of financial certainty and stability. Our digital platforms provide a one-stop-shopCompensation Committee annually reviews and determines the base salaries of our executives and evaluates the base salaries of newly hired executives at the time of hire.

The base salary for all typeseach of fitness and nutrition content, with world famous brands such as P90X, Insanity, 21 Day Fix, 80 Day Obsession, Morning Meltdown 100, LIIFT4, Unstress meditations, Portion Fix, 4 Weeks of Focus, Sure Thing, and others. The BOD and BODi platforms give users access to comprehensive, highly produced, and creatively diverse fitness content with dynamic trainers. We had 2.0 million digital subscriptionsour NEOs in 2022 was not increased or changed from fiscal year 2021. Our NEOs’ annual base salaries as of December 31, 2022 are as follows:

Named Executive Officer

  2022
Annualized
Base Salary
 

Carl Daikeler (1)

  $1.00 

Marc Suidan (2)

  $525,000 

Sue Collyns (3)

  $600,000 

Blake Bilstad

  $520,000 

Michael Neimand

  $550,000 

Kathy Vrabeck

  $525,000 

(1)

Effective November 14, 2021, at Mr. Daikeler’s request, Mr. Daikeler’s annual base salary was decreased from $850,000 to $1.00 per year.

(2)

Reflects Mr. Suidan’s annual base salary following his commencement of employment with our Company in April 2022. His actual base salary was pro-rated for the portion of the 2022 fiscal year during which he was employed.

(3)

Reflects Ms. Collyns’ annual base salary prior to her termination of employment with our Company in May 2022. Her actual base salary was pro-rated for the portion of the 2022 fiscal year during which she was employed.

The actual 2022 base salaries paid to our NEOs are set forth in the column entitled “Salary” in the “Summary Compensation Table” below. Due to the substantial achievement of cost savings for the Company during calendar year 2022 and unwavering focus on return to profitability, on December 28, 2022, the Compensation Committee determined to restore Mr. Daikeler’s annual base salary to $850,000, effective as of January 1, 2023.

Cash Incentive Compensation

Annual Bonus Program

We consider annual incentive bonuses to be an important component of our total compensation program by providing incentives necessary to motivate our executive officers to achieve our key short-term business objectives. The Company currently maintains an annual bonus program in which certain eligible employees, including our NEOs, participate. Under the program, each NEO is eligible to receive an annual performance-based bonus based on a specified target annual bonus award amount, expressed as a percentage of the named NEO’s base salary. The target bonus opportunities were determined by our Compensation Committee by considering each NEO’s role and responsibilities at our Company. The NEOs’ target bonus opportunities under our 2022 annual bonus program were as follows:

Named Executive Officer

Target
Percentage

Carl Daikeler

100

Marc Suidan

75

Sue Collyns

75

Blake Bilstad

50

Michael Neimand

66.67

Kathy Vrabeck (1)

72.72

11


(1)

Effective April 15, 2022, Ms. Vrabeck’s annual target bonus opportunity was increased from 67% to 75% in connection with her appointment to Chief Operating Officer; her actual target bonus is pro-rated to reflect that the increase was effective mid-year.

Under the 2022 bonus program, the incentive bonuses were earned based upon the achievement of pre-determined Pre-Bonus EBITDA (as defined below) goals. In the Compensation Committee’s discretion, bonuses under the 2022 program could be paid in cash, fully vested RSUs or options, or a combination thereof. Any bonus payouts were also subject to satisfying lender covenant requirements, such as minimum cash requirements, at the time of payout.

Under the 2022 bonus program, participants were eligible to receive a percentage of the participant’s target bonus opportunity, ranging from 0% to 150%, based on the level at which the performance goal was achieved, as set forth in the following table:

Performance Level

Pre-Bonus
EBITDA
Performance (1)
% Target
Bonus
Payout (2)

Threshold

($32 million75

Target

($25 million100

Maximum

($0 million150

(1)

Pre-Bonus EBITDA generally is calculated as net income (loss) adjusted for cash performance bonuses, impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, depreciation and amortization, amortization of capitalized cloud computing implementation costs, amortization of content assets, interest expense, income taxes, equity-based compensation, net realizable value adjustment, transaction costs, restructuring gain, change in fair value of warrant liabilities, and other items that are not normal, recurring, operating expenses necessary to operate the Company’s business.

(2)

If actual performance falls below “threshold” performance level, the target bonus payout will be 0%. If actual performance falls between the “threshold” and “target” performance levels or between the “target” and “maximum” performance levels, the percentage of such performance goal that is earned will be determined by using linear interpolation as between the applicable levels.

In 2022, our actual Pre-Bonus EBITDA achieved was ($12.6 million), which was between the “target” and “maximum” performance levels. Therefore, our Compensation Committee determined that the performance goal was attained at a level of 124.8%. However, based on management’s and the Compensation Committee’s assessment of cash availability and lender covenant requirements at the time of bonus payouts, the Compensation Committee decided to apply negative discretion to award our remaining NEOs with an amount equal to 50% of their respective target bonus opportunities for 2022, payable in fully vested RSUs.

In addition, Ms. Collyns’ employment with the Company was terminated on May 31, 2022. Accordingly, pursuant to the severance terms under her employment agreement, Ms. Collyns was eligible to receive her 2022 target annual bonus, which was pro-rated based on the number of days Ms. Collyns was employed by the Company during 2022.

The actual value of the 2022 bonuses paid to our NEOs is set forth in the column entitled “Non-Equity Incentive Plan Compensation” in the “Summary Compensation Table” below. The number of RSUs subject to the award was determined based on the closing price of our Common Stock on the grant date.

Other Cash Compensation

All of our full-time employees, including certain of the NEOs, are eligible to receive annual service-based anniversary bonuses, based on length of service with the Company in an amount equal to $100 for each year of service. The actual anniversary bonuses awarded to each NEO in 2022 are set forth below in the Summary Compensation Table in the column entitled “Bonuses.”

12


Equity-Based Long-Term Incentive Awards

We view equity-based compensation as a critical component of our balanced total compensation program. Equity-based compensation creates an ownership culture among our employees that provides an incentive to contribute to the continued growth and development of our business and aligns interest of executives with those of our stockholders.

Our Compensation Committee believes it is essential to provide equity-based compensation to our executive officers in order to link the interests and risks of our executive officers with those of our stockholders, reinforcing our commitment to ensuring a strong linkage between company/stock price performance and pay, and to promote retention.

In 2022, we granted certain of our NEOs an option under our annual equity award program. Ms. Vrabeck received an additional option at the time of her promotion to Chief Operating Officer, and Mr. Suidan received an award of RSUs and options in connection with his hiring. The total number of shares subject to the awards granted in 2022 are set forth in the table below.

Named Executive Officer

  Number of Shares
Underlying Stock
Options
   Number of
RSUs
 

Carl Daikeler

   —      —   

Marc Suidan

   1,027,312    546,448 

Sue Collyns

   —      —   

Blake Bilstad

   100,000    —   

Michael Neimand

   250,000    —   

Kathy Vrabeck

   750,000    —   

Each award vests and (as applicable) becomes exercisable with respect to 25% of the shares underlying the award on each of the first four anniversaries of the applicable grant date, subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date.

The Compensation Committee also considered alternative vehicles/approaches for the 2022 equity award program (including performance-vesting awards), and ultimately decided to continue with 100% stock options for the annual equity grants given the stock price volatility and difficulty in setting long-term performance goals. In deciding to grant stock options, the Compensation Committee also recognized that stock options directly incentivize shareholder value creation going forward. The Compensation Committee will continue to evaluate the program design and vehicles on an annual basis.

Employee Benefits and Perquisites

Retirement Savings, Health and Welfare Benefits

We maintain a 401(k) retirement savings plan for our employees, including our NEOs, who satisfy certain eligibility requirements; in 2022, each of our NEOs participated in the 401(k) plan on the same terms as other full-time employees. The Internal Revenue Code (the “Code”) allows eligible employees to defer a portion of their compensation, within prescribed limits, on a pre-tax basis through contributions to the 401(k) plan. In 2022, contributions made by participants in the 401(k) plan were matched up to a specified percentage of the employee contributions, and these matching contributions vest based on years of service. We believe that providing a vehicle for tax-deferred retirement savings though our 401(k) plan adds to the overall desirability of our executive compensation package and further incentivizes our employees, including our NEOs, in accordance with our compensation policies.

13


Health and Welfare Plans

All of our full-time employees, including our NEOs, are eligible to participate in our health and welfare plans, including medical, dental and vision benefits, medical and dependent care flexible spending accounts, short-term and long-term disability insurance, and life insurance.

Other Perquisites

We also provide certain other perquisites to our NEOs, including a car allowance, a work-from-home allowance and reimbursement for mobile phone expenses. We may also make tax gross-up payments to cover the personal income taxes that may be imposed on Ms. Vrabeck in connection with the severance payments for continued healthcare coverage payable to Ms. Vrabeck upon certain qualifying terminations of her employment, as summarized below under the section entitled, “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control.”

In the future, we may provide other or additional perquisites or other personal benefits in limited circumstances, such as where we believe it is appropriate to assist an individual executive officer in the performance of the executive’s duties, to make our executive officers more efficient and effective, and for recruitment, motivation, or retention purposes. All future practices with respect to perquisites or other personal benefits will be approved by the Board or Compensation Committee.

We believe the benefits and perquisites described above are necessary and appropriate to provide a competitive compensation package to our NEOs.

Severance and Change in Control Arrangements

We have entered into offer letters or employment agreements with certain of our NEOs, which provide accessfor (among other things) severance benefits and payments to 8,500 fitness, nutrition, mindfulnessbe paid upon certain qualifying terminations of employment, including in connection with a “change in control” of the Company, as summarized below. We believe that these types of arrangements are necessary to attract and recovery videos thatretain executive talent and are a customary component of executive compensation. In particular, such arrangements can mitigate a potential disincentive for our NEOs when they are evaluating a potential acquisition of the Company and can encourage retention through the conclusion of the transaction. The payments and benefits under such arrangements are designed to be accessed anywhere. BODcompetitive with market practices.

In connection with the termination of Ms. Collyns’ employment by the Company without “cause,” Ms. Collyns received the severance payments and BODi content are availablebenefits under her employment agreement, in exchange for her execution and non-revocation of a release of claims. In addition, on June 1, 2022, Ms. Collyns entered into an Independent Contractor Services Agreement with the webCompany, as described below under “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table—Named Executive Officer Agreements.”

A description of these arrangements, Ms. Collyns’ actual severance payments and benefits, as well as information on the Beachbody Bike touchscreen, iOS, Android, Roku, Apple TV, Fire TVestimated payments and Chromecast. Our offerings deliver both fitness and nutritional content, and starting in March 2023, personal development mindset content.

Digital subscriptions also help generate sales ofbenefits that our nutritional products, which are often sold together as bundles.

Nutritional Products

Our nutritional products include Shakeology, Beachbody Performance supplements, BEACHBARs, and others. As part of our mission to be a total health and wellness solution for our consumers, our nutritional products are formulated and manufactured to high quality standards and complement our fitness and device offerings. Our research and development team rigorously assesses and develops new nutritional products that are in line with customer goals, satisfies a continuum of customer demand, and increases subscriptions and lifetime revenue. Shakeology, our superfood health mix, is clinically shown to help reduce cravings and promote healthy weight loss and formulated to help support healthy digestion and provide healthy energy with its proprietary formula of superfoods, phytonutrients, enzymes, fiber and protein, with no artificial sweeteners, flavors, colors or preservatives.

Beachbody Performance supplements include our pre-workout Energize, Hydrate, post-workout Recover and protein supplement Recharge. In 2022, we launched First Thing and Last Thing, a comprehensive mind-body solution formulated with clinically effective key ingredients to help support the immune system, nourish brain health, defend against stress, and encourage better sleep.

BEACHBARs are low-sugar, snack bars available in three flavors made with ingredients to help satisfy cravings without undermining our customers’ fitness and weight loss goals. We continue to research and develop additional nutritional products, and currently provide a variety of other nutritional supplements including collagen, fiber and greens “boosts.”

4


We also offer supplements to consumers under the LADDER brand, a sports nutrition brand dedicated to creating clean, high-performance workout supplements for daily use. We formulate pre-workout, hydration, and post-workout products to complement a strong nutritional foundation and unlock the next level in training and exercise.

Connected Fitness Products

Our digital subscription offerings are complemented by our connected fitness products acquired from Myx Fitness in June 2021. The Beachbody Bike is equipped with a unique swivel touch screen that enables users to engage with content beyond the indoor cycling experience and encourages broader cross-training, incorporating resistance training and yoga for a more holistic fitness experience and healthier results.

We believe a connected bike is a perfect fit and important genre for the Beachbody ecosystem with its focus on heartrate-based zone training, and together with Beachbody’s digital subscription offerings and nutritional products, brings together a comprehensive at-home solution that provides personalization, live coaching, celebrity rides, nutritional supplements and healthy meal-planning.

We provide BOD and BODi content through the bike's swivel touch screen. We offer the fitness content and supplements together with the bike through BODi subscriptions and through our network as well as via direct-to-consumer marketing channels.

The Beachbody Bike is manufactured using commercial-grade equipment and includes a 21.5” 360-degree swivel screen. In the United States, the standard package price is $1,399 and includes a Polar heart rate monitor with free delivery and set up. We also offer a “Plus” package for $1,599. Additionally, we offer a “BODi Bike Studio” package which bundles a 3-year subscription to BODi with a bike and accessories for $1,800.

Implementing a “One Brand” Strategy

During 2022, we consolidated our streaming fitness and nutrition offerings into a single Beachbody platform and began marketing our connected fitness bike under the Beachbody brand. We believe the addition of prior Openfit products and talent into the BOD and BODi extensive on-demand library strengthened the Beachbody ecosystem, enhanced our value proposition to all our customers and partners, and simplified our go-to-market strategy. It also helps us leverage the scale of our content creation, technology investments, and marketing.

Our Value Proposition

Our holistic approach to health and wellness provides the consumer with tools to achieve positive health esteem at a lower cost than most traditional gyms or fitness studios and nutrition/weight loss plans.

Our business model is characterized by developing compelling fitness, nutrition, and mindset content and products that are designed to help subscribers achieve their goals and feel good about themselves in the process. This in turn attracts additional customers who see those experiences on social media. These consumers then become advocates for the Company, which helps attract and retain new and existing consumers. This “virtuous cycle” of content, customer success, and new customer acquisition drives subscriber growth and recurring revenue opportunities.

Our monthly connected fitness subscription at an average price of $15.00 during 2022 is less expensive than most monthly gym memberships, a fraction of the price of a personal training session, and less than the cost of one individual cycling class at a boutique studio. Boutique studio fitness classes typically cost between $25.00 and $45.00 per person per class and follow a strict schedule whereas our monthly connected fitness subscription covers the household of up to five people and offers unlimited use, anytime, anywhere. Our on-demand library features classes, spanning five to 60 minutes, which provide our customers with flexibility and convenience.

For our BODi Bike Studio, which bundles a Beachbody Bike, a 3-year subscription to BODi, and accessories, we offer attractive 0% APR financing programs through a third-party partner, which allow qualified customers to pay in monthly installments of as low as $50 for 36 months. These financing programs have successfully broadened the base of customers by attracting consumers from a wider spectrum of ages and income levels.

Our nutritional products come in varying sizes and prices and are often bundled with digital content offerings. One of our most popular packages is the BOD and Shakeology Total Solution Pack, which is priced at $160 and comes with a one-month supply of Shakeology and an annual BOD membership.

5


Our Economic Model

Our primary model is selling directly to consumers. We attract new customer sign ups through three go-to-market models: 1) a proprietary network of Coaches that earns commissions on their sales, 2) contact with current and past customers by emails or through our social media followers and 3) direct response marketing media.

Our Coach network drives the majority of our revenues. Coaches earn a share of the revenue generated by promoting our products and helping our customers succeed. They also earn additional bonuses for expanding our customer base by building teams of Coaches. The Coaches, which we plan to rename as “Partners”, are Beachbody’s equivalent of a gig workforce. They typically receive a 25% commission on orders they generate through their efforts. We also have a “Preferred Customer” program, which entitles them to up to a 25% discount on certain purchases in return for paying a monthly subscription fee.

We leverage our super trainers and other influencers in our marketing creative, as well as their social media following. We have arrangements with the influencers where they earn financial incentives for engaging customers and getting new customer sign ups.

Competition

We operate in the competitive and highly fragmented health and wellness market in which, given the holistic nature of our business, we face significant competition from multiple industry segments. The overall market opportunity remains large as 74% of U.S. adults are considered overweight. A consumer's fitness profile may range from a very active gym member with multiple online platform subscriptions to an infrequent user with a single subscription. We want to help consumers achieve their health objectives by offering an engaging platform with healthy nutrition solutions.

We face significant competition from providers of at-home fitness solutions, including connected fitness equipment, digital fitness apps, and other wellness apps. We also face competition from weight management, dietary and nutritional supplement providers, and are sensitive to the introduction of new products or weight management plans, including various prescription drugs.

We are also subject to significant competition in attracting Coaches from other social commerce platforms, including those that market fitness solutions, weight management products and dietary and nutritional supplements. Our ability to remain competitive depends on our success in delivering results for our customers, maintaining our community, retaining Coaches through attractive compensation plans, and continuing to offer a vast content library as well as an attractive product portfolio.

Our competitors may develop, or have already developed, products, features, content, services, or technologies that are similar to ours or that achieve greater acceptance, may undertake more successful product development efforts, create more compelling marketing campaigns, or may adopt more aggressive pricing policies. Our competitors may develop or acquire, or have already developed or acquired, intellectual property rights that significantly limit or prevent our ability to compete effectively in the public marketplace. In addition, our competitors may have significantly greater resources than us, allowing them to identify and capitalize more efficiently upon opportunities in new markets and consumer preferences and trends, quickly transition and adapt their products and services, devote greater resources to marketing and advertising, or be better positioned to withstand substantial price competition. If we are not able to compete effectively against our competitors, they may acquire and engage customers or generate revenue at the expense of our efforts, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Manufacturing

We rely on contract manufacturers to manufacture our nutritional products, bikes and related equipment. Our contract manufacturers can schedule and purchase supplies independently or from our suppliers, according to contractual parameters. Nutritional ingredients are sourced according to our specifications from our approved suppliers. Outsourcing allows us to operate an asset-light business model and focus our efforts on innovation, sales and marketing. Our contract manufacturers are regularly audited by third parties and in the case of nutritionals, they are also audited by our Quality Assurance department and comply with our rigorous Quality Assurance Protocols (“QAP”s) and specifications as well as follow industry good manufacturing practices (“GMP”s) and food safety guidelines. We believe our contract manufacturers have the capacity to meet our current and near-term supply needs. We monitor capacity and performance of our manufacturing partners and will qualify alternate suppliers as needed.

6


We receive finished products from our contract manufacturers, which includes all packaging and ingredients used, as well as an agreed-upon charge for each item produced.

To mitigate against the risks related to a single source of supply, we qualify alternative suppliers and manufacturers when possible, and develop contingency plans for responding to disruptions, including maintaining adequate inventory of products.

Storage and Distribution

We outsource the storage and distribution of finished goods to third-party logistics companies, with facilities geographically dispersed to help optimize shipping times to our customer base. In the United States, our nutrition and other products are currently distributed from Groveport, Ohio and shipped to U.S.-based customers principally through FedEx or the U.S. Postal Service. In Canada, our nutrition and other products are distributed from Ontario, Canada to customers via a third-party specialty shipper. In Europe, our products are distributed from Daventry, UK to customers via a European transport provider. Usual delivery time is approximately five to seven days.

Our connected fitness products are currently distributed from separate distribution centers in California, New Jersey, Illinois, and Georgia and shipped to U.S.-based customers principally through GXO Logistics covering the United States and Canada.

Utilizing multiple partners from geographically-distributed locations enhances our geographic reach and allows us to further scale our distribution system and maintain flexibility, while reducing order fulfillment time and shipping costs. With our commitment to our customer-first approach, we will continue to invest to strengthen our operations’ coverage in locations we identify as strategic and cost-effective delivery markets throughout the United States, Canada, Europe, and in new international regions.

Intellectual Property

We believe our success, competitive advantages, and growth prospects depend in part upon our ability to develop and protect our content, technology, and intellectual property rights. We rely upon a combination of patents, trademarks, trade secrets, copyrights, confidentiality agreements, contractual commitments and other legal rights to establish and protect our brands and intellectual property rights throughout the world. For example, we file for and register our trademarks and monitor third party trademarks worldwide and we have developed a robust enforcement program to protect our brands/trademarks, domains, and copyrights to protect our intellectual property rights on various platforms including the web, borders/customs, e‑commerce and social channels to protect our brands, videos, DVDs and DVD kits, clothing, and accessories whichNEOs would have been and continueeligible to be counterfeited.As of December 31, 2022, we have over 3,000 registered trademarks, over 200 registered copyrights and four patents (including 17 patents pending).

To minimize intellectual property infringement and counterfeiting, our team monitors domains, websites, eCommerce sites, social channels, distributors and other third parties through a third-party platform that monitors eBay, Mercado Libre, YouTube, Vimeo, Instagram, Gumtree, Kijiji, Mercari and other platforms and sites in the U.S. and worldwide to identify third parties who purport to sell our products including DVDs and videos. Additionally, we enter into agreements with our commercial partners, supply chain vendors, employees and consultants to control access to, and clarify ownership of, our intellectual property and proprietary information.

Government Regulation

We are subject to many varying laws and regulations in the United States, Canada, the United Kingdom, the European Union and throughout the world, including those related to data privacy, data protection, data breach notification, content regulation, foods and dietary supplements, imports and exports, intellectual property, consumer protection, e-commerce, multi-level marketing, advertising, messaging, rights of publicity, health and safety, employment and labor, product liability, accessibility, competition, and taxation. These laws often require companies to implement specific information security controls to protect certain types of information, such as personal data, “special categories of personal data” or health data. While we strive to comply and remain compliant with each of these laws and regulations, they are constantly evolving and may be interpreted, applied, created, or amended in a manner that could require a change to our current compliance footprint, or harm our current or future business and operations. In addition, it is possible that certain governments may seek to block or limit our products and services or otherwise impose other restrictions that may affect the accessibility or usability of any or all of our products and services for an extended period of time or indefinitely.

7


With respect to data privacy and protection laws and regulations, in the European Union, the General Data Protection Regulation, (the “GDPR”), became effective in 2018. The GDPR is intended to create a single legal framework for privacy rights that applies across all EU member states, including France, which is currently the only country in the EU in which we operate. The GDPR created more stringent operational requirements for controllers and processors of personal data, including, for example, requiring enhanced disclosures to data subjects about how personal data is processed (including information about the profiling of individuals and automated individual decision-making), limiting retention periods of personal data, requiring mandatory data breach notification, and requiring additional policies and procedures to comply with the accountability principle under the GDPR. Similarly, other jurisdictions are instituting privacy and data security laws, rules, and regulations, which could increase our risk and compliance costs. As a result of Brexit, for example, we will need to continue compliance with the UK Data Protection Act of 2018 for privacy rights across the United Kingdom, the legal requirements of which largely follow the GDPR.

We are also subject to laws, rules, and regulations regarding cross-border transfers of personal data, including laws relating to the transfer of personal data outside the European Economic Area, (“EEA”), and the United Kingdom. We rely on transfer mechanisms permitted under these laws, including the standard contract clauses and intracompany data transfer agreements, which mechanisms have been subject to regulatory and judicial scrutiny. If these existing mechanisms for transferring personal data from the EEA, the United Kingdom, or other jurisdictions are unavailable, we may be unable to transfer personal data of employees or customers in those regions to the United States.

In addition to European data privacy rules, we are subject to privacy laws in the U.S. and Canada, including the California Privacy Rights Act and California Consumer Privacy Act (collectively, “California Privacy Laws”). The California Privacy Laws require us to provide clear notice to consumers about what data is collected about them, honor requests to opt-out of the sale or sharing of their personal data and comply with certain requests related to their personal data, such as the right to access or delete their personal data.

Additionally, along with our contract manufacturers, distributors and ingredients and packaging suppliers, we are subject to laws and regulations related to our food and nutritional products. In the United States, the federal agencies governing the manufacture, distribution and advertising of our products include, among others, the Federal Trade Commission, the Food and Drug Administration, the United States Department of Agriculture (“USDA”), the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency and similar state and local agencies. Under various statutes, these agencies, among other things, prescribe the requirements and establish the standards for labeling, manufacturing, quality, and safety and regulate marketing and advertising to consumers. Certain of these agencies, in certain circumstances, must not only enforce regulations that apply to our food and nutritional products, but also review the manufacturing processes and facilities used to produce these products to ensure compliance with applicable regulations in the United States.

We are also subject to laws and regulations regarding automatically renewing subscriber products and services as well as the status and determination of independent contractor status for our distributors, affiliates and influencers. Any changes in the laws, regulations or interpretations of these laws, or increased enforcement of such laws and/or regulations, could adversely affect our ability to retain customers, promote sales, and harm our financial condition and operating performance.

Human Capital

Mission and Values

Like our brand, product and content offerings, our culture is dynamic, unique, and framed by our expansive vision and passion for community, collaboration, and success. For our people, the purpose and function of our culture is clear, and operates as a shared language of values and as a way of getting things done that permeates through the many areas in which we operate as a company. Our culture is shaped by our Core Purpose: to help people achieve their goals and lead healthy, fulfilling lives. Our Core Purpose informs what we do, the products we develop, the people we hire and the business decisions we make, which helps us collaborate and interact with candor, passion and heart.

In furthering our Core Purpose, we employ the following business tenets, among others, in the way we operate:

Customers First: We have a customer-centered mindset that prioritizes a positive product and brand experience. We are proud to be innovators of a results-oriented, health and fitness-centered community.
Constantly Moving Forward: We value innovation, continuous improvement, and challenging the status quo, all of which are keys to success in a competitive environment. We move quickly, take smart risks and learn from failures. We never let the fear of imperfection stop us from achieving great things.

8


Team Members: We hire individuals who are great at what they do and encourage all our team members to think openly and creatively to solve tough, intricate problems. We empower our team members to think and act like owners.
Diversity of Perspective: We know the importance and value of a team. We know our collective differences make us stronger and uphold the obligation to dissent and listen. We value inclusivity, and we are proud that everyone can work to help solve difficult problems and have an impact.

Our Culture

To foster these values, we have committed to promote a culture that is professional and informal. We are an inclusive group comprised of bright and talented people who are highly skilled and collaborative who work hard and are relentless about seizing opportunities and solving problems. We assess our culture and listen to our workforce through periodic employee engagement surveys. Our workplace policies are informed by the feedback we receive from our employees.

We offer competitive benefits and compensation packages, including parental leave, health and wellness offerings, product discounts, life insurance, and learning and development opportunities.

We are committed to fair and equal pay, respecting all people and all beliefs, and creating a positive social impact.

Employees

We are extremely proud of our team which embodies a diverse mix of backgrounds, industries, and levels of experience. We are a remote-first workplace, and as of December 31, 2022, are set forth in the section titled, “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control” below.

Other Policies and Considerations

Insider Trading Compliance Policy. Under our Insider Trading Compliance Policy, we employed 737 full-time individuals, primarily working remotely, but also acrossprohibit our El Segundo, California, Van Nuys, Californiaemployees, including our executive officers and Harpenden, United Kingdom locations.Board members, from hedging the risk associated with ownership of shares of our Common Stock and other securities, as well as from pledging any of our securities as collateral for a loan.

Section 409A of the Code. The Compensation Committee takes into account whether components of the compensation for our executive officers will be adversely impacted by the penalty tax imposed by Section 409A

14


of the Code, and aims to structure these components to be compliant with or exempt from Section 409A to avoid such potential adverse tax consequences.

“Golden Parachute” Payments. Sections 280G and 4999 of the Code provide that certain executive officers and other service providers who are highly compensated or hold significant equity interests may be subject to an excise tax if they receive payments or benefits in connection with a change in control of the Company that exceeds certain prescribed limits, and that we, or a successor, may forfeit a tax deduction on the amounts subject to this additional tax. While the Compensation Committee may take the potential forfeiture of such tax deduction into account when making compensation decisions, it will award compensation that it determines to be consistent with the goals of our executive compensation program even if such compensation is not deductible by us. We currently do not haveprovide any material collective bargaining agreementstax gross-ups to cover excise taxes under Section 4999 in connection with a change in control.

Accounting for Share-Based Compensation. Following the closing of the business combination, we follow Financial Accounting Standard Board Accounting Standards Codification Topic 718, (“ASC Topic 718”), for our share-based compensation awards. ASC Topic 718 requires companies to measure the compensation expense for all share-based payment awards made to employees and consider relations withdirectors, including stock options and RSUs, based on the grant date “fair value” of these awards. This calculation is performed for accounting purposes and reported in the compensation tables below, even though our employees to be good.NEOs may never realize any value from their awards.

Clawback Policy

Available Information

The reports we file withIn light of rules recently issued by the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), including annual reportsregarding clawback policies, we expect to adopt a clawback policy in 2023 following the NYSE’s adoption of its relevant clawback listing standards.

15


COMPENSATION COMMITTEE REPORT

The compensation committee has reviewed and discussed the Compensation Discussion and Analysis required by Item 402(b) of Regulation S-K with management. Based on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-Kits review and proxy materials, including any amendments, are available free of charge on our website at www.thebeachbodycompany.com as soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically file such material with or furnish it todiscussion, the SEC. The SEC also maintains a website (www.sec.gov) containing reports, proxycompensation committee recommended that the Board include the Compensation Discussion and information statements, and other information that we file with the SEC. Our Code of Ethics and Conduct and the Charters of our Audit Committee, Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee, and Compensation Committee are available on our website at www.thebeachbodycompany.com under the “Investors” section. Copies of the information identified above may be obtained without charge from us by writing to The Beachbody Company, Inc., 400 Continental Blvd., Suite 400, El Segundo, CA 90245, Attention: Corporate Secretary. Unless expressly noted, the information on our website, including our investor relations website, or any other website is not incorporated by referenceAnalysis in this Annual Report on Form 10-K10-K.

Respectfully submitted by THE COMPENSATION COMMITTEE,

Ben Van de Bunt (Chair)

Mary Conlin

Kristin Frank

This report of the compensation committee does not constitute soliciting material and shouldshall not be considered part of this Annual Report on Form 10-Kdeemed to be filed or incorporated by reference into any other filing under the Securities Act of 1933 or Securities Exchange Act of 1934, unless specifically provided otherwise in such filing.

16


EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION TABLES

Summary Compensation Table

The following table contains information about the compensation earned by our NEOs during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2020, 2021 and 2022.

Name and Principal
Position

 Year  Salary
($)
  Bonus
($)(1)
  Stock
Awards

($)(2)
  Option
Awards

($)(2)
  Non-Equity
Incentive Plan
Compensation

($)(3)
  All Other
Compensation
($)(4)
  Total
($)
 

Carl Daikeler

  2022   1   2,400   —     —     —     27,302   29,703 

Co-Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer

  2021   751,923   2,300   —     5,006,083   —     90,200   5,850,506 
  2020   850,000   2,200   —     —     850,000   99,124   1,801,324 

Marc Suidan (5)

  2022   375,411   —     1,000,000   1,000,000   140,779   18,277   2,534,467 

Chief Financial Officer

        

Sue Collyns (6)

  2022   258,462   —     —     601,706(7)   —     878,987   1,739,155 

Former President and Former Chief Financial Officer

  2021   575,193   300,700   —     1,668,693   —     32,153   2,576,739 

Blake Bilstad

  2022   520,000   100   —     58,387   130,000   23,843   732,330 

Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary

        

Michael Neimand

  2022   550,000   1,600   —     145,966   183,343   41,986   922,895 

President, Beachbody

  2021   550,000   1,500   —     1,668,693   —     21,293   2,241,486 

Kathy Vrabeck

  2022   525,000   100   —     632,673   190,891   18,612   1,367,276 

Chief Operating Officer

  2021   353,366   —     1,149,994   1,149,996   —     15,469   2,668,825 

(1)

Amounts reflect payment of a service-based anniversary bonus for each NEO. We provide a description of these bonuses above under the section titled, “Cash Incentive Compensation—Other Cash Compensation”.

(2)

Amounts reflect the full grant-date fair value of option and RSU awards granted during fiscal 2022 computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the NEO. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all option and RSU awards made to our NEOs in Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022.

(3)

Amounts reported include actual annual bonuses earned by our NEOs with respect to the applicable year under our annual bonus program. We provide additional information regarding the annual bonuses in the section above titled “—Cash Incentive Compensation—Annual Bonus Program.” Under our 2022 program, the Compensation Committee decided to pay the annual bonuses in fully vested RSUs. The number of RSUs subject to the award was determined based on the closing price of our Common Stock on the grant date.

(4)

For 2022, “All Other Compensation” consists of the following:

Name

 401(k) Plan
Matching
Contributions
  Car
Allowance
  Mobile
Phone
Allowance &
Benefits
  Work
from
Home
Allowance
  Life and
AD&D
Insurance
  Company-
Paid
Health &
Welfare
Benefits
  Taxable
Fringe
Benefits

(a)
  Severance
Payments
& Benefits

(b)
  Consulting
Payments

(c)
  Legal Fee
Reimbursement
 

Carl Daikeler

  —     12,000   5,316   600   104   9,282   —     —     —     —   

Marc Suidan

  9,150   —     1,800   400   72   6,855   —     —     —     —   

Sue Collyns

  6,240   5,000   1,210   300   60   3,479   —     847,698   10,000   5,000 

Blake Bilstad

  9,150   —     2,100   600   104   11,889   —     —     —     —   

Michael Neimand

  9,150   —     546   600   104   11,889   19,697   —     —     —   

Kathy Vrabeck

  9,150   —     2,400   600   104   6,358   —     —     —     —   

(a)

Amounts reported represent the cost of airfare for Mr. Neimand’s spouse to accompany him on a Company business trip ($13,600) and gross-up payments to cover personal income taxes pertaining to the air fare ($6,097).

17


(b)

Amounts reported reflect the total severance payments and benefits payable to Ms. Collyns in connection with her termination of employment, including accrued but unpaid paid-time-off. We provide a description of these amounts below under the section titled, “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control”.

(c)

Amounts reported reflect the consulting fees paid to Ms. Collyns in 2022, pursuant to the Independent Contractor Services Agreement between her and the Company. We provide a description of this agreement below under the section titled, “—Named Executive Officer Agreements”.

(5)

Amounts reported reflect Mr. Suidan’s partial year of employment, following his commencement of employment with our Company in April 2022.

(6)

Amounts reported reflect Ms. Collyns’ partial year of employment, following her termination of employment with our Company in May 2022.

(7)

Amounts reported reflect the incremental fair value associated with the modification of Ms. Collyns’ stock options in connection with her termination of employment. We provide a description of these modifications below under the section titled, “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control”.

18


Grants of Plan-Based Awards in Fiscal 2022

The following table provides supplemental information relating to grants of plan-based awards made during fiscal 2022 to help explain information provided above in our Summary Compensation Table. This table presents information regarding all grants of plan-based awards made during fiscal 2022.

Name

    Grant
Date
 Estimated Possible Payouts
Under Non-Equity Incentive Plan
Awards (1)
  All Other
Stock
Awards:
Number
of Shares
of Stock
or Units

(#)
  All Other
Option
Awards:
Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options

(#)
  Exercise
or Base
Price of
Option
Awards

($)
  Grant Date
Fair Value
of Stock
and Option
Awards

($)(2)
 
    Threshold
($)
  Target
($)
  Maximum
($)
 

Carl Daikeler

  —    1   1   2   —     —     —     —   

Marc Suidan

  (3 4-18-2022  —     —     —     —     1,027,312   1.83   1,000,000 
  (4 4-18-2022  —     —     —     546,448   —     —     1,000,000 
  —    211,168   281,558   422,337   —     —     —     —   

Sue Collyns

  —    337,500   450,000   675,000   —     —     —     —   

Blake Bilstad

  (3 5-15-2022  —     —     —     —     100,000   1.09   58,387 
  —    195,000   260,000   390,000   —     —     —     —   

Michael Neimand

  (3 5-15-2022  —     —       —     —     250,000   1.09   145,966 
  —    275,013   366,685   550,027   —     —     —     —   

Kathy Vrabeck

  (3 4-18-2022  —     —     —     —     500,000   1.83   486,707 
  (3 5-15-2022  —     —     —     —     250,000   1.09   145,966 
  —    286,337   381,783   572,674   —     —     —     —   

(1)

Amounts reflect potential payouts under our 2022 annual bonus program at threshold, target and maximum amounts based on 2022 base salaries. Please see the description of the annual bonus program under the section above titled, “Cash Incentive Compensation—Annual Bonus Program”. Under our 2022 program, the Compensation Committee decided to pay the annual bonuses in fully vested RSUs. The number of RSUs subject to the award will be determined based on the closing price of our Common Stock on the grant date.

(2)

Amounts reflect the full grant-date fair value of options and RSUs granted during 2022 computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate these values in Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022.

(3)

Represents the number of options granted to the named individual during fiscal year 2022 under our 2021 Incentive Award Plan (the “2021 Plan”). Each option will vest and become exercisable as to 25% of the shares subject thereto on each of the first four anniversaries of the applicable grant date, subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date.

(4)

Represents an award of RSUs granted to the named individual during fiscal year 2022 under the 2021 Plan. This RSU award will vest as to 25% of the shares subject thereto on each of the first four anniversaries of the applicable grant date, subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date.

19


Narrative to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table

Named Executive Officer Agreements

We have entered into offers of employment letters or employment agreements with certain of our NEOs, the material terms of which are described below. The Company has not entered into a written offer of employment letter or employment agreement with Mr. Daikeler.

Marc Suidan

On April 15, 2022, we makeentered into an employment offer letter with Mr. Suidan. Pursuant to the offer letter, Mr. Suidan served in an advisory capacity from April 15, 2022, until May 10, 2022, at which time Mr. Suidan began serving as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer. Mr. Suidan’s employment under the offer letter is at-will and will continue until terminated at any time by any party in accordance with the SEC.terms of the offer letter. Under the offer letter, Mr. Suidan reports to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer.

The offer letter provides for: (i) an annual base salary of $525,000 per year; (ii) participation in the health, welfare and retirement benefit plans and programs maintained by the Company for the benefit of the Company’s similarly situated employees; (iii) a monthly phone allowance of $200 per month, pursuant to Company policy; and (iv) annual cash bonuses under the Company’s bonus program, with a target bonus opportunity equal to 75% of Mr. Suidan’s annual base salary. The payment of any annual bonus, to the extent any such bonus becomes payable, will be contingent upon Mr. Suidan’s continued employment through the applicable payment date, and will be pro-rated for any partial year of employment.

In connection with entering into the offer letter, Mr. Suidan was granted an option to purchase shares of our Class A common stock, as well as an award of RSUs, under the 2021 Plan. The awards each have an aggregate dollar-denominated grant-date value equal to approximately $1,000,000. Each award will vest and, as applicable, become exercisable, as to 25% of the shares underlying the award on each of the first four anniversaries of the grant date, subject to Mr. Suidan’s continued employment through the applicable vesting date.

The severance benefits and payments payable to Mr. Suidan upon certain qualifying terminations of his employment are summarized below under the section entitled, “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control”.

As a condition to Mr. Suidan’s employment under the Offer Letter, Mr. Suidan also entered into the Company’s standard form of Confidentiality and Non-Solicitation Agreement and a Dispute Resolution Agreement.

Sue Collyns

Item 1A. Risk Factors.Employment Agreement. Effective May 10, 2022, Ms. Collyns ceased serving as our Chief Financial Officer and, on May 31, 2022, Ms. Collyns’ employment with the Company terminated and, following her termination of employment, Ms. Collyns transitioned to serving the Company in an advisory capacity through May 31, 2023. The following describes her employment agreement, as in effect prior to her transition to an advisor, as well as her Services Agreement (as defined below).

In 2021, we entered into an employment agreement with Ms. Collyns, which provided for Ms. Collyns’ continued employment with the Company as the Company’s Chief Financial Officer.

Under the employment agreement, Ms. Collyns reported to the Company’s Chief Executive Officer. Ms. Collyns’ employment under the employment agreement Investingwas at-will and continued until terminated at any time by any party in our common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should carefully consideraccordance with the risks and uncertainties described below, together with allterms of the employment agreement.

20


In addition, the employment agreement provided for: (i) an annual base salary of $600,000, payable in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices and which may be increased (but not decreased) in the sole discretion of the Board; and (ii) effective as of the closing of the business combination, a target annual bonus opportunity equal to 75% of Ms. Collyns’ annual base salary, based on the achievement of individual and/or Company performance goals as determined by the Board in its sole discretion. Any such annual bonus earned by Ms. Collyns became payable to her on the date annual bonuses are paid to other informationsenior executives of the Company (but in this Annual Reportno event later than March 15th of the year following the year in which such bonus was earned), subject to Ms. Collyns’ continued employment through the applicable payment date. Under the employment agreement, Ms. Collyns (and her spouse and/or eligible dependents) were eligible to participate in the customary health, welfare and fringe benefit plans maintained by the Company for the benefit of its senior executives.

The severance benefits and payments paid to Ms. Collyns upon her termination of her employment are summarized below under the section entitled, “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control”.

In addition, the employment agreement with Ms. Collyns contained customary confidentiality and non-disclosure restrictions, assignment of inventions covenants and service provider non-solicitation restrictions effective during employment and for the 12 months thereafter. Further, the employment agreement included a “best pay” provision under Section 280G of the Code, pursuant to which any “parachute payments” that become payable to the executive will either be paid in full or reduced so that such payments are not subject to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, whichever results in the better after-tax treatment to Ms. Collyns.

Services Agreement. On June 1, 2022, we entered into an Independent Contractor Services Agreement (the “Services Agreement”) with Ms. Collyns following the termination of her employment with the Company. Pursuant to the Services Agreement, through May 31, 2023, Ms. Collyns will provide up to 40 hours per week in support services to our finance department and will cooperate in any legal matters. In exchange for her services, Ms. Collyns was paid a one-time payment of $10,000. In addition, Ms. Collyns’ equity awards will remain outstanding and eligible to vest based on Form 10-K, includingher continued consulting services.

Blake Bilstad

On September 27, 2021, we entered into an employment offer letter with Mr. Bilstad to serve as our Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary. Mr. Bilstad’s employment under the offer letter, which began on October 28, 2021, is at-will and will continue until terminated at any time by either party. Pursuant to the offer letter, Mr. Bilstad is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $520,000 per year. In addition, Mr. Bilstad (and his beneficiaries) are eligible to participate in the health and welfare benefit plans and programs maintained by us for the benefit of our employees, the full cost of which is paid by the Company.

Under the offer letter, Mr. Bilstad is also eligible to earn annual cash bonuses under our bonus program, with an annual target bonus opportunity equal to 50% of his base salary. The payment of any annual bonus, to the extent any such bonus becomes payable, will be contingent upon Mr. Bilstad’s continued employment through the applicable payment date.

In connection with entering into the offer letter, Mr. Bilstad was awarded options having an aggregate grant-date fair value of approximately $1,200,000. The awards will vest annually over four years, with respect to 25% of the shares underlying the award on each of the first four anniversaries of the applicable grant date, subject to continued employment.

The severance benefits and payments payable to Mr. Bilstad upon certain qualifying terminations of his employment are summarized below under the section entitled, “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control”. In connection with his offer letter, Mr. Bilstad also entered into the Company’s standard form of confidentiality agreement and arbitration agreement.

21


Michael Neimand

On August 30, 2006, we entered into an offer letter with Michael Neimand. Mr. Neimand’s employment under the offer letter is at-will and will continue until terminated at any time by either party. Pursuant to his offer letter, Mr. Neimand is entitled to receive an annual base salary of $180,000 per year; the actual base salary earned by Mr. Neimand for services during the last completed fiscal year is set forth above in the Summary Compensation Table. In addition, Mr. Neimand (and his eligible dependents) are eligible to participate in the health and welfare benefit plans and programs maintained by us for the benefit of our employees.

Under the offer letter, Mr. Neimand is also eligible to earn (i) a discretionary bonus of up 20% of his year-end base salary, and (ii) a cash bonus of up to $30,000 per calendar quarter, subject to Mr. Neimand’s continued employment through the end of the applicable quarter. Mr. Neimand’s target bonus opportunity for the last completed fiscal year is set forth and described above under the section titled, “Management’s Discussion“Cash Incentive Compensation—Annual Bonus Program”.

The severance benefits and Analysispayments payable to Mr. Neimand upon a qualifying termination of Financial Conditionhis employment are summarized below under the section entitled, “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control”.

In connection with his offer letter, Mr. Neimand also entered into the Company’s standard form of confidentiality agreement.

Kathy Vrabeck

On March 27, 2021, we entered into an employment offer letter with Ms. Vrabeck to serve as our Chief Strategy Officer. Ms. Vrabeck’s employment under the offer letter, which began on April 26, 2021, is at-will and Results will continue until terminated at any time by either party. Pursuant to the offer letter, Ms. Vrabeck is entitled to receive an annual base salary of Operations”$525,000 per year. In addition, Ms. Vrabeck (and her beneficiaries) are eligible to participate in the health and welfare benefit plans and programs maintained by us for the benefit of our consolidated financial statementsemployees, the full cost of which is paid by the Company.

Under the offer letter, Ms. Vrabeck is also eligible to earn annual cash bonuses under our bonus program, with an annual target bonus opportunity equal to 67% of her base salary. The payment of any annual bonus, to the extent any such bonus becomes payable, will be contingent upon Ms. Vrabeck’s continued employment through the applicable payment date.

In connection with entering into the offer letter, Ms. Vrabeck was awarded options and/or RSUs having an aggregate grant-date fair value of approximately $2,300,000. The awards will vest annually over four years, with respect to 25% of the shares underlying the award on each of the first four anniversaries of April 26, 2021, subject to continued employment.

The severance benefits and payments payable to Ms. Vrabeck upon certain qualifying terminations of her employment are summarized below under the accompanying notessection entitled, “—Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control”.

In connection with her offer letter, Ms. Vrabeck also entered into the Company’s standard form of confidentiality agreement and arbitration agreement.

22


Outstanding Equity Awards at Fiscal Year-End Table

The following table summarizes the information contained in our other public filings before deciding whether to invest innumber of shares of our common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties that we are unaware of or that we deem immaterial may also become important factors that adversely affect our business. If any of the following risks occur, our business, financial condition, operating results, and future prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment.

9


Summary of Risk Factors

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

If we are unable to anticipate and satisfy consumer preferences and shifting views of health, fitness and nutrition, our business may be adversely affected.
If we are unable to sustain pricing levelsCommon Stock underlying outstanding equity incentive plan awards for our productsNEOs as of December 31, 2022.

         Option Awards  Stock Awards 

Name

    Grant
Date
 Vesting
Commencement
Date
 Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Exercisable
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Unexercised
Options (#)
Unexercisable
  Option
Exercise
Price
($)
  Option
Expiration
Date
  Number
of Shares
or Units
of Stock
That
Have Not
Vested
(#)
  Market
Value of
Shares
or Units
of Stock
That
Have Not
Vested

($)(1)
 

Carl Daikeler

  (2 7/2/2021 7/2/2021  251,976   755,926  $9.94   7/1/2031   —     —   

Marc Suidan

  (2 4/18/2022 4/18/2022  —     1,027,312  $1.83   4/17/2032   —     —   
  (3 4/18/2022 4/18/2022  —     —     —     —     546,448   284,153 

Sue Collyns

  (2 7/2/2021 7/2/2021  83,992   251,975  $9.94   7/1/2031   —     —   
  (4 5/6/2019 12/14/2018  268,774   67,193  $2.47   5/5/2029   —     —   
  (5 9/8/2014 9/8/2014  2,916,197   —    $1.72   9/7/2024   —     —   

Blake Bilstad

  (2 5/15/2022 5/15/2022  —     100,000  $1.09   5/14/2032   —     —   
  (2 11/15/2021 11/15/2021  126,483   379,447  $4.62   11/14/2031   —     —   

Michael Neimand

  (2 5/15/2022 5/15/2022  —     250,000  $1.09   5/14/2032   —     —   
  (2 7/2/2021 7/2/2021  83,992   251,975  $9.94   7/1/2031   —     —   
  (4 5/6/2019 12/14/2018  134,387   33,596  $2.47   5/5/2029   —     —   
  (5 8/1/2017 8/1/2017  335,967   —    $2.26   7/31/2027   —     —   
  (5 3/28/2016 3/28/2016  223,979   —    $3.10   3/27/2026   —     —   
  (5 9/30/2014 9/30/2014  437,429   —    $1.72   9/29/2024   —     —   
  (5 10/28/2013 10/1/2013  583,239   —    $1.72   10/27/2023   —     —   
  (5 10/28/2013 4/1/2012  158,932   —    $1.58   10/27/2023   —     —   

Kathy Vrabeck

  (2 5/15/2022 5/15/2022  —     250,000  $1.09   5/14/2032   —     —   
  (2 4/18/2022 4/18/2022  —     500,000  $1.83   4/17/2032   —     —   
  (3 8/27/2021 4/26/2021  —     —     —     —     112,450   58,474 
  (2 7/2/2021 4/26/2021  57,844   173,691  $9.94   7/1/2031   —     —   

(1)

Amounts are calculated based on multiplying the number of shares shown in the table by the per share closing price of our Common Stock on December 30, 2022 (i.e., the last trading day of our last completed fiscal year), which was $0.52.

(2)

Each of these option awards was granted under our 2021 Plan and will vest and become exercisable as to 25% of the shares subject thereto on each of the first four anniversaries of the applicable vesting commencement date, subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date.

(3)

Each of these RSU awards was granted under our 2021 Plan and will vest as to 25% of the shares subject thereto on each of the first four anniversaries of the applicable vesting commencement date, subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date.

(4)

Each of these option awards was granted under our Amended and Restated 2020 Equity Compensation Plan (“2020 Plan”) and will vest and become exercisable as to 20% of the shares subject thereto on each of the first five anniversaries of the applicable vesting commencement date, subject to continued employment through the applicable vesting date.

(5)

Each of these option awards was granted under our 2020 Plan and vested in full as of December 31, 2022.

23


Option Exercises and services, our business could be adversely affected.

Our success depends on our ability to maintain the value and reputation of our brands.
Stock Vested in Fiscal 2022

The perception of the effects or value of our products may change over time, which could reduce customer demand.

We may not successfully execute or achieve the expected benefits of our strategic alignment initiatives and other cost-saving measures we may take in the future, and our efforts may result in further actions and/or additional asset impairment charges and adversely affect our business.
Our marketing strategy relies on the use of social media platforms and any negative publicity on such social media platforms may adversely affect the public perception of our brand, and changing terms or conditions or ways in which advertisers use their platforms may adversely affect our ability to engage with customers.
We may be unable to attract and retain customers, which would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.
Our customers use their connected fitness products and fitness accessories to track and record their workouts. If our products fail to provide accurate metrics and data to our customers, our brand and reputation could be harmed and we may be unable to retain our customers.
Our business relies on sales of a few key products.
If there are any material delays or disruptions in our supply chain, or errors in forecasting of the demandfollowing table sets forth certain information concerning RSUs vested for our products and services, our business may be adversely affected.
The failure or inability of our contract manufacturers to comply with the specifications and requirements of our products could result in product recall, which could adversely affect our reputation and subject us to significant liability should the consumption of any of our products cause or be claimed to cause illness or physical harm.
If any of our products are unacceptable to us or our customers, or any other change in the competitive landscape and activities of our competitors, our business could be harmed.
Our business model relies on high quality customer service, and any negative impressions of our customer service experience may adversely affect our business and result in harm to our reputation.
The seasonal nature of our business could cause operating results to fluctuate.
If we fail to obtain and retain high-profile strategic relationships, or if the reputation of any of these parties is impaired, our business may suffer.
Our founder has control over all stockholder decisions because he controls a substantial majority of our voting power through “super” voting stock.

Risks Related to Our Indebtedness

Our financing agreement restricts our current and future operations and our ability to engage in certain business and financial transactions and may adversely affect our business.
Our ability to generate the significant amount of cash needed to pay interest and principal on our indebtedness and our ability to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness or obtain additional financing depends on many factors beyond our control.

Risks Related to Expansion

There can be no assurance that we can further penetrate existing markets or that we can successfully expand our business into new markets.
We plan to expand into international markets, which will expose us to significant risks.

10


Risks Related to Our Personnel

We depend on our senior management team and other key employees, and the loss of one or more key personnel or an inability to attract, hire, integrate and retain highly skilled personnel could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Data and Information Systems

We collect, store, process, and use personal information and other customer data which subjects us to legal obligations and laws and regulations related to data security and privacy, and any actual or perceived failure to meet those obligations could harm our business.
Any major disruption or failure of our information technology systems or websites, or our failure to successfully implement upgrades and new technology effectively, could adversely affect our business and operations.

Risks Related to Laws and Regulations

We face risks, such as unforeseen costs and potential liability in connection with allegations of injuries arising from equipment we supply and content we produce, license, advertise, and distribute through our various content delivery platforms.
Our nutritional products must comply with regulations of the Food and Drug Administration, (“FDA”), as well as state, local and applicable international regulations. Any non-compliance with the FDA or other applicable regulations could harm our business.
Our network of micro-influencers could be found not to be in compliance with current or newly adopted laws or regulations in one or more markets, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Our products or services offered as part of automatically renewing subscriptions or memberships could be found not to be in compliance with laws or regulations in one or more markets, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.
Our Beachbody Bikes and other products may be subject to warranty claims, recalls or intellectual property disputes that could result in significant direct or indirect costs, each of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and results of operations.
We may not be able to comply with the continued listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange ("NYSE"), which could result in the delisting of our securities.

Risk Factors

Risks Related to Our Business and Industry

If we are unable to anticipate and satisfy consumer preferences and shifting views of health, fitness and nutrition, our business may be adversely affected.

The fitness industry is highly susceptible to changes in consumer preferences. Our success depends on our ability to anticipate and satisfy consumer preferences relating to health, fitness and nutrition. Our business is, and all of our workouts and products are, subject to changing consumer preferences that cannot be predicted with certainty. Consumers’ preferences for health and fitness services and products, including the technology through which they consume these services and products, could shift rapidly to offerings different from what we offer, and we may be unable to anticipate and respond to such shifts in consumer preferences. It is also possible that competitors could introduce new products, services and/or technologies that negatively impact consumer preference for our workouts and products. In addition, developments or shifts in research or public opinion on the types of workouts and products we provide could negatively impact our business. Even if we are successful in anticipating consumer preferences, our ability to adequately react to and address those preferences will in part depend upon our continued ability to develop and introduce innovative, high-quality health and fitness services. Our failure to effectively introduce new health and fitness services that are accepted by consumers could result in a decrease in revenue, which could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and adversely impact our business.

If we are unable to sustain pricing levels for our products and services, our business could be adversely affected.

If we are unable to sustain pricing levels for our products and services, including our nutritional products, digital services and connected fitness products, whether due to competitive pressure or otherwise, our revenue and gross margins could be significantly reduced. In particular, we may not be able to increase prices to offset the impact of

11


inflation on our costs. Further, our decisions around the development of new ancillary products and services are grounded in assumptions about eventual pricing levels. If there is price compression in the market after these decisions are made, it could have a negative effect on our business.

Our success depends on our ability to maintain the value and reputation of our brands.

We believe that our brands are important to attracting and retaining customers. Maintaining, protecting, and enhancing our brands depends largely on the success of our marketing efforts, ability to provide consistent, high-quality products, services, features, content, and support, and our ability to successfully secure, maintain, and defend our rights to use our trademarks, logos and other intellectual property important to our brands. We believe that the importance of our brands will increase as competition further intensifies and brand promotion activities may require substantial expenditures. Our brands could be harmed if we fail to achieve these objectives or if our public image were to be tarnished by negative publicity. Unfavorable publicity about us, including our products, services, technology, subscriber service, content, personnel, industry, distribution and/or marketing channel, and suppliers could diminish confidence in, and the use of, our products and services. Such negative publicity also could have an adverse effect on the size, engagement and loyalty of our customer base and result in decreased revenue, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

The perception of the effects of our nutritional products may change over time, which could reduce customer demand.

A substantial portion of our revenues is derived from our Shakeology line of products. We believe that these nutritional products have, or are perceived to have, positive effects on health, and compete in a market that relies on innovation and evolving consumer preferences. However, the nutritional industry is subject to changing consumer trends, demands and preferences. Additionally, the science underlying nutritious foods and dietary supplements is constantly evolving. Therefore, products once considered healthy may over time become disfavored by consumers or no longer be perceived as healthy. Trends within the food industry change often and our failure to anticipate, identify or react to changes in these trends could, among other things, lead to reduced consumer demand and spending reductions, and could adversely impact our business, financial condition and results of operations. Additionally, ingredients used in our products may become negatively perceived by consumers, resulting in reformulation of existing products to remove such ingredients, which may negatively affect taste or other qualities. Factors that may affect consumer perception of nutritional products include dietary trends and attention to different nutritional aspects of foods, concerns regarding the health effects of specific ingredients and nutrients, trends away from specific ingredients in products and increasing awareness of the environmental and social effects of product production. For example, conflicting scientific information on what constitutes good nutrition, diet trends and other weight loss trends may also adversely affect our business from time to time. Our success depends, in part, on our ability to anticipate the tastes and dietary habits of consumers and other consumer trends and to offer nutritional products that appeal to their needs and preferences on a timely and affordable basis. Failure to do so could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition and adversely impact our business.

We rely on consumer discretionary spending, which may be adversely affected by economic downturns and other macroeconomic conditions or trends.

Our business and operating results are subject to global economic conditions and their impact on consumer discretionary spending. Some of the factors that may negatively influence consumer spending include high levels of unemployment, higher consumer debt levels, reductions in net worth, declines in asset values and related market uncertainty, home foreclosures and reductions in home values, fluctuating interest rates and credit availability, fluctuating fuel and other energy costs, fluctuating commodity prices and general uncertainty regarding the overall future of the political and economic environment. Consumer purchases of discretionary items generally declineNEOs during periods of economic uncertainty, when disposable income is reduced or when there is a reduction in consumer confidence. If consumer purchases of subscriptions and products decline, our revenue may be adversely affected.

For example, the outbreak of COVID-19 has led to an increase in at-home gyms and workouts which has in turn led to an increase in our consumers, a trend which may be negatively impacted as commercial and office gyms continue to reopen. The ultimate severity of the coronavirus outbreak and distribution and vaccine inoculation results are uncertain at this time and therefore we cannot predict the full impact it may have on our end markets or operations; however, the effect on our results could be material and adverse. Any significant or prolonged decrease in consumer spending on fitness or nutritional products could adversely affect the demand for our offerings, reducing our cash

12


flows and revenues, and thereby materially harming our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects.

Further, COVID-19 has had an adverse impact on global supply chains, resulting in an increased uncertainty in shipping lead times as well as increased import and logistics costs. However, if a significant percentage of consumers return to the gym and do not continue at-home fitness, or consumer sentiment shifts from prioritizing health and fitness, or import and logistics costs continue to increase, our business, financial condition, results of operations and prospects may be adversely affected.

Adverse publicity associated with our products, ingredients or network marketing program, or those of similar companies, could adversely affect our business.

The size of our distributor base and the results of our operations may be significantly affected by the perception of our company and similar companies. This perception is dependent upon opinions concerning:

the safety and quality of our products and nutritional supplement ingredients;
the safety and quality of similar products and ingredients distributed by other companies;
our distributors;
publicity concerning network marketing; and
the direct selling business generally.

Adverse publicity concerning any actual or purported failure of our Company or our distributors to comply with applicable laws and regulations regarding product claims and advertising, good manufacturing practices, the regulation of our network marketing business, the licensing of our products for sale in our target markets, or other aspects of our business, whether or not resulting in enforcement actions or the imposition of penalties, could have an adverse effect on the goodwill of our Company and could negatively affect our ability to attract, motivate and retain distributors, which would have a material adverse effect on our ability to generate revenue. We cannot ensure that all distributors will comply with applicable legal requirements relating to the advertising, sale, labeling, licensing or distribution of our products or promotion of the income opportunity.

In addition, our distributors’ and consumers’ perception of the safety and quality of our products and ingredients as well as similar products and ingredients distributed by other companies can be significantly influenced by national media attention, publicized scientific research or findings, widespread product liability claims and other publicity concerning our products or ingredients or similar products and ingredients distributed by other companies. Adverse publicity, whether or not accurate or resulting from consumers’ use or misuse of our products, that associates consumption of our products or ingredients or any similar products or ingredients with illness or other adverse effects, questions the benefits of our or similar products or claims that any such products are ineffective, inappropriately labeled or have inaccurate instructions as to their use, could have a material adverse effect on our reputation or the market demand for our products.

We may not successfully execute or achieve the expected benefits of our strategic alignment initiatives and other cost-saving measures we may take in the future, and our efforts may result in further actions and/or additional asset impairment charges and adversely affect our business.

Beginning in early 2022 and continuing into early 2023, we executed cost reduction activities intended to streamline the business and strategically align operations, including multiple reductions in headcount. Our strategic alignment initiatives were intended to address the short-term health of our business as well as our long-term objectives based on our current estimates, assumptions and forecasts, which are subject to known and unknown risks and uncertainties, including whether we have targeted the appropriate areas for our cost-saving efforts and at the appropriate scale, and whether, if required in the future, we will be able to appropriately target any additional areas for our cost-saving efforts. As such, the actions we intended to take under the strategic alignment initiatives and that we may decide to take in the future may not be successful in yielding our intended results and may not appropriately address either or both of the short-term and long-term strategy for our business. Additionally, implementation of the strategic alignment initiatives and any other cost-saving initiatives may be costly and disruptive to our business, the expected costs and charges may be greater than we have forecasted, and the estimated cost savings may be lower than we have forecasted. In addition, our initiatives could result in personnel attrition beyond our planned reductions in headcount or reduce employee morale, which could in turn adversely impact productivity, including through a loss of continuity, loss of accumulated knowledge and/or inefficiency during transitional periods, or our ability to attract highly skilled employees. Unfavorable publicity about us or any of our strategic initiatives, including our strategic alignment

13


initiatives, could result in reputation harm and could diminish confidence in, and the use of, our products and services. The strategic alignment initiatives have required, and may continue to require, a significant amount of management’s and other employees’ time and focus, which may divert attention from effectively operating and growing our business. We also cannot assure you that it will impact our ability to achieve or maintain profitability.

Our marketing strategy relies on the use of social media platforms and any negative publicity on such social media platforms may adversely affect the public perception of our brand, and changing terms or conditions or ways in which advertisers use their platforms may adversely affect our ability to engage with customers, both of which in turn could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition. In addition, our use of social media could subject us to fines or other penalties.

We rely on social media marketing through various social media platforms, such as Instagram, YouTube and Facebook, as a means to engage with our existing customers as well as attract new customers. Existing and new customers alike interact with the brand both organically, through posts by the Beachbody community, as well as through distributors via their own social media accounts. While the use of social media platforms allows us access to a broad audience of consumers and other interested persons, our use of, and reliance on, social media as a key marketing tool exposes us to significant risk of widespread negative publicity. Social media users generally have the ability to post information to social media platforms without filters or checks on accuracy of the content posted. Information concerning the Company or its many brands may be posted on such platforms at any time. Such information may be adverse to our interests or may be inaccurate, each of which can harm our reputation and value of our brands. The harm may be immediate without affording us an opportunity for redress or correction. In addition, social media platforms provide users with access to such a broad audience that collective action against our products and offerings, such as boycotts, can be more easily organized. If such actions were organized, we could suffer reputational damage. Social media platforms may be used to attack us, our information security systems, including through use of spam, spyware, ransomware, phishing and social engineering, viruses, worms, malware, distributed denial of service attacks, password attacks, “Man in the Middle” attacks, cybersquatting, impersonation of employees or officers, abuse of comments and message boards, fake reviews, doxing and swatting. As such, the dissemination of information on social media platforms and other online platforms could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition, regardless of the information’s accuracy.

Our reliance on social media platforms for advertising also subjects us to the risk that any change to the platforms’ algorithms, terms and conditions and/or ways in which advertisers may advertise on their platforms may adversely affect our ability to effectively engage with customers and sell our products, which in turn could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

In addition, our use of social media platforms as a marketing tool could also subject us to fines or other penalties. As laws and regulations, including those from the Federal Trade Commission, State Attorneys General, and other enforcement agencies rapidly evolve to govern the use of these platforms, the failure by us, our distributors, influencers, or other third parties acting at our direction to abide by applicable laws and regulations in the use of these platforms could materially and adversely impact our business, results of operations and financial condition or subject us to fines or other penalties.

We may be unable to attract and retain customers, which would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

The success of our business depends on our ability to attract and retain customers. Our marketing efforts may not be successful in attracting customers, and membership levels may materially decline over time. Customers may cancel their membership at any time. In addition, we experience attrition, and we must continually engage existing customers and attract new customers in order to maintain membership levels. Some of the factors that could lead to a decline in membership levels include, among other factors:

changing desires and behaviors of consumers or their perception of our brand;
changes in discretionary spending trends;
market maturity or saturation;
a decline in our ability to deliver quality service at a competitive price;
a failure to introduce new features, products or services that customers find engaging;

14


the introduction of new products or services, or changes to existing products and services, that are not favorably received;
technical or other problems that affect the customer experience;
an increase in membership fees due to inflation;
direct and indirect competition in our industry;
a decline in the public’s interest in health and fitness; and
a general deterioration of economic conditions or a change in consumer spending preferences or buying trends.

Any decrease in our average fees or higher membership costs may materially and adversely impact our results of operations and financial condition. Additionally, further expansion into international markets may create new challenges in attracting and retaining customers that we may not successfully address, as these markets carry unique risks as discussed below. As a result of these factors, we cannot be certain that our membership levels will be adequate to maintain or permit the expansion of our operations. A decline in membership levels would have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Our customers use their connected fitness products and fitness accessories to track and record their workouts. If our products fail to provide accurate metrics and data to our customers, our brand and reputation could be harmed, and we may be unable to retain our customers.

Our customers use their connected fitness products and fitness accessories to track and record certain metrics related to their workouts. Examples of metrics tracked on our platform currently include heartrate and calories burned. These metrics assist our customers in tracking their fitness journeys and understanding the effectiveness of their workouts. We anticipate introducing new metrics and features in the future. If the software used in our connected fitness products or on our platform malfunctions and fails to accurately track, display, or record customers workouts and metrics, we could face claims alleging that our products and services do not operate as advertised. Such reports and claims could result in negative publicity, product liability claims, and, in some cases, may require us to expend time and resources to refute such claims and defend against potential litigation. If our products and services fail to provide accurate metrics and data to our customers, or if there are reports or claims of inaccurate metrics and data or claims of inaccuracy regarding the overall health benefits of our products and services in the future, we may become the subject of negative publicity, litigation, regulatory proceedings, and warranty claims, and our brand, operating results, and business could be harmed.

Our business relies on sales of a few key products.

Our digital platforms which provide recurring subscription revenue also provide a significant portion of our revenue, accounting for approximately 43% of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022. Shakeology,None of our premium nutrition shake, also constitutes a significantNEOs exercised any portion of their respective options during 2022.

   Stock Awards 

Name

  Number of
Shares
Acquired on
Vesting
(#)
   Value Realized
on Vesting
($) (1)
 

Carl Daikeler

   —      —   

Marc Suidan

   —      —   

Sue Collyns

   —      —   

Blake Bilstad

   —      —   

Michael Neimand

   —      —   

Kathy Vrabeck

   37,484    61,099 

(1)

Amounts are calculated by multiplying the number of shares vested by our closing stock price on the vesting date.

Potential Payments Upon Termination or Change in Control

Executive Employment Agreements

The Company has entered into offer letters or employment agreements with certain of its NEOs, which provide for (among other things) severance benefits and payments to be paid upon certain qualifying terminations of employment, including in connection with a “change in control” of the Company, as summarized below.

Marc Suidan and Blake Bilstad

Under the offer letters with each of Messrs. Suidan and Bilstad, if the executive’s employment is terminated by the Company without “cause” or by the executive for “good reason” (each, as defined in the applicable offer letter), then the executive will be entitled to receive the following severance payments and benefits:

an amount equal to one times the executive’s highest agreed upon annual base salary or, to the extent the Company implemented a proportionate reduction in the base salaries of other members of the Company’s executive team during the year in which the termination occurs, the executive’s base salary as in effect on the termination date, payable in substantially equal installments over the 12-month period following the termination date;

an amount equal to the executive’s target annual bonus for the year of termination, prorated through the date of termination (the “Pro-Rated Target Bonus”), payable in substantially equal installments over the 12-month period following the termination date;

continued healthcare coverage for 12 months following the termination date, at the same levels as in effect on the termination date; and

an additional 12 months of vesting for each outstanding and unvested time-vesting Company equity award then-held by the executive or, if the termination occurs on or within 12 months following a “change in control” (as defined in the 2021 Plan), full accelerated vesting of all outstanding and unvested time-vesting Company equity awards then-held by the executive.

The severance payments and benefits described above are subject to the applicable executive’s timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in favor of the Company.

24


In addition to the severance payments and benefits described above, if the executive’s employment is terminated due to his death or disability, then the executive will be entitled to receive (A) the Pro-Rated Target Bonus and (B) an additional 12 months of vesting for each outstanding and unvested time-vesting Company equity award then-held by the executive.

Michael Neimand

Under Mr. Neimand’s offer letter, upon a termination of Mr. Neimand’s employment by the Company without cause, he is entitled to a cash severance payment equal to 90 days of his then-current base salary, paid in accordance with the Company’s regular payroll practices.

Kathy Vrabeck

Under Ms. Vrabeck’s offer letter, if Ms. Vrabeck’s employment is terminated by the Company without “cause” or by Ms. Vrabeck for “good reason” (each, as defined in the offer letter), then she will be entitled to receive the following severance payments and benefits:

an amount equal to one-half times (or, if such termination occurs on or within 12 months following a “change in control” (as defined in the 2021 Plan), one times) her annual base salary as in effect at the time of termination, payable in substantially equal installments over the six-month (or, as applicable, 12-month) period following the termination date; and

a lump sum payment in an amount equal to (i) six times (or, if such termination occurs on or within 12 months following a change in control, 12 times) the estimated monthly cost to continue healthcare coverage under COBRA, at the same levels as in effect on the termination date, plus (ii) to the extent any taxes are imposed on the foregoing COBRA payment, an additional amount sufficient to cover any such taxes.

The severance payments and benefits described above are subject to Ms. Vrabeck’s timely execution and non-revocation of a general release of claims in favor of the Company.

Sue Collyns Termination

On May 31, 2022, Ms. Collyns’ employment with the Company was terminated by the Company without “cause” (as defined in Ms. Collyns’ employment agreement). Following her termination, Ms. Collyns will remain with the Company as a consultant through May 31, 2023. In exchange for her consulting services, Ms. Collyns was paid a one-time payment of $10,000.

In connection with such termination of employment, we paid or provided Ms. Collyns with the following severance payments and benefits in 2022, pursuant to her employment agreement with the Company:

an amount equal to one times Ms. Collyns’ annual base salary as in effect at the time of termination, payable in substantially equal installments over the 12-month period following the termination date;

a lump sum cash payment equal to Ms. Collyns’ target annual bonus for the year of termination (prorated based on the number of days Ms. Collyns was employed by the Company during such year), payable on the date on which annual bonuses are paid to the Company’s senior executives generally; and

continued healthcare coverage for 12 months after the termination date, at the same levels as in effect on the termination date.

In addition, all outstanding stock options held by Ms. Collyns as of her termination will remain outstanding and eligible to vest based on her continued consulting services (rather than on an accelerated basis on her termination date as provided under her employment agreement).

25


In consideration of the severance payments and benefits described above, Ms. Collyns was required to execute a general release of claims in favor of the Company. In addition, Ms. Collyns’ eligibility to receive or retain such severance payments and benefits is subject to her continued compliance with the restrictive covenant obligations described above under “—Narrative to Summary Compensation Table and Grants of Plan-Based Awards Table—Named Executive Officer Agreements.”

Estimated Potential Payments

The following table summarizes the payments that would be made to our revenue, accountingNEOs upon the occurrence of certain qualifying terminations of employment or a change in control, in any case, occurring on December 31, 2022. However, for approximately 25%Ms. Collyns, amounts shown reflect the actual severance payments and benefits provided to Ms. Collyns in connection with her termination of revenueemployment in 2022. Amounts shown do not include (i) accrued but unpaid base salary through the date of termination or (ii) other benefits earned or accrued by our NEO during their employment that are available to all salaried employees.

Name

 

Benefit

  Termination
Without
Cause or for
Good
Reason

(no Change
in Control)

($) (1)
   Termination
due to
Death or
Disability

($)
   Change in
Control (no
Termination)

($) (2)
   Termination
Without
Cause or
for Good
Reason in
Connection
with a
Change in
Control

($)
 

Carl Daikeler

 Cash   —      —      —      —   
 Equity Acceleration(3)   —      —      —      —   
 Healthcare   —      —      —      —   
 Total(4)   —      —      —      —   

Marc Suidan

 Cash   918,750    393,750    —      918,750 
 Equity Acceleration(3)   71,038    71,038    —      284,153 
 Healthcare   33,560    —      —      33,560 
 Total(4)   1,023,438    464,788    —      1,236,463 

Sue Collyns

 Cash   786,164    —      —      —   
 Equity Acceleration(3)   —      —      —      —   
 Healthcare   26,988    —      —      —   
 Total   813,152    —      —      —   

Blake Bilstad

 Cash   780,000    260,000    —      780,000 
 Equity Acceleration(3)   —      —      —      —   
 Healthcare   39,026    —      —      39,026 
 Total(4)   819,026    260,000    —      819,026 

Michael Neimand

 Cash   135,616    —      —      135,616 
 Equity Acceleration(3)   —      —      —      —   
 Healthcare   —      —      —      —   
 Total(4)   135,616    —      —      135,616 

Kathy Vrabeck

 Cash   262,500    —      —      525,000 
 Equity Acceleration(3)   —      —      —      —   
 Healthcare   24,629    —      —      49,258 
 Total(4)   287,129    —      —      574,258 

(1)

For Ms. Collyns, amounts reflect the actual severance payments and benefits provided to Ms. Collyns in connection with her termination of employment in 2022. For Ms. Vrabeck, amounts reflect the payments that would have been made to the executive under her offer letter on a termination of employment by the Company without “cause” or by the executive for “good reason” (each, as defined in the offer letter). For Mr. Neimand, amounts reflect the payments that would have been made to the executive under his offer letter on a termination of employment by the Company without cause.

26


(2)

With respect to option and RSU awards, amounts assume the awards are assumed or substituted in connection with the change in control.

(3)

With respect to option and RSU awards, amounts were calculated by (i) multiplying the number of accelerated shares of Common Stock underlying the awards by $0.52, the closing trading price of our Common Stock on December 30, 2022 (i.e., the last trading day of our last completed fiscal year) and (ii) for the option awards, subtracting the exercise price. With respect to options with an exercise price greater than $0.52 (the closing trading price of our Common Stock on December 30, 2022), no value has been included in the table above.

(4)

Amounts shown are the maximum potential payment the NEO would have received as of December 31, 2022.

27


2022 DIRECTOR COMPENSATION

Director Compensation Program

We maintain a non-employee director compensation program (the “Director Compensation Program”), which provides for annual cash retainer fees and long-term equity awards for each of our non-employee directors (each, an “Eligible Director”). The Director Compensation Program consists of the following components:

Cash Compensation:

Annual Retainer: $45,000

Annual Committee Chair Retainer:

Audit: $20,000

Compensation: $15,000

Nominating and Corporate Governance: $10,000

Annual Committee Member (Non-Chair) Retainer:

Audit: $10,000

Compensation: $7,500

Nominating and Corporate Governance: $5,000

The annual cash retainers will be paid in quarterly installments in arrears. Annual cash retainers will be pro-rated for any partial calendar quarter of service.

Equity Compensation:

Initial Grant: Each Eligible Director who is initially elected or appointed to serve on our Board automatically shall be granted, on the date on which such Eligible Director is appointed or elected to serve on the Board, an RSU award with an aggregate value of $200,000, pro-rated for the number of days that have elapsed since the last occurring annual meeting.

Each Initial Grant will vest in full on the earlier to occur of the first anniversary of the grant date and the date of the next annual meeting following the grant date, subject to continued service.

Annual Grant: An Eligible Director who is serving on our Board as of the date of an annual meeting of stockholders shall be granted, on the date of such annual meeting, an RSU award with an aggregate value of $200,000.

Each Annual Grant will vest in full on the earlier to occur of the first anniversary of the grant date and the date of the next annual meeting following the grant date, subject to continued service.

Award Terms:

The number of RSUs subject to an Initial Grant and/or Annual Grant will be determined by dividing the value of the award by the closing price of the Company’s Class A Common Stock on the applicable grant date.

In addition, each equity award granted to an Eligible Director under the Director Compensation Program will vest in full immediately prior to the occurrence of a “change in control” (as defined in the 2021 Plan).

Compensation under the Director Compensation Program is subject to the annual limits on non-employee director compensation set forth in the 2021 Plan.

28


Director Deferred Compensation Plan

On February 24, 2023 we adopted The Beachbody Company, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors (the “Deferred Compensation Plan”), which permits our non-employee directors to defer the settlement of all or a portion of any RSU awards granted under the Director Compensation Program.

Director Compensation Table

The following table sets forth compensation paid to or earned by our non-employee directors during the year ended December 31, 2022. If consumer demand for these products decreases significantly or we cease offering these products without a suitable replacement, our operations could be materially adversely affected. Despite these efforts, our financial performance currently remains dependent on a few products. Any significant diminished consumer interest in these products would adversely affect our business. We could also experience adverse financial consequences if we fail to sustain market interest in our Beachbody Bike business, which accounted for approximately 6%

Name(1)

  Fees Earned or
Paid in Cash
($)(2)
   Stock
Awards
($)(3)
   Total
($)
 

Mary Conlin

   62,500    200,000    262,500 

Kristin Frank

   57,500    200,000    257,500 

Michael Heller

   55,000    200,000    255,000 

Kevin Mayer

   55,000    200,000    255,000 

John Salter

   50,000    200,000    250,000 

Ben Van de Bunt

   85,000    200,000    285,000 

(1)

Carl Daikeler, our Chief Executive Officer, did not receive any compensation for his services as a member of our Board in 2022; the compensation paid to Mr. Daikeler for the services he provided to our Company during 2022 is reflected in the section entitled, “Executive Compensation Tables—Summary Compensation Table.”

(2)

Reflets the aggregate dollar amounts of all fees earned and/or paid in cash for serves as a director.

(3)

Amounts reflect the full grant-date fair value of RSU awards granted during 2022 computed in accordance with ASC Topic 718, rather than the amounts paid to or realized by the named individual. We provide information regarding the assumptions used to calculate the value of all such awards made to our directors in Note 17 to the consolidated financial statements included in our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2022.

The following table shows the aggregate numbers of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022. We may not be able to develop successful new products or implement successful enhancements to existing products. Any products that we do develop or enhance may not generate sufficient revenue to justify the cost of developingoptions (exercisable and marketing these products.

We operate in highly competitive marketsunexercisable) and we may be unable to compete successfully against existing and future competitors.

Our products and services are offered in a highly competitive market. We face significant competition in every aspect of our business, including at-home fitness equipment and content, fitness clubs, nutritional products, dietary supplements, and health and wellness apps. Moreover, we expect the competition in our market to intensify in the future as new and existing competitors introduce new or enhanced products and services that compete with ours.

Our competitors may develop, or have already developed, products, features, content, services, or technologies that are similar to ours or that achieve greater acceptance, may undertake more successful product development efforts, create more compelling employment opportunities, or marketing campaigns, or may adopt more aggressive pricing

15


policies. Our competitors may develop or acquire, or have already developed or acquired, intellectual property rights that significantly limit or prevent our ability to compete effectively in the public marketplace. In addition, our competitors may have significantly greater resources than us, allowing them to identify and capitalize more efficiently upon opportunities in new markets and consumer preferences and trends, quickly transition and adapt their products and services, devote greater resources to marketing, advertising and research and development, or be better positioned to withstand substantial price competition. If we are not able to compete effectively against our competitors, they may acquire and engage customers or generate revenue at the expense of our efforts, which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results. The business of marketing nutritional products is highly competitive and sensitive to the introduction of new products, including various prescription drugs, which may rapidly capture a significant share of the market. These market segments include numerous manufacturers, distributors, marketers, retailers and physicians that actively compete for the business of consumers both in the United States and abroad. In addition, we anticipate that we will be subject to increasing competition in the future from large electronic commerce sellers. Some of these competitors have significantly greater financial, technical, product development, marketing and sales resources, greater name recognition, larger established subscriber bases, and better-developed distribution channels than we do. Our present or future competitors may be able to develop products that are comparable or superior to those we offer, adapt more quickly than we do to new technologies, evolving industry trends and standards or subscriber requirements, or devote greater resources to the development, promotion and sale of their products than we do. Accordingly, we may not be able to compete effectively in our markets and competition may intensify.

We are also subject to competition for the recruitment of distributors from other organizations, including those that market nutritional products, dietary and nutritional supplements, and personal care products as well as other types of products. Our ability to remain competitive depends, in part, on our success in recruiting and retaining Coaches through an attractive compensation plan, the maintenance of an attractive product portfolio, and other incentives. We cannot ensure that our programs for recruitment and retention efforts will be successful.

We compete with other direct selling organizations, some of which have longer operating histories and higher visibility, name recognition and financial resources. The Company competes for new Coaches on the basis of the culture, premium quality products and compensation plan. We envision the entry of many more direct selling organizations into the marketplace as this channel of distribution expands. There can be no assurance that the Company will be able to successfully meet the challenges posed by increased competition.

We also compete for the time, attention and commitment of our independent distributor force. Given that the pool of individuals interested in the business opportunities presented by direct selling tends to be limited in each market, the potential pool of distributors for our products is reduced to the extent other companies successfully recruit these individuals into their businesses. Although we believe that we offer an attractive business opportunity, there can be no assurance that other companies will not be able to recruit our existing distributors or deplete the pool of potential distributors in a given market.

We have limited control over our suppliers, manufacturers, and logistics providers, which may subject us to significant risks, including the potential inability to produce or obtain quality products on a timely basis or in sufficient quantity in order to meet demand.

We have limited control over our suppliers, manufacturers, and logistics providers, which subjects us to risks, such as the following:

inability to satisfy demand for our products or other products or services that we currently offer or may offer in the future;
reduced control over delivery timing and product reliability;
reduced ability to monitor the manufacturing process and components used in our products;
limited ability to develop comprehensive manufacturing specifications that take into account any materials shortages or substitutions;
variance in the manufacturing capability of our third-party manufacturers;
price increases;
failure of a significant supplier, manufacturer, or logistics provider to perform its obligations to us for technical, market or other reasons;

16


difficulties in establishing additional supplier, manufacturer or logistics provider relationships if we experience difficulties with our existing suppliers, manufacturers, or logistics providers;
shortages of materials or components;
misappropriation of our intellectual property;
exposure to natural catastrophes, pandemics, political unrest, terrorism, labor disputes, and economic instability resulting in the disruption of trade from foreign countries in which our products are manufactured or the components thereof are sourced;
changes in local economic conditions in the jurisdictions where our suppliers, manufacturers, and logistics providers are located;
the imposition of new laws and regulations, including those relating to labor conditions, quality and safety standards, imports, duties, tariffs, taxes, and other charges on imports, as well as trade restrictions and restrictions on currency exchange or the transfer of funds; and
insufficient warranties and indemnities on ingredients or components supplied to our manufacturers or performance by these parties.

We also rely on our logistics providers, including last mile warehouse and delivery providers, to complete deliveries to customers. If any of these independent contractors do not perform their obligations or meet the expectations of us or our customers, our reputation and business could suffer.

The occurrence of any of these risks, especially during seasons of peak demand, could cause us to experience a significant disruption in our ability to produce and deliver our products to our customers.

The failure or inability of our contract manufacturers to comply with the specifications and requirements of our products could result in a product recall, which could adversely affect our reputation and subject us to significant liability should the consumption of any of our products cause or be claimed to cause illness or physical harm.

We sell nutritional products for human consumption, which involves risks such as product contamination or spoilage, product tampering, other adulteration, mislabeling and misbranding. We also sell stationary bikes. All of our products are manufactured by independent third-party contract manufacturers. In addition, we do not own a warehouse facility, instead it is managed for us by a third party. Under certain circumstances, we may be required to, or may voluntarily, recall or withdraw products.

A widespread recall or withdrawal of any of our products may negatively and significantly impact our sales and profitability for a period of time and could result in significant losses depending on the costs of the recall, destruction of product inventory, reduction in product availability, and reaction of competitors and consumers. We may also be subject to claims or lawsuits, including class actions lawsuits (which could significantly increase any adverse settlements or rulings), resulting in liability for actual or claimed injuries, illness or death. Any of these events could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Even if a product liability claim or lawsuit is unsuccessful or is not fully pursued, the negative publicity surrounding any assertion that our products caused illness or physical harm could adversely affect our reputation with existing and potential consumers and its corporate and brand image. Moreover, claims or liabilities of this sort might not be covered by insurance or by any rights of indemnity or contribution that we may have against others. We maintain product liability and product recall insurance in an amount that we believe to be adequate. However, we may incur claims or liabilities for which it is not insured or that exceed the amount of its insurance coverage. A product liability judgment against us or a product recall could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If any of our products are unacceptable to us or our customers, our business could be harmed.

We have occasionally received, and may in the future continue to receive, shipments of products that fail to comply with our technical specifications or that fail to conform to our quality control standards. We have also received, and may in the future continue to receive, products that either meet our technical specifications but that are nonetheless unacceptable to us, or products that are otherwise unacceptable to us or our customers. Under these circumstances, unless we are able to obtain replacement products in a timely manner, we risk the loss of net revenue resulting from the inability to sell those products and related increased administrative and shipping costs. Additionally, if the unacceptability of our products is not discovered until after such products are purchased by our customers or riders, they could lose confidence in the quality of our products and our results of operations could suffer and our business could be harmed.

17


Our products and services may be affected from time to time by design and manufacturing defects that could adversely affect our business and result in harm to our reputation.

Through our Beachbody Bike platform, we offer complex hardware and software products and services that can be affected by design and manufacturing defects. Sophisticated operating system software and applications, such as those which will be offered by us, often have issues that can unexpectedly interfere with the intended operation of hardware or software products. Defects may also exist in components and products that we source from third parties. Any such defects could make our products and services unsafe, create a risk of environmental or property damage and personal injury, and subject us to the hazards and uncertainties of product liability claims and related litigation. In addition, from time to time we may experience outages, service slowdowns, or errors that affect our fitness and wellness programming. As a result, our services may not perform as anticipated and may not meet customer expectations. There can be no assurance that we will be able to detect and fix all issues and defects in the hardware, software, and services we offer. Failure to do so could result in widespread technical and performance issues affecting our products and services and could lead to claims against us. We maintain general liability insurance; however, design and manufacturing defects, and claims related thereto, may subject us to judgments or settlements that result in damages materially in excess of the limits of our insurance coverage. In addition, we may be exposed to recalls, product replacements or modifications, write-downs or write-offs of inventory, property, plant and equipment, or intangible assets, and significant warranty and other expenses such as litigation costs and regulatory fines. If we cannot successfully defend any large claim, maintain our general liability insurance on acceptable terms, or maintain adequate coverage against potential claims, our financial results could be adversely impacted. Further, quality problems could adversely affect the experience for users of our products and services, and result in harm to our reputation, loss of competitive advantage, poor market acceptance, reduced demand for our products and services, delay in new product and service introductions, and lost revenue.

We may incur material product liability claims, which could increase our costs and adversely affect our revenues and operating income.

Additionally, our nutritional and dietary supplement products consist of herbs, vitamins and minerals and other ingredients that are classified as foods or dietary supplements and are not subject to pre-market regulatory approval in the United States. Our products could contain contaminated substances, and some of our products contain innovative ingredients that do not have long histories of human consumption. We do not always conduct or sponsor clinical studies for our products and previously unknown adverse reactions resulting from human consumption of these ingredients could occur. As a marketer of dietary and nutritional supplements and other products that are ingested by consumers, we have been, and may again be, subjected to various product liability claims, including that the products contain contaminants, the products include inadequate instructions as to their uses, or the products include inadequate warnings concerning side effects and interactions with other substances. It is possible that widespread product liability claims could increase our costs, and adversely affect our revenues and operating income. Moreover, liability claims arising from a serious adverse event may increase our costs through higher insurance premiums and deductibles and may make it more difficult to secure adequate insurance coverage in the future. In addition, our product liability insurance may fail to cover future product liability claims thereby requiring us to pay substantial monetary damages and adversely affecting our business.

Our business model relies on high quality customer service, and any negative impressions of our customer service experience may adversely affect our business and result in harm to our reputation.

We rely on high quality overall customer service across all of our products and services. Positive customer service experiences help drive a positive reputation, increased sales and minimization of litigation. For example, once our streaming services and integrated connected-bike products are purchased, our customers rely on our high-touch delivery and set up service to deliver and install their equipment in a professional and efficient manner. Our customers also rely on our support services to resolve any issues related to the use of such services and content. Providing a high-quality customer experience is vital to our success in generating word-of-mouth referrals to drive sales and for retaining existing customers. The importance of high-quality support will increase as we expand our business and introduce new products and services. If we do not help our customers quickly resolve issues and provide effective ongoing support, our reputation may suffer and our ability to retain and attract customers, or to sell additional products and services to existing customers, could be harmed. In addition, these levels of customer service are expensive to maintain and may provide a drain on our resources and adversely affect our revenues and operating income.

18


The seasonal nature of our business could cause operating results to fluctuate.

We have experienced and continue to expect fluctuations in quarterly results of operations due to the seasonal nature of our business. The months of January to May result in the greatest retail sales due to renewed consumer focus on healthy living following New Year’s Day, as well as significant subscriber enrollment around that time. This seasonality could cause our share price to fluctuate as the results of an interim financial period may not be indicative of our full year results. Seasonality also impacts relative revenue and profitability of each quarter of the year, both on a quarter-to-quarter and year-over-year basis.

If we fail to obtain and retain high-profile strategic relationships, or if the reputation of any of these parties is impaired, our business may suffer.

A principal component of our marketing program has been to develop relationships with high-profile persons to help us extend the reach of our brand. Although we have relationships with several well-known individuals in this manner, we may not be able to attract and build relationships with new persons in the future. In addition, if the actions of these parties were to damage their or our reputation, our relationships may be less attractive to our current or prospective customers. Any of these failures by us or these parties could materially and adversely affect our business and revenues.

Our operating results could be adversely affected if we are unable to accurately forecast consumer demand for our products and services and adequately manage our inventory.

To ensure adequate inventory supply, we must forecast inventory needs and expenses and place orders sufficiently in advance with our suppliers and manufacturers, based on our estimates of future demand for particular products and services. Failure to accurately forecast our needs may result in manufacturing delays or increased costs. Our ability to accurately forecast demand could be affected by many factors, including changes in consumer demand for our products and services, changes in demand for the products and services of our competitors, unanticipated changes in general market conditions, and the weakening of economic conditions or consumer confidence in future economic conditions. We face further risk from the fact that we may not carry a significant amount of inventory and may not be able to satisfy short-term demand increases. If we fail to accurately forecast consumer demand, we may experience excess inventory levels or a shortage of products available for sale.

Inventory levels in excess of consumer demand may result in inventory write-downs or write-offs and the sale of excess inventory at discounted prices, which would cause our gross margins to suffer and could impair the strength and premium nature of our brand. Further, lower than forecasted demand could also result in excess manufacturing capacity or reduced manufacturing efficiencies, which could result in lower margins. Conversely, if we underestimate consumer demand, our suppliers and manufacturers may not be able to deliver products to meet our requirements or we may be subject to higher costs in order to secure the necessary production capacity. An inability to meet consumer demand and delays in the delivery of our products to our customers could result in reputational harm and damaged customer relationships and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Our founder has control over all stockholder decisions because he controls a substantial majority of our voting power through our Class X Common Stock, or “super” voting stock.

Our founder, Carl Daikeler, owns or controls “super” voting shares of the Company that represent approximately 84.6% of the voting power of the Company,outstanding RSU awards held as of December 31, 2022. Mr. Daikeler and certain of his affiliated entities own a majority of the Company’s outstanding Class X Common Stock, which stock carries 10 votes per share, and, therefore, controls a majority of the voting power of the Company’s outstanding common stock. The Class X Common Stock carries substantially similar rights as the Class A Common Stock, except that2022 by each share of Class X Common Stock carries 10 votes. Therefore, Mr. Daikeler alone can exercise voting control over a majority of our voting power. As a result, Mr. Daikeler has the ability to control the outcome of all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election, removal, and replacement of our directors, amendments to the Company’s organizational documents and approval of major corporate transactions. This concentrated control could give our founder the ability to delay, defer or prevent a change of control, merger, consolidation, or sale of all or substantially all of our assets that other stockholders support. Conversely, this concentrated control could allow our founder to consummate such a transaction that our other stockholders do not support. In addition, our founder may make long-term strategic investment decisions and take risks that may not be successful and may seriously harm our business.non-employee director.

The Class X Common Stock will automatically convert into Class A Common Stock if Mr. Daikeler no longer provides services to Beachbody as a senior executive officer or director or if Mr. Daikeler and certain of his affiliated entities

Name

  Option Awards
Outstanding
at 2022 Fiscal
Year End

(#)
   RSU Awards
Outstanding
at 2022
Fiscal
Year End

(#)
 

Mary Conlin

   —      190,476 

Kristin Frank

   —      190,476 

Michael Heller

   —      190,476 

Kevin Mayer

   —      190,476 

John Salter

   —      190,476 

Ben Van de Bunt

   167,983    190,476 

1929


have sold more than 75% of the shares of Class X Common Stock held by them at the time of the consummation of the Business Combination.

As our Chief Executive Officer, Mr. Daikeler has control over our day-to-day management and the implementation of major strategic investments of our company, subject to authorization and oversight by our board of directors. As a board member and officer, Mr. Daikeler owes a fiduciary duty to our stockholders and must act in good faith in a manner they reasonably believe to be in the best interests of our stockholders. As a stockholder, even a controlling stockholder, Mr. Daikeler is entitled to vote his shares, and shares over which he has voting control, in his own interests, which may not always be in the interests of our stockholders generally. Even if Mr. Daikeler’s employment with us is terminated, he will continue to have the ability to exercise the same significant voting power and potentially control the outcome of all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval.

The concentration of our stock ownership limits our stockholders’ ability to influence corporate matters.

Our Class X common stock has 10 votes per share, our Class A common stock has one vote per share, and our Class C common stock has no voting rights. Because our Class C common stock carries no voting rights, the issuance of the Class C common stock, including in future stock-based acquisition transactions, to fund employee equity incentive programs or otherwise could continue Mr. Daikeler’s current relative voting power and his ability to elect our directors and to determine the outcome of most matters submitted to a vote of our stockholders because, in the event of such an issuance of Class C common stock, the voting control of holders of Class X common stock would not be affected whereas the economic power of the Class X common stock would be diluted. This concentrated control limits or severely restricts other stockholders’ ability to influence corporate matters and we may take actions that some of our stockholders do not view as beneficial, which could reduce the market price of our Class A common stock and our Class C common stock.

Because the Company is a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE rules, our stockholders may not have certain corporate governance protections that are available to stockholders of companies that are not controlled companies.

So long as more than 50% of the voting power for the election of directors of the Company is held by an individual, a group or another company, the Company will qualify as a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards. As of December 31, 2022, Mr. Daikeler and certain of his affiliated entities currently control in the aggregate over 80% of the voting power of our outstanding capital stock. As a result, the Company will be a “controlled company” within the meaning of the NYSE corporate governance standards and will not be subject to the requirements that would otherwise require us to have: (i) a majority of independent directors; (ii) a nominating committee comprised solely of independent directors; (iii) compensation of our executive officers determined by a majority of the independent directors or a compensation committee comprised solely of independent directors; and (iv) director nominees selected, or recommended for the Board’s selection, either by a majority of the independent directors or a nominating committee comprised solely of independent directors.

Mr. Daikeler may have his interest in the Company diluted due to future equity issuances or his own actions in selling shares of Class X Common Stock, in each case, which could result in a loss of the “controlled company” exemption under the NYSE listing rules. The Company would then be required to comply with those provisions of the NYSE listing requirements.

We track certain operational and business metrics with internal methods that are subject to inherent challenges in measurement, and real or perceived inaccuracies in such metrics may harm our reputation and negatively affect our business.

We track certain operational and business metrics, including total workouts and average monthly workouts per connected fitness subscription, with internal methods, which are not independently verified by any third party and, are often reliant upon an interface with mobile operating systems, networks and standards that we do not control. Our internal methods have limitations and our process for tracking these metrics may change over time, which could result in unexpected changes to our metrics, including the metrics we report. If the internal methods we use under-count or over-count metrics related to our total workouts, average monthly workouts per connected fitness subscription or other metrics as a result of algorithm or other technical errors, the operational and business metrics that we report may not be accurate. In addition, limitations or errors with respect to how we measure certain operational and business metrics may affect our understanding of certain details of our business, which could affect our longer-term strategies. If our operational and business metrics are not accurate representations of our business, market penetration, retention or engagement; if we discover material inaccuracies in our metrics; or if the metrics we rely on to track our performance

20


do not provide an accurate measurement of our business, our reputation may be harmed, and our operating and financial results could be adversely affected.

Risks Related to our Indebtedness

Our Financing Agreement restricts our current and future operations and our ability, and the ability of our future subsidiaries, to engage in certain business and financial transactions, and, as a result, may adversely affect our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

On August 8, 2022 we entered into a senior secured term loan facility (the “Credit Facility”) by and among us, Beachbody, LLC, and certain subsidiaries of the Company. The loan documents for the Credit Facility include a Financing Agreement (the “Financing Agreement”) entered into by the Company, certain subsidiaries of the Company, the lenders party thereto, and Blue Torch Finance, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent for such lenders. The Financing Agreement contains a number of covenants that limit our ability, and the ability of certain of our subsidiaries party to the Financing Agreement, to:

incur additional indebtedness;
incur additional liens;
consolidate, merge, sell or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of our assets;
pay dividends or make other distributions;
make investments and acquisitions; and
enter into certain transactions with affiliates.

In addition, the Financing Agreement requires us to maintain certain minimum revenue levels and maintain minimum Liquidity (as defined in the Financing Agreement). The Financing Agreement also contains other customary representations, warranties and covenants. Events beyond our control can affect our ability to meet these covenants.


CEO PAY RATIO

As a resultrequired by Section 953(b) of these covenants and restrictions, we may be limited in how we conduct our business, and we may be unable to raise additional debt or equity financing to compete effectively or to take advantage of new business opportunities.

Our failure to comply with our obligations under the Financing Agreement as described above, as well as others contained in any future debt instruments from time to time, may result in an event of default under the Financing Agreement. A default, if not cured or waived, may permit acceleration of our indebtedness. If our indebtedness is accelerated, we may not have sufficient funds available to pay the accelerated indebtedness or the ability to refinance the accelerated indebtedness on terms favorable to us or at all. If we are forced to refinance these borrowings on less favorable terms or cannot refinance these borrowings, our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows could be adversely affected.

Our ability to generate the significant amount of cash needed to pay interest and principal on our indebtedness and our ability to refinance all or a portion of our indebtedness or obtain additional financing depends on many factors beyond our control.

Our ability to make scheduled payments on, or to refinance our obligations under, our indebtedness depends on the financial and operating performance of our subsidiaries, which, in turn, depends on their results of operations, cash flows, cash requirements, financial position and general business conditions and any legal and regulatory restrictions on the payment of dividends to which they may be subject, many of which may be beyond our control.

We may be unable to maintain a level of cash flows from operating activities sufficient to permit us to pay the principal and interest on our indebtedness. If our cash flow and capital resources are insufficient to fund our debt service obligations, we may be forced to reduce or delay capital expenditures, sell assets, seek to obtain additional equity capital or restructure our indebtedness. In the future, our cash flow and capital resources may not be sufficient for payments of interest on and principal of our indebtedness, and such alternative measures may not be successful and may not permit us to meet our scheduled debt service obligations.

The Credit Facility pursuant to the Financing Agreement is scheduled to mature on August 8, 2026. We may be unable to refinance any of our indebtedness prior to maturity or obtain additional financing. If we are unable to refinance our indebtedness or access additional credit, or if short-term or long-term borrowing costs dramatically increase, our ability to finance current operations and meet our short-term and long-term obligations could be adversely affected.

21


Any of these actions could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial position, results of operations and cash flows.

Risks Related to Expansion

There can be no assurance that we can further penetrate existing markets or that we can successfully expand our business into new markets.

Our ability to further penetrate existing markets in which we compete or to successfully expand our business into additional countries in Western Europe, Asia, or elsewhere, to the extent we believe that we have identified attractive geographic expansion opportunities in the future, are subject to numerous factors, many of which are out of our control. These factors may include, among others, challenges around supplement formulations, localization, harmonization, market size and acceptance, costs, competitors, geopolitical stability, labor market dynamics, legal and regulatory, culture and language, infrastructure, supply chain, payment processing, customer service, payment method, taxes, foreign exchange, and repatriation.

In addition, government regulations in both our domestic and international markets can delay or prevent the introduction, or require the reformulation or withdrawal, of some of our products, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations. Also, our ability to increase market penetration in some countries may be limited by the finite number of persons in a given country inclined to pursue a direct selling business opportunity. Moreover, our growth will depend upon improved training and other activities that enhance distributor retention in our markets. We cannot assure you that our efforts to increase our market penetration and distributor retention in existing markets will be successful.

We plan to expand into international markets, which will expose us to significant risks.

We have previously expanded (and may continue to expand) our operations to other countries, which requires significant resources and management attention and subjects us to regulatory, economic, and political risks in addition to those we already face in the United States. There are significant risks and costs inherent in doing business in international markets, including:

difficulty establishing and managing international operations and the increased operations, travel, infrastructure, including establishment of local delivery service and customer service operations, and legal compliance costs associated with locations in different countries or regions;
the need to vary pricing and margins to effectively compete in international markets;
the need to adapt and localize products for specific countries, including obtaining rights to third-party intellectual property and potentially unique music rights or licenses used in each country;
increased competition from local providers of similar products and services;
the ability to obtain, protect and enforce intellectual property rights abroad;
the need to offer content and customer support in various languages;
difficulties in understanding and complying with local laws, regulations, and customs in other jurisdictions;
complexity and other risks associated with current and future legal and regulatory requirements in other countries, including legal requirements related to advertising, our supplements and nutritional products, consumer protection, consumer product safety and data privacy;
varying levels of internet technology adoption and infrastructure, and increased or varying network and hosting service provider costs;
tariffs and other non-tariff barriers, such as quotas and local content rules, as well as tax consequences;
fluctuations in currency exchange rates and the requirements of currency control regulations, which might restrict or prohibit conversion of other currencies into U.S. dollars; and
political or social unrest or economic instability in a specific country or region in which we operate.

We have limited experience with international regulatory environments and market practices and may not be able to penetrate or successfully operate in the markets we choose to enter. In addition, we may incur significant expenses as a result of our international expansion, and we may not be successful. We may face limited brand recognition in parts of the world that could lead to non-acceptance or delayed acceptance of our products and services by consumers in new markets. We may also face challenges to acceptance of our fitness, supplements and nutritional products, and

22


wellness content in new markets. Our failure to successfully manage these risks could harm our international operations and have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

We may engage in merger and acquisition activities, which could require significant management attention, disrupt our business, dilute stockholder value, and adversely affect our operating results.

As part of our business strategy, we have made or may make investments in other companies, products, or technologies in the future. We may not be able to find suitable acquisition candidates and we may not be able to complete acquisitions on favorable terms, if at all, in the future. If we do complete acquisitions, we may not ultimately strengthen our competitive position or achieve our goals, and any acquisitions we complete could be viewed negatively by customers or investors. Moreover, an acquisition, investment, or business relationship may result in unforeseen operating difficulties and expenditures, including disrupting our ongoing operations, diverting management from their primary responsibilities, subjecting us to additional liabilities, increasing our expenses, and adversely impacting our business, financial condition, and operating results. Moreover, we may be exposed to unknown liabilities and the anticipated benefits of any acquisition, investment, or business relationship may not be realized, if, for example, we fail to successfully integrate such acquisitions, or the technologies associated with such acquisitions, into our company.

To pay for any such acquisitions, we would have to use cash, incur debt, or issue equity securities, each of which may affect our financial condition or the value of our capital stock and could result in dilution to our stockholders. Additionally, we may receive indications of interest from other parties interested in acquiring some or all of our business. The time required to evaluate such indications of interest could require significant attention from management, disrupt the ordinary functioning of our business, and could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Risks Related to Our Personnel

Increases in labor costs, including wages, could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

The labor costs associated with our businesses are subject to many external factors, including unemployment levels, prevailing wage rates, minimum wage laws, potential collective bargaining arrangements, health insurance costs and other insurance costs and changes in employment and labor legislation or other workplace regulation. From time to time, legislative proposals are made to increase the federal minimum wage in the U.S., as well as the minimum wage in a number of individual states and municipalities, and to reform entitlement programs, such as health insurance and paid leave programs. As minimum wage rates increase or related laws and regulations change, we may need to increase not only the wage rates of our minimum wage employees, but also the wages paid to our other hourly or salaried employees. Our employees may seek to be represented by labor unions in the future or negotiate additional compensation. Any increase in the cost of our labor could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations or if we fail to pay such higher wages, we could suffer increased employee turnover. Increases in labor costs could force us to increase prices, which could adversely impact our subscriptions, product sales, and revenues. If competitive pressures or other factors prevent us from offsetting increased labor costs by increases in prices, our profitability may decline and could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

If we cannot maintain our culture, we could lose the innovation, teamwork, and passion that we believe contribute to our success and our business may be harmed.

We believe that a critical component of our success has been our corporate culture. We have invested substantial time and resources in building our culture, which is based on our core purpose that we are here to help people achieve their goals and lead healthy, fulfilling lives. As we continue growing and developing the infrastructure associated with being a public company, we will need to maintain our culture among a larger number of employees, dispersed across various geographic regions. Any failure to preserve our culture could negatively affect our future success, including our ability to retain and recruit personnel and to effectively focus on and pursue our corporate objectives.

23


We depend on our senior management team and other key employees, and the loss of one or more key personnel or an inability to attract, hire, integrate and retain highly skilled personnel could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Our success depends largely upon the continued services of our senior management team and other key employees. We rely on our executives in setting our strategic direction, operating our business, identifying, recruiting and training key personnel, identifying growth opportunities, and leading general and administrative functions. From time to time, there may be changes in our executive management team resulting from the hiring or departure of executives, which could disrupt our business. Imperative to our success are also our fitness trainers, instructors and influencers, whom we rely on to develop safe, effective and fun workouts for our customers and to bring new, exciting and innovative fitness content to our platform. If we are unable to attract or retain creative and experienced trainers and nutritionists, we may not be able to generate workout content or dietary supplements on a scale or of a quality sufficient to retain or grow our membership base. The loss of one or more of our executive officers or other key employees, including any of our trainers, could have a serious adverse effect on our business. The replacement of one or more of our executive officers or other key employees would involve significant time and expense and may significantly delay or prevent the achievement of our business objectives. To continue to execute our growth strategy, we also must identify, hire and retain highly skilled personnel. Failure to identify, hire and retain necessary key personnel could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Risks Related to Data and Information Systems

We collect, store, process, and use personal information and other customer data, which subjects us to legal obligations and laws and regulations related to data security and privacy, and any actual or perceived failure to meet those obligations could harm our business.

We collect, process, store, and use a wide variety of data from current and prospective customers, including personal information, such as home addresses, phone numbers and geolocation. Federal, state, and international laws and regulations governing data privacy, data protection, and e-commerce transactions require us to safeguard our customers’ personal information.

Many jurisdictions continue to consider the need for greater regulation or reform to existing regulatory frameworks for data privacy and data protection. In the United States, all 50 states have now passed laws to regulate the actions that a business must take in the event of a data breach, such as prompt disclosure and notification to affected users and regulatory authorities. In addition to data breach notification laws, some states have also enacted statutes and rules governing the ways in which businesses may collect, use, and retain personal information, granting data privacy rights to certain individuals, or requiring businesses to reasonably protect certain types of personal information they hold or otherwise comply with certain data security requirements for personal information. Examples include the California Consumer Privacy Act which came into effect in 2020 and California Privacy Rights Act which came into effect in 2023. The U.S. federal and state governments will likely continue to consider the need for greater regulation aimed at restricting certain uses of personal data. In the European Union (“EU”), the GDPR came into effect in 2018 and implemented stringent operational requirements for processors and controllers of personal data, including, for example, requiring expanded disclosures about how personal data is to be used, limitations on retention of information, mandatory data breach notifications, and higher standards for data controllers to demonstrate that they have obtained either valid consent or have another legal basis to justify their data processing activities. The GDPR provides that EU member states may make their own additional laws and regulations in relation to certain data processing activities, which could further limit our ability to use and share personal data and could require localized changes to our operating model. Recent legal developments in the EU have created complexity and uncertainty regarding transfers of personal information from the EU to “third countries,” especially the United States. For example, in 2020, the Court of Justice of the EU invalidated the EU-U.S. Privacy Shield Framework (a mechanism for the transfer of personal information from the EU to the U.S.) and made clear that reliance on standard contractual clauses (another mechanism for the transfer of personal information outside of the EU) alone may not be sufficient in all circumstances. In addition, after the United Kingdom (“UK”), left the EU, the UK enacted the UK GDPR, which together with the amended UK Data Protection Act 2018 retains the GDPR in UK national law, but also creates complexity and uncertainty regarding transfers between the UK and the EU, which could further limit our ability to use and share personal data and require localized changes to our operating model. Other jurisdictions besides the United States, EU and UK also have laws governing data privacy and security, such as Brazil’s Lei Geral de Proteção de Dados (“LGPD”), or are considering the adoption of new laws. Furthermore, we may be required to disclose personal data pursuant to demands from individuals, privacy advocates, regulators, government agencies, and law enforcement agencies in various

24


jurisdictions with conflicting privacy and security laws. This disclosure or refusal to disclose personal data may result in a breach of privacy and data protection policies, notices, laws, rules, court orders, and regulations and could result in proceedings or actions against us in the same or other jurisdictions, damage to our reputation and brand, and inability to provide our products and services to consumers in some jurisdictions.

In order for us to maintain or become compliant with applicable laws as they come into effect, it may require substantial expenditures of resources to continually evaluate our policies and processes and adapt to new requirements that are or become applicable to us. Complying with any additional or new regulatory requirements on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis may impose significant burdens and costs on our operations or require us to alter our business practices. While we strive to materially comply with data protection laws and regulations applicable to us, any failure or perceived failure by us to comply with applicable data privacy laws and regulations, including in relation to the collection of necessary end-user consents and providing end-users with sufficient information with respect to our use of their personal data, may result in fines and penalties imposed by regulators. For example, under the GDPR and UK GDPR, fines of up to €20 million (£17.5 million) or up to 4% of the total worldwide annual turnover of the preceding financial year, whichever is higher, may be assessed for non-compliance. In addition, we could also face governmental enforcement actions (including enforcement orders requiring us to cease collecting or processing data in a certain way), litigation and/or adverse publicity. Proceedings against us — regulatory, civil or otherwise — could force us to spend money and devote resources in the defense or settlement of, and remediation related to, such proceedings. Additionally, our international business expansion could be adversely affected if existing or future laws and regulations are interpreted or enforced in a manner that is inconsistent with our current business practices or that requires changes to these practices. If these laws and regulations materially limit our ability to collect, transfer, and use user data, our ability to continue our current operations without modification, develop new services or features of the products and expand our user base may be impaired.

Any major disruption or failure of our information technology systems or websites, or our failure to successfully implement upgrades and new technology effectively, could adversely affect our business and operations.

Certain of our information technology systems are designed and maintained by us and are critical for the efficient functioning of our business, including the manufacture and distribution of our connected fitness products, online sales of our connected fitness products, and the ability of our customers to access content on our platform. Our rapid growth has, in certain instances, strained these systems. As we grow, we continue to implement modifications and upgrades to our systems, and these activities subject us to inherent costs and risks associated with replacing and upgrading these systems, including, but not limited to, impairment of our ability to fulfill customer orders and other disruptions in our business operations. Further, our system implementations may not result in productivity improvements at a level that outweighs the costs of implementation, or at all. If we fail to successfully implement modifications and upgrades or expand the functionality of our information technology systems, we could experience increased costs associated with diminished productivity and operating inefficiencies related to the flow of goods through our supply chain.

In addition, any unexpected technological interruptions to our systems or websites would disrupt our operations, including our ability to timely ship and track product orders, project inventory requirements, manage our supply chain, sell our connected fitness products online, provide services to our customers, and otherwise adequately serve our customers.

Nearly all of our revenue is generated over the internet via our websites, mobile applications and third-party OTT services and websites. The operation of our direct-to-consumer e-commerce business through our mobile applications and websites depends on our ability to maintain the efficient and uninterrupted operation of online order-taking and fulfillment operations. Any system interruptions or delays could prevent potential customers from purchasing our products.

Moreover, the ability of our customers to access the content on our platform could be diminished by a number of factors, including customers’ inability to access the internet, the failure of our network or software systems, security breaches, or variability in subscriber traffic for our platform. Platform failures would be most impactful if they occurred during peak platform use periods, which generally occur before and after standard work hours. During these peak periods, there are a significant number of customers concurrently accessing our platform and if we are unable to provide uninterrupted access, our customers’ perception of our platform’s reliability may be damaged, our revenue could be reduced, our reputation could be harmed, and we may be required to issue credits or refunds, or risk losing customers.

25


In the event we experience significant disruptions, we may be unable to repair our systems in an efficient and timely manner which could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

If we are unable to maintain a good relationship with Apple, our business will suffer.

The Apple App Store is a key primary distribution platform for our Beachbody app. We expect to generate a significant portion of our revenue through the platform for the foreseeable future. Any deterioration in our relationship with Apple would harm our business and revenue.

We are subject to Apple’s standard terms and conditions for application developers, which govern the promotion, distribution and operation of applications on their platform. Furthermore, in 2021, Apple updated its iOS to more easily allow users to disable tracking by apps, which has negatively affected our ability to understand and monetize our various advertising methods.

Our business would be harmed if:

Apple discontinues or limits access to its platform by us and other app developers;
Apple removes our apps from their store; or
Apple modifies its terms of service or other policies, including fees charged to, or other restrictions on, us or other application developers, or continues to change how the personal information of its users is made available to application developers on their platform or shared by users from Apple’s strong brand recognition and large user base.

If Apple loses its market position or otherwise falls out of favor with Internet users, we would need to identify additional channels for distributing our app, which would consume substantial resources and may not be effective. In addition, Apple has broad discretion to change its terms of service and other policies with respect to us and other developers, and those changes may be unfavorable to us.

If we suffer a security breach or otherwise fail to properly maintain the confidentiality and integrity of our data, including customer credit card, debit card and bank account information, our reputation and business could be materially and adversely affected.

In the ordinary course of business, we collect and transmit customer and employee data, including credit and debit card numbers, bank account information, driver’s license numbers, dates of birth and other highly sensitive personally identifiable information. We also use vendors and, as a result, we manage a number of third-party contractors who have access to our confidential information, including third-party vendors of IT and data security systems and services.

We could be subject to a cyber incident or other adverse event that threatens the confidentiality, integrity or availability of information resources, including intentional attacks or unintentional events where parties gain unauthorized access to systems to disrupt operations, corrupt data or steal confidential information about customers, vendors and employees. A number of retailers and other companies have recently experienced serious cyber incidents and breaches of their information technology systems. As our reliance on technology has increased, so have the risks posed to our systems, both internal and those we have outsourced. Despite our efforts and processes to prevent breaches, our products and services, as well as our servers, computer systems, and those of third parties that we use in our operations are vulnerable to cybersecurity risks, including cyber-attacks such as viruses and worms, phishing attacks, denial-of-service attacks, physical or electronic break-ins, third-party or employee theft or misuse, and similar disruptions from unauthorized tampering with our servers and computer systems or those of third parties that we use in our operations, which could lead to interruptions, delays, loss of critical data, unauthorized access to customer data, and loss of consumer confidence. In addition, we may be the target of email scams that attempt to acquire personal information or company assets.

Some of the data we collect or process is sensitive and could be an attractive target of a criminal attack by malicious third parties with a wide range of motives and expertise, including lone wolves, organized criminal groups, “hacktivists,” disgruntled current or former employees and others. Because we accept electronic forms of payment from customers, our business requires the collection and retention of customer data, including credit and debit card numbers and other personally identifiable information in various information systems that we maintain and in those maintained by third parties with whom we contract to provide credit card processing. We also maintain important internal company data, such as personally identifiable information about our employees and information relating to our operations. The integrity and protection of customer, distributor, and employee data are critical to us.

26


Despite the security measures we have in place to comply with applicable laws and rules, our facilities and systems, and those of our third-party service providers (as well as their third-party service providers), may be vulnerable to security breaches, acts of cyber terrorism or sabotage, vandalism or theft, computer viruses, loss or corruption of data or programming or human errors or other similar events. Furthermore, the size and complexity of our information systems, and those of our third-party vendors (as well as their third-party service providers), make such systems potentially vulnerable to security breaches from inadvertent or intentional actions by our employees or vendors, or from attacks by malicious third parties. While we have agreements requiring our third-party service providers to use best practices for data security, we have no operational control over them. Because such attacks are increasing in sophistication and change frequently in nature, we and our third-party service providers may be unable to anticipate these attacks or implement adequate preventative measures, and any compromise of our systems, or those of our third-party vendors (as well as their third-party service providers), may not be discovered and remediated promptly. Changes in consumer behavior following a security breach or perceived security breach, act of cyber terrorism or sabotage, vandalism or theft, computer virus, loss or corruption of data or programming or human error or other similar event affecting a competitor, large retailer or financial institution may materially and adversely affect our business.

If our security and information systems, or those of our vendors, are compromised or if our employees fail to comply with these laws, regulations, or contract terms, and this information is obtained by unauthorized persons or used inappropriately, it could materially and adversely affect our reputation and could disrupt our operations and result in costly litigation, judgments, or penalties arising from violations of federal and state laws and payment card industry regulations, including those promulgated by industry groups, such as the Payment Card Industry Security Standards Council, National Automated Clearing House Association (“NACHA”), Canadian Payments Association and individual credit card issuers. Under laws, regulations and contractual obligations, a cyber incident could also require us to notify customers, employees or other groups of the incident or could result in adverse publicity, loss of sales and profits, or an increase in fees payable to third parties. We could also incur penalties or remediation and other costs that could materially and adversely affect the operation of our business and results of operations. We maintain insurance coverage to address cyber incidents, and have also implemented processes, procedures and controls to help mitigate these risks; however, these measures do not guarantee that our reputation and financial results will not be adversely affected by such an incident.

We rely heavily on information systems, and any material failure, interruption or weakness may prevent us from effectively operating our business and damage our reputation.

We increasingly rely on information systems, including our technology-enabled platform through which we distribute workouts to our consumer base, point-of-sale processing systems and other information systems managed by third parties, to interact with our customers, billing information and other personally identifiable information, collection of cash, legal and regulatory compliance, management of our supply chain, accounting, staffing, payment of obligations, ACH transactions, credit and debit card transactions and other processes and procedures. Our ability to efficiently and effectively manage our business depends significantly on the reliability and capacity of these systems, and any potential failure of third parties to provide quality uninterrupted service is beyond our control.

Our operations depend upon our ability, and the ability of our third-party service providers (as well as their third-party service providers), to protect our computer equipment and systems against damage from physical theft, fire, power loss, telecommunications failure or other catastrophic events, as well as from internal and external security breaches, viruses, denial-of-service attacks and other disruptions. The failure of these systems to operate effectively, stemming from maintenance problems, upgrading or transitioning to new platforms, expanding our systems as we grow, a breach in security or other unanticipated problems could result in interruptions to or delays in our business and customer service and reduce efficiency in our operations. In addition, the implementation of technology changes and upgrades to maintain current and integrate new systems may also cause service interruptions, operational delays due to the learning curve associated with using a new system, transaction processing errors and system conversion delays and may cause us to fail to comply with applicable laws. If our information systems, or those of our third-party service providers (as well as their third-party service providers), fail and our or our providers’ third-party back-up or disaster recovery plans are not adequate to address such failures, our revenues and profits could be reduced, and the reputation of our brand and our business could be materially and adversely affected.

27


Risks Related to Laws and Regulations

We face risks, such as unforeseen costs and potential liability in connection with content we produce, license and distribute through our content delivery platform.

As a producer and distributor of content, we face potential liability for negligence, copyright and trademark infringement, violations for rights of publicity, or other claims based on the nature and content of materials that we produce, license and distribute. We also may face potential liability for content used in promoting workouts and products, including marketing materials. We may decide to remove content from our workouts or to discontinue or alter our production of types of content if we believe such content might not be well received by our customers or could be damaging to our brand and business.

To the extent we do not accurately anticipate costs or mitigate risks, including for content that we obtain but ultimately does not appear in our products, or if we become liable for content we produce, license or distribute, our business may suffer. Litigation to defend these claims could be costly and the expenses and damages arising from any liability could harm our results of operations. We may not be indemnified against claims or costs of these types and we may not have insurance coverage for these types of claims.

Our nutritional products must comply with regulations of the Food and Drug Administration, or FDA, as well as state, local and applicable international regulations. Any non-compliance with the FDA or other applicable regulations could harm our business.

Our products must comply with various FDA rules and regulations, including those regarding product manufacturing, marketing, food safety, required testing and appropriate labeling of our products. Conflicts between state and federal law regarding definitions of ingredients, as well as labeling requirements, may lead to non-compliance with state and local regulations. For example, states may maintain narrower definitions of ingredients, as well as more stringent labeling requirements, of which we are unaware. Any non-compliance at the state or local level could also adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations.

Because we do not manufacture our products directly, we must rely on these manufacturers to maintain compliance with regulatory requirements. Although we require our contract manufacturers to be compliant, we do not have direct control over such facilities. Failure of our contract manufacturers to comply with applicable regulations could have an adverse effect on our business.

Changes in the legal and regulatory environment could limit our business activities, increase our operating costs, reduce demand for our products or result in litigation.

Elements of our businesses, including the production, storage, distribution, sale, advertising, marketing, labeling, health and safety practices, transportation and use of many of our products, and sale of automatically renewing subscriptions, are subject to various laws and regulations administered by federal, state and local governmental agencies in the United States, as well as the laws and regulations administered by government entities and agencies outside the United States in markets in which our products or components thereof (such as packaging) may be made, manufactured or sold. These laws and regulations and interpretations thereof may change, sometimes dramatically, as a result of a variety of factors, including political, economic or social events. Such changes may include changes in:

food and drug laws (including FDA and international regulations);
laws related to product labeling;
advertising and marketing laws and practices;
laws and programs restricting the sale and advertising of products;
laws and programs aimed at reducing, restricting or eliminating ingredients present in our supplement products;
laws and programs aimed at discouraging the consumption of products or ingredients or altering the package or portion size of our products;
state consumer protection and disclosure laws;
taxation requirements, including the imposition or proposed imposition of new or increased taxes or other limitations on the sale of our products;
competition laws;

28


anti-corruption laws, including the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977, as amended, or FCPA, and the UK Bribery Act of 2010, or Bribery Act;
economic sanctions and anti-boycott laws, including laws administered by the U.S. Department of Treasury, Office of Foreign Assets Control and the European Union;
laws relating to export, re-export, transfer, and import controls, including the Export Administration Regulations, the EU Dual Use Regulation, and the customs and import laws administered by the U.S. Customs and Border Protection;
labor and employment laws;
laws related to automatically renewing subscriptions and cancellation of such subscriptions;
data collection and privacy laws; and
environmental laws.

New laws, regulations or governmental policies and their related interpretations, or changes in any of the foregoing, including taxes or other limitations on the sale of our products, ingredients contained in our products or commodities used in the production of our products, may alter the environment in which we do business and, therefore, may impact our operating results or increase our costs or liabilities. In addition, if we fail to adhere to such laws and regulations, we could be subject to regulatory investigations, civil or criminal sanctions, as well as class action litigation, which has increased in our industry in recent years.

Our Coach network program could be found not to be in compliance with current or newly adopted laws or regulations in one or more markets, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our Coach network program is subject to a number of federal and state regulations administered by the Federal Trade Commission and various state agencies in the United States as well as regulations on direct selling in foreign markets administered by foreign agencies. We are subject to the risk that, in one or more markets, our Coach network program could be found not to be in compliance with applicable law or regulations. Regulations applicable to network marketing programs generally are directed at preventing fraudulent or deceptive schemes, often referred to as “pyramid” or “chain sales” schemes, by ensuring that product sales ultimately are made to consumers and that advancement within an organization is based on sales of the organization’s products rather than investments in the organization or other non-retail sales-related criteria. The regulatory requirements concerning network marketing programs do not include “bright line” rules and are inherently fact-based, and thus, even in jurisdictions where we believe that our Coach network program is in full compliance with applicable laws or regulations governing network marketing programs, we are subject to the risk that these laws or regulations or the enforcement or interpretation of these laws and regulations by governmental agencies or courts can change. The failure of our Coach network program to comply with current or newly adopted regulations could have a material adverse effect on our business in a particular market or in general.

We are also subject to the risk of private party challenges to the legality of our Coach network program. The network marketing programs of other companies have been successfully challenged in the past. An adverse judicial determination with respect to our Coach network program, or in proceedings not involving us directly but which challenge the legality of network marketing systems, could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Our products or services offered as part of automatically renewing subscriptions or memberships could be found not to be in compliance with laws or regulations in one or more markets, which could have a material adverse effect on our business.

Certain of our products and services include subscriptions and memberships that automatically renew unless cancelled by the subscribing consumer. There are a number of consumer-protection regulations at the state and federal level that govern how automatically renewing subscriptions are offered, including the types of notices that must be provided to consumers upon sign-up, and the manner in which consumers are able to cancel such renewals. We are subject to the risk that, in one or more markets, our automatically renewing subscription products could be found not to be in compliance with applicable law or regulations. This could result in regulatory bodies or a private party bringing an action that challenges the legality of our subscription products. These actions, including those without merit, could result in us having to expend significant litigation costs to defend against such claims, incur penalties or pay damages as a result of legal judgments against us, or require us to change elements of our automatically renewing subscription products. Each of these could have a material adverse effect on our business.

29


Changes in legislation or requirements related to electronic funds transfer ("EFT"), or our failure to comply with existing or future regulations, may materially and adversely impact our business.

We derive a significant amount of revenue from auto-renewal arrangements incorporated within our programs, which require express consent from our customers to commence. Any changes in the laws, regulations or interpretations of the laws regarding auto-renewal arrangements, or increased enforcement of such laws and/or regulations, could adversely affect our ability to engage or retain customers and harm our financial condition and operating performance. Our business relies heavily on the fact that our subscriptions continue on a recurring basis after the completion of any initial term requirements, and compliance with these laws and regulations and similar requirements may be onerous and expensive. In addition, variances and inconsistencies from jurisdiction to jurisdiction may further increase the cost of compliance and doing business. States that have fitness membership statutes may be applicable to us and could provide harsh penalties for violations, including membership contracts being void or voidable. Our failure to comply fully with these rules or requirements may subject us to fines, higher transaction fees, penalties, damages and civil liability and may result in the loss of our ability to accept EFT payments, which would have a material adverse effect on our business and in turn our results of operations and financial condition. In addition, any such costs, which may arise in the future as a result of changes to the legislation and regulations or in their interpretation, could individually or in the aggregate cause us to change or limit our business practice, which may make our business model less attractive to our customers.

We are subject to a number of risks related to automated clearing house ("ACH"), credit card and debit card payments we accept.

We accept payments through ACH, credit card and debit card transactions. For ACH, credit card and debit card payments, we pay interchange and other fees, which may increase over time. An increase in those fees would require us to either increase the prices we charge for our subscriptions, which could cause us to lose customers, or suffer an increase in our operating expenses, either of which could harm our operating results.

If we or any of our processing vendors have problems with our billing software, or the billing software malfunctions, it could have an adverse effect on our customer satisfaction and could cause one or more of the major credit card companies to disallow our continued use of their payment products. In addition, if our billing software fails to work properly and, as a result, we do not automatically charge our customers’ credit cards, debit cards or bank accounts on a timely basis or at all, we could lose subscription revenue, which would harm our operating results.

If we fail to adequately control fraudulent ACH, credit card and debit card transactions, we may face civil liability, diminished public perception of our security measures and significantly higher ACH, credit card and debit card related costs, each of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. The termination of our ability to process payments through ACH transactions or on any major credit or debit card would significantly impair our ability to operate our business.

As consumer behavior shifts to use emerging forms of payment, there may be an increased reluctance to use ACH or credit cards for membership dues and point of sale transactions which could result in decreased revenues as consumers choose to give their business to competition with more convenient forms of payment. We may need to expand our information systems to support newer and emerging forms of payment methods, which may be time-consuming and expensive and may not realize a return on our investment.

We are subject to payment processing risk.

Our customers pay for our products and services using a variety of different payment methods, including credit and debit cards and gift cards. We rely on third parties to process payments. Acceptance and processing of these payment methods are subject to certain rules and regulations and require payment of interchange and other fees. To the extent there are disruptions in our payment processing systems, increases in payment processing fees, material changes in the payment ecosystem, such as large re-issuances of payment cards, delays in receiving payments from payment processors, or changes to rules or regulations concerning payment processing, our revenue, operating expenses and results of operation could be adversely impacted. We leverage our third-party payment processors to bill customers on our behalf. If these third parties become unwilling or unable to continue processing payments on our behalf, we would have to find alternative methods of collecting payments, which could adversely impact customer acquisition and retention. In addition, from time to time, we encounter fraudulent use of payment methods, which could impact our results of operations and if not adequately controlled and managed could create negative consumer perceptions of our service.

30


We are subject to governmental export and import controls and economic sanctions laws that could subject us to liability and impair our ability to compete in international markets.

The United States and various foreign governments have imposed controls, export license requirements, and restrictions on the import or export of technologies. Our products may be subject to U.S. export controls, which may require submission of a product classification and annual or semi-annual reports. Compliance with applicable regulatory requirements regarding the export of our products and services may create delays in the introduction of our products and services in international markets, prevent our international customers from accessing our products and services, and, in some cases, prevent the export of our products and services to some countries altogether.

Furthermore, U.S. export control laws and economic sanctions prohibit the provision of products and services to countries, governments, and persons targeted by U.S. sanctions. Even though we take precautions to prevent our products from being provided to targets of U.S. sanctions, our products and services could be provided to those targets or provided by our customers. Any such provision could have negative consequences, including government investigations, penalties, reputational harm. Our failure to obtain required import or export approval for our products could harm our international and domestic sales and adversely affect our revenue.

We could be subject to future enforcement action with respect to compliance with governmental export and import controls and economic sanctions laws that result in penalties, costs, and restrictions on export privileges that could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Failure to comply with anti-corruption and anti-money laundering laws, including the FCPA and similar laws associated with our activities outside of the United States, could subject us to penalties and other adverse consequences.

We operate a global business and may have direct or indirect interactions with officials and employees of government agencies or state-owned or affiliated entities. We are subject to the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, or the FCPA, the U.S. domestic bribery statute contained in 18 U.S.C. § 201, the U.S. Travel Act, the USA PATRIOT Act, the U.K. Bribery Act, and possibly other anti-bribery and anti-money laundering laws in countries in which we conduct activities. These laws that prohibit companies and their employees and third-party intermediaries from corruptly promising, authorizing, offering, or providing, directly or indirectly, improper payments or anything of value to foreign government officials, political parties, and private-sector recipients for the purpose of obtaining or retaining business, directing business to any person, or securing any advantage. In addition, U.S. public companies are required to maintain records that accurately and fairly represent their transactions and have an adequate system of internal accounting controls. In many foreign countries, including countries in which we may conduct business, it may be a local custom that businesses engage in practices that are prohibited by the FCPA or other applicable laws and regulations. We face significant risks if we or any of our directors, officers, employees, agents or other parties or representatives fail to comply with these laws and governmental authorities in the United States and elsewhere could seek to impose substantial civil and/or criminal fines and penalties which could have a material adverse effect on our business, reputation, results of operations and financial condition.

We have begun to implement an anti-corruption compliance program and policies, procedures and training designed to foster compliance with these laws; however, our employees, contractors, and agents, and companies to which we outsource some of our business operations, may take actions in violation of our policies or applicable law. Any such violation could have an adverse effect on our reputation, business, operating results and prospects.

Any violation of the FCPA, other applicable anti-corruption laws, or anti-money laundering laws could result in whistleblower complaints, adverse media coverage, investigations, loss of export privileges, severe criminal or civil sanctions and, in the case of the FCPA, suspension or debarment from U.S. government contracts, any of which could have a materially adverse effect on our reputation, business, operating results, and prospects. In addition, responding to any enforcement action may result in a significant diversion of management’s attention and resources and significant defense costs and other professional fees.

Our intellectual property rights are valuable, and any inability to protect them could reduce the value of our products, services, and brand.

Our success depends in large part on our proprietary content and technology and our trademarks, copyrights, patents, trade secrets and other intellectual property rights. We rely on, and expect to continue to rely on, a combination of trademark, trade dress, domain name, copyright, trade secret and patent laws, as well as confidentiality and license agreements with our employees, contractors, consultants, and third parties with whom we have relationships, to

31


establish and protect our brand and other intellectual property rights. However, our efforts to obtain and protect our intellectual property rights may not be sufficient or effective, and any of our intellectual property rights may be challenged, which could result in them being narrowed in scope or declared invalid or unenforceable. There can be no assurance that our intellectual property rights will be sufficient to protect against others offering products, services, or technologies that are substantially similar to ours and that compete with our business.

Effective protection of patents, trademarks, and domain names is expensive and can be difficult to maintain, both in terms of application and registration costs as well as the costs of defending and enforcing those rights. As we have grown, we have sought to obtain and protect our intellectual property rights in an increasing number of countries, a process that can be expensive and may not always be successful. For example, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office and various foreign governmental patent agencies require compliance with a number of procedural requirements to complete the patent application process and to maintain issued patents, and noncompliance or non-payment could result in abandonment or lapse of a patent or patent application, resulting in partial or complete loss of patent rights in a relevant jurisdiction. Further, intellectual property protection may not be available to us in every country in which our products and services are available. For example, some foreign countries have compulsory licensing laws under which a patent owner must grant licenses to third parties. In addition, many countries limit the enforceability of patents against third parties, including government agencies or government contractors. In these countries, patents may provide limited or no benefit.

In order to protect our brand and intellectual property rights, we may be required to spend significant resources to monitor and protect these rights. Enforcement actions and litigation brought to protect and enforce our intellectual property rights could be costly, time-consuming, and distracting to management and could result in the impairment or loss of portions of our intellectual property. Furthermore, our efforts to enforce our intellectual property rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims, and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property rights. Accordingly, we may not be able to prevent third parties from infringing upon or misappropriating our intellectual property. Our failure to secure, protect, and enforce our intellectual property rights could seriously damage our brand and our business.

We have been, and may in the future be, subject to claims that we infringed certain intellectual property rights of third parties, and such claims could result in costly litigation expenses or the loss of significant rights related to, among other things, our products and marketing activities, including as it relates to our Beachbody Bikes stationary bike products.

There may be intellectual property rights held by others, including issued or pending patents, trademarks, and copyrights, and applications of the foregoing, that they allege cover significant aspects of our products, services, content, branding, or business methods. We have received in the past, and may receive in the future, communications from third parties, including practicing and non-practicing entities, claiming that we may have infringed, misused, or otherwise misappropriated their intellectual property rights. Moreover, companies in the stationary bicycle space are frequent targets of entities seeking to enforce their rights in their intellectual property, or to otherwise profit from royalties in connection with grants of licenses in their intellectual property. These intellectual property claims include enforcement of a broad variety of patents that cover various elements of stationary bicycle products.

Defending against intellectual property infringement claims may result in costly litigation expenses and diversion of technical and management personnel. It also may result in our inability to use certain technologies, content, branding, or business methods found to be in violation of another party’s rights. As a result of a dispute, we may have to develop non-infringing technology, enter into royalty or licensing agreements, revise our marketing activities, cease the sale of certain products, or take other actions to resolve the claims that would result in additional cost and expense to our business. Any of these results could materially adversely affect our ability to compete and our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

Our subscriber engagement on mobile devices depends upon effective operation with mobile operating systems, networks, and standards that we do not control.

A growing portion of our customers access our platform through BOD/BODi and there is no guarantee that popular mobile devices will continue to support BOD or that mobile device users will use BOD/BODi rather than competing products. We are dependent on the interoperability of BOD/BODi with popular mobile operating systems that we do not control, such as Android and iOS, and any changes in such systems that degrade the functionality of our digital offering or give preferential treatment to competitors could adversely affect our platform’s usage on mobile devices. Additionally, in order to deliver high-quality mobile content, it is important that our digital offering is designed

32


effectively and works well with a range of mobile technologies, systems, networks, and standards that we do not control. We may not be successful in developing relationships with key participants in the mobile industry or in developing products that operate effectively with these technologies, systems, networks, or standards. In the event that it is more difficult for our customers to access and use our platform on their mobile devices or customers find our mobile offerings do not effectively meet their needs, our competitors develop products and services that are perceived to operate more effectively on mobile devices, or if our customers choose not to access or use our platform on their mobile devices or use mobile products that do not offer access to our platform, our subscriber growth and subscriber engagement could be adversely impacted.

In addition, a portion of our customers access our products through over-the-top (“OTT”) services such as Apple TV and Roku. These OTT services are managed by third parties that we do not control, and any changes in such systems or services that degrade the functionality of our digital offering or give preferential treatment to competitors could adversely affect our platform’s usage through these services.

Our Beachbody Bikes may be subject to warranty claims that could result in significant direct or indirect costs, or these products could experience greater returns than expected, either of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Our Beachbody Bikes line of products generally provides a minimum 12-month limited warranty on all of our bikes. The occurrence of any material defects in our products could make it liable for damages and warranty claims in excess of our current reserves, which could result in an adverse effect on our business prospects, liquidity, financial condition, and cash flows if warranty claims were to materially exceed anticipated levels. In addition, we could incur significant costs to correct any defects, warranty claims, or other problems, including costs related to product recalls. Any negative publicity related to the perceived quality and safety of its products could affect our brand image, decrease consumer and subscriber confidence and demand, and adversely affect our financial condition and operating results. Also, while its warranty is limited to repairs and returns, warranty claims may result in litigation, the occurrence of which could have an adverse effect on our business, financial condition, and operating results.

Risks Related to Ownership of Our Common Stock

Our management team has limited experience managing a public company.

Most members of our management team have limited experience managing a publicly-traded company, interacting with public company investors, and complying with the increasingly complex laws pertaining to public companies. Our management team may not successfully or efficiently manage our relatively recent transition to being a public company subject to significant regulatory oversight and reporting obligations under the federal securities laws and the continuous scrutiny of securities analysts and investors. These new obligations and constituents will require significant attention from our senior management and could divert their attention away from the day-to-day management of our business, which could adversely affect our business, results of operations and financial condition.

Declines in our financial performance have resulted in and could result in future impairment charges.

United States generally accepted accounting principles (“U.S. GAAP”) require annual (or more frequently if events or changes in circumstances warrant) impairment tests of goodwill, intangible assets and other long-lived assets. Generally speaking, if the carrying value of the asset is in excess of the estimated fair value of the asset, the carrying value will be adjusted to fair value through an impairment charge. Significant deviation from forecasted results or changes in the discount rate assumption could reduce the estimated fair value of these assets below the carrying value, requiring non-cash impairment charges to reduce the carrying value of the asset. In 2022, we recognized an impairment of various intangible assets of $19.9 million. In the fourth quarter of 2021, we recognized an impairment of goodwill of $52.6 million and an impairment of various intangible assets of $42.3 million. Any significant impairment write-down of goodwill, intangible assets or long-lived assets in the future and the negative perception of such impairment could have an adverse effect on our stock price and could impair our ability to obtain new financing on commercially reasonable terms.

Our business and operations could be negatively affected if we become subject to any securities litigation or stockholder activism, which could cause us to incur significant expense, hinder execution of business and growth strategy, and impact our stock price.

In the past, following periods of volatility in the market price of a company’s securities, particularly for companies who have recently “gone public” through a DeSPAC transaction, securities class action litigation has often been

33


brought against that company. Stockholder activism, which could take many forms or arise in a variety of situations, has been increasing recently. Volatility in the stock price of our common stock or other reasons may in the future cause us to become the target of securities litigation or stockholder activism. Securities litigation and stockholder activism, including potential proxy contests, could result in substantial costs and divert management’s and our board of directors’ attention and resources from our business. Additionally, such securities litigation and stockholder activism could give rise to perceived uncertainties as to our future, adversely affect our relationships with service providers and make it more difficult to attract and retain qualified personnel. Also, we may be required to incur significant legal fees and other expenses related to any securities litigation and activist stockholder matters. Further, our stock price could be subject to significant fluctuation or otherwise be adversely affected by the events, risks and uncertainties of any securities litigation and stockholder activism.

Our internal controls over financial reporting may not be effective and our independent registered public accounting firm may not be able to certify as to their effectiveness, which could have a significant and adverse effect on our business and reputation.

We are required to comply with the SEC’s rules implementing Sections 302 and 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, which require management to certify financial and other information in our quarterly and annual reports and provide an annual management report on the effectiveness of controls over financial reporting. We are no longer an “emerging growth company,” as defined in the JOBS Act, and our independent registered public accounting firm will be required to audit the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting pursuant to Section 404 in future Form 10-K filings. Our independent registered public accounting firm may issue a report that is adverse in the event that it is not satisfied with the level at which our controls are documented, designed or operating.

Further, we may need to undertake various actions, such as implementing additional internal controls and procedures and hiring additional accounting or internal audit staff. Testing and maintaining internal controls can divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to the operation of our business. If we identify material weaknesses in our internal controls over financial reporting or are unable to comply with the requirements of Section 404 or assert that our internal controls over financial reporting are effective, or if our independent registered public accounting firm is unable to express an opinion as to the effectiveness of our internal controls over financial reporting, investors may lose confidence in the accuracy and completeness of our financial reports and the market price of our common stock could be negatively affected, and we could become subject to investigations by the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources.

If securities or industry analysts do not publish research or reports about our business, if they adversely change their recommendations regarding our shares or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our share price and trading volume could decline.

The trading market for our common stock is influenced by the research and reports that industry or securities analysts publish about us or our business. We do not have any control over these analysts. Securities and industry analysts do not currently, and may never, publish research on us. If no securities or industry analysts commence coverage of us, the trading price of our shares would likely be negatively impacted. In the event securities or industry analysts initiated coverage, and one or more of these analysts cease coverage of us or fail to publish reports on us regularly, we could lose visibility in the financial markets, which in turn could cause our share price or trading volume to decline. Moreover, if one or more of the analysts who cover us downgrade our stock, or if our results of operations do not meet their expectations, our share price could decline.

As a public company, we are subject to laws, regulations and stock exchange listing standards, which impose additional costs on us and may strain our resources and divert our management’s attention.

As a company with publicly-traded securities, we are subject to the reporting requirements of the Exchange Act, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and Item 402(u) of 2010, the listing requirements of the NYSE and other applicable securities laws and regulations. These rules and regulations require the adoption of additional controls and procedures and disclosure, corporate governance and other practices thereby significantly increasing our legal, financial and other compliance costs. These obligations also make other aspects of our business more difficult, time-consuming or costly and increase demand on our personnel, systems and other resources. Furthermore, as a public company our business and financial condition is more visible, whichRegulation S-K, we believe may give some of our competitors who may not be similarlyare required to disclose this type of information a competitive advantage. In addition to these added costs and burdens, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company,

34


we could be subject to delistingthe ratio of our common stock, fines, sanctions, other regulatory actions and civil litigation, any of which could negatively affectChief Executive Officer’s annual total compensation to the priceannual total compensation of our common stock.other employees.

There can be no assurance that we will be able to complyThe annual total compensation for 2022 for our Chief Executive Officer was $29,703, as reported in the Summary Compensation Table. The annual total compensation for 2022 for our median employee, identified as discussed below, was $146,515, calculated in accordance with the continued listing standardsrules applicable to the Summary Compensation Table. Based on this information, for 2022, the ratio of the NYSE, which could result in the delistingannual total compensation of our securities, limit investors’ abilityChief Executive Officer to make transactions in our securities and subject us to additional trading restrictions.

On November 23, 2022, we received a written notice from NYSE that, because the average closing price for our Class A common stock had fallen below $1.00 per share for 30 consecutive trading days, we no longer comply with the minimum share price criteria for continued listing on the NYSE. The NYSE continued listing criteria provide us with a cure period of six months in which to regain compliance. We may regain compliance at any time during the six-month cure period if on the last trading day of any calendar month during the six-month cure period our common stock has a closing share price of at least $1.00 and an average closing share price of at least $1.00 over the 30 trading-day period ending on the last trading day of that month. If we are unable to regain compliance with the $1.00 share price rule within this period, the NYSE may initiate procedures to suspend and delist our common stock.

If the NYSE delists our common stock or public warrants from trading on its exchange for failure to meet the continued listing standards, we and our securityholders could face significant material adverse consequences including:

a limited availability of market quotations for our securities;
reduced liquidity for our securities;
a determination that our common stock is a "penny stock," which will require brokers trading in our common stock to adhere to more stringent rules, possibly resulting in a reduced level of trading activity in the secondary trading market for our common stock;
a limited amount of analyst coverage; and
a decreased ability to issue additional securities or obtain additional financing in the future.

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that the Court of Chancerymedian of the State of Delaware is the exclusive forum for substantially all disputes between us and our stockholders, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers or employees.

Our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation provides that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the sole and exclusive forum, to the fullest extent permitted by law, for (1) any derivative action or proceeding brought on our behalf, (2) any action asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by anyannual total compensation of our directors, officers,other employees or agents orwas approximately 0.20 to 1.

Methodology, Assumptions and Estimates Used in Determining our stockholders, (3) any action asserting a claim against us or any director or officer arising pursuant to any provisionPay Ratio Disclosure

We chose December 31, 2022 as the date for establishing the employee population used in identifying the median employee and used calendar year 2022 as the measurement period. As of the DGCL, (4) any action to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validitysuch date, our employee count consisted of our Proposed Charter or Bylaws, or (5) any other action asserting a claim that is governed by the internal affairs doctrine shall be the Courtapproximately 736 individuals, with approximately 729 of Chancery of the State of Delaware or federal court located within the State of Delaware if the Court of Chancery does not have jurisdiction, in all cases subject to the court’s having jurisdiction over indispensable parties named as defendants. A complaint asserting a cause of action under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, may be brought in state or federal court. With respect to the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, only claims brought derivatively under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, would be subject to the forum selection clause described above. The enforceability of similar choice of forum provisions in other companies’ certificates of incorporation and bylaws has been challenged in legal proceedings, and it is possible that, in connection with any action, a court could find the choice of forum provisions contained in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in such action. Although we believe these provisions benefit us by providing increased consistency in the application of Delaware law for the specified types of actions and proceedings, the provisions may have the effect of discouraging lawsuits against us or our directors and officers. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation and Amended and Restated Bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, financial condition and operating results. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring any interest in our shares of capital stock shall be deemed to have notice of and consented to this exclusive forum provision but will not be deemed to have waived our compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder.

35


Our ability to raise capital in the future may be limited.

Our business and operations have consumed and may continue to consume resources faster than we anticipate. In the future, we expect to raise additional funds through the issuance of new equity securities, debt or a combination of both. Our expectations of future cash flows will impact our ability to raise debt capital. In addition, the lapse or waiver of any lock up restrictions or any sale or perception of a possible sale by our stockholders, and any related decline in the market price of our common stock, could impair our ability to raise equity capital. Separately, additional financing may not be available on favorable terms, or at all. If adequate funds are not available on acceptable terms, we may be unable to fund our capital requirements. If we incur or issue debt, the debt holders would have rights senior to common stockholders to make claims on our assets, and the terms of any debt could restrict our operations, including our ability to pay dividends on our common stock. If we issue additional equity securities, existing stockholders will experience dilution, and the new equity securities could have rights senior to those of our common stock. Because our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, we cannot predict or estimate the amount, timing or nature of our future offerings. Thus, our stockholders bear the risk of our future financings reducing the market price of our common stock and diluting their interest.

Failure to meet investor and stakeholder expectations regarding environmental, social, and corporate governance (ESG) matters may damage our reputation.

There is an increasing focus from certain investors, customers, employees, and other stakeholders concerning ESG matters. Additionally, public interest and legislative pressure related to public companies’ ESG practices continue to grow. If our ESG practices fail to meet investor, customer, employee, or other stakeholders’ evolving expectations and standards for responsible corporate citizenship in areas including environmental stewardship, board of directors and employee diversity, human capital management, corporate governance, and transparency, our reputation, brand, appeal to investors, and employee retention may be negative affected, which could have a material adverse impact on our business, results of operations, and financial condition.

General Risk Factors

Our quarterly operating results and other operating metrics may fluctuate from quarter to quarter, which makes these metrics difficult to predict.

Our quarterly operating results and other operating metrics have fluctuated in the past and may continue to fluctuate from quarter to quarter. As a result, you should not rely on our past quarterly operating results as indicators of future performance. You should take into account the risks and uncertainties frequently encountered by companies in rapidly evolving markets. Our financial condition and operating results in any given quarter can be influenced by numerous factors, many of which we are unable to predict or are outside of our control, including:

the continued market acceptance of, and the growth of the connected fitness and wellness market;
our ability to maintain and attract new customers;
our development and improvement of the quality of the subscriber experience, including, enhancing existing and creating new content, services, nutritional supplements, technology, and features;
the continued development and upgrading of our technology platform;
the timing and success of new product, service, feature, and content introductions by us or our competitors or any other change in the competitive landscape of our market;
pricing pressure as a result of competition or otherwise;
delays or disruptions in our supply chain;
errors in our forecasting of the demand for our products and services, which could lead to lower revenue or increased costs, or both;
increases in marketing, sales, and other operating expenses that we may incur to grow and expand our operations and to remain competitive;
the continued maintenance and expansion of last mile delivery and maintenance services for our fitness products;
successful expansion into international markets;

36


seasonal fluctuations in subscriptions and usage of fitness products by our customers, each of which may change as our products and services evolve or as our business grows;
the diversification and growth of our revenue sources;
our ability to maintain gross margins and operating margins;
constraints on the availability of consumer financing or increased down payment requirements to finance purchases of our integrated fitness products;
system failures or breaches of security or privacy;
adverse litigation judgments, settlements, or other litigation-related costs, including content costs for past use;
changes in the legislative or regulatory environment, including with respect to privacy, consumer product safety, and advertising, or enforcement by government regulators, including fines, orders, or consent decrees;
fluctuations in currency exchange rates and changes in the proportion of our revenue and expenses denominated in foreign currencies;
changes in our effective tax rate;
changes in accounting standards, policies, guidance, interpretations, or principles; and
changes in business or macroeconomic conditions, including lower consumer confidence, recessionary conditions, increased unemployment rates, or stagnant or declining wages.

Any one of the factors above or the cumulative effect of some of the factors above may result in significant fluctuations in our operating results.

The variability and unpredictability of our quarterly operating results or other operating metrics could result in our failure to meet our expectations or those of analysts that cover us or investors with respect to revenue or other operating results for a particular period. If we fail to meet or exceed such expectations, the market price of our common stock could fall substantially, and we could face costly lawsuits, including securities class action suits.

Changes in tax laws and unanticipated tax liabilities could adversely affect our financial results.

We are subject to income, gross margin, franchise and other similar taxes in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions. Any significant changes in U.S. or foreign laws and related authoritative interpretations could affect our tax expense and profitability and may also affect the purchase, ownership and disposition of our common stock. We are also impacted by the outcome of income tax audits, which could have a material effect on our results of operations and cash flows in the period or periods for which that determination is made. In addition, our effective income tax rate and our results may be impacted by our ability to realize deferred tax benefits and any increases or decreases of our valuation allowance applied to our deferred tax assets.

We may be subject to obligations to collect and remit sales tax and other taxes, and we may be subject to tax liability for past sales, which could adversely harm our business.

We are also obligated to collect and remit sales, use, value added and other similar taxes in U.S. state and local jurisdictions and foreign jurisdictions. We may be subject to sales tax liability for past sales, which could adversely impact our results of operations and cash flows. U.S. and foreign jurisdictions have differing rules and regulations governing sales, use, value added and other similar taxes, and these rules and regulations are subject to varying interpretations that may change over time. A successful audit assertion that we should be collecting sales, use, value added or other taxes on our products or services at different tax rates, or in jurisdictions where we do not collect such tax, or have not historically done so, could result in substantial tax liabilities and related penalties for past sales, discourage customers from purchasing our products, or services, or otherwise harm our business, results of operations and financial condition.

We are affected by extensive laws, governmental regulations, administrative determinations, court decisions and similar constraints both domestically and abroad.

In both domestic and foreign markets, the formulation, manufacturing, packaging, labeling, distribution, importation, exportation, licensing, sale and storage of our products are affected by extensive laws, governmental regulations, administrative determinations, court decisions and similar constraints. Such laws, regulations and other constraints may exist at the federal, state or local levelsindividuals based in the United States and atthe other seven based in the United Kingdom. We identified the median employee using the consistently applied compensation measure of base pay plus overtime and bonus for each employee employed as of December 31, 2022 (other than our Chief Executive Officer). We annualized the compensation measure for permanent employees who joined in 2022. We captured all levelsfull-time and part-time employees, excluding non-US employees (all of governmentwhom are based in foreign jurisdictions.the United Kingdom), as they represent less than 1% of our employee population.

The annual total compensation of the median employee and the annual total compensation of the CEO were calculated in accordance with the requirements of Item 402(c)(2)(x) of Regulation S-K.

37


There can be no assurance that we or our distributors areThe pay ratio reported above is a reasonable estimate calculated in compliancea manner consistent with all of these regulations. Our failure or our distributors’ failure to comply with these regulations or new regulations could lead to the imposition of significant penalties or claims and could have a material adverse effectSEC rules based on our business. In addition,internal records and the adoptionmethodology described above. Because the SEC rules for identifying the median compensated employee and calculating the pay ratio based on that employee’s annual total compensation allow companies to adopt a variety of new regulations or changes inmethodologies, to apply certain exclusions, and to make reasonable estimates and assumptions that reflect their employee populations and compensation practices, the interpretations of existing regulations may result in significant compliance costs or discontinuation of product sales and may adversely affect the marketing of our products, resulting in significant loss of sales revenues.

Regulations related to conflict minerals may cause us to incur additional expenses and could limit the supply and increase the costs of certain metalspay ratio reported above should not be used in the manufacturing of our products.

We are subject to requirements under the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act of 2010, which will require us to conduct due diligence on and disclose whether or not our products contain conflict minerals. The implementation of these requirements could adversely affect the sourcing, availability, and pricing of the materials used in the manufacture of components used in our products.as a basis for comparison between companies by other companies. In addition, we will incur additional costs to comply withexpect the disclosure requirements, including costs related to conducting diligence procedures to determineCompany’s annually reported pay ratio may vary significantly year over year, given the sources of minerals that may be used or necessary to the production of our products and, if applicable, potential changes to products, processes, or sources of supply as a consequence of such due diligence activities. It is also possible that we may face reputational harm if we determine that certain of our products contain minerals not determined to be conflict free or if we are unable to alter our products, processes, or sources of supply to avoid such materials.

The requirements of being a public company, including maintaining adequate internal control over our financial and management systems, may strain our resources, divert management’s attention, and affect our ability to attract and retain executive management and qualified board members.

As a public company we incur significant legal, accounting, and other expenses that we did not incur as a private company. We are subject to reporting requirementssize of the Exchange Act,Company and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, or the Sarbanes-Oxley Act, the rules subsequently implemented by the SEC, the rules and regulations of the listing standards of the NYSE, and other applicable securities rules and regulations. Compliance with these rules and regulations over time will likely strain our financial and management systems, internal controls, and employees.potential variability in Company employee compensation.

The Exchange Act requires, among other things, that we file annual, quarterly, and current reports with respect to our business and operating results. Moreover, the Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures, and internal control, over financial reporting. In order to maintain and, if required, improve our disclosure controls and procedures, and internal control over, financial reporting to meet this standard, significant resources and management oversight may be required. If we have material weaknesses or deficiencies in our internal control over financial reporting, we may not detect errors on a timely basis and our consolidated financial statements may be materially misstated. Effective internal control is necessary for us to produce reliable financial reports and is important to prevent fraud.

In addition, we are required to comply with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. We expect to incur significant expenses and devote substantial management effort toward ensuring compliance with the auditor attestation requirements of Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. As a result of the complexity involved in complying with the rules and regulations applicable to public companies, our management’s attention may be diverted from other business concerns, which could harm our business, operating results, and financial condition. Although we have already engaged additional resources to assist us in complying with these requirements, our finance team is small and we may need to hire more employees in the future, or engage outside consultants, which will increase our operating expenses.30


ANNEX A: NET LOSS TO ADJUSTED EBITDA RECONCILIATION

Being a public company and complying with applicable rules and regulations makes it more expensive for us to obtain director and officer liability insurance than as a private company, and we may be required to incur substantially higher costs to obtain and maintain the same or similar coverage. These factors could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified members of our board of directors and qualified executive officers.

The forecasts of market growth and other projections we provide in our 10-K may prove to be inaccurate, and even if the markets in which we compete achieve the forecasted growth, we cannot assure you that our business will grow at a similar rate, if at all.

Growth forecasts and projections are subject to significant uncertainty and are based on assumptions and estimates that may not prove to be accurate. The forecasts in this 10-K relating to industry trends, including estimates based on our own internal survey data, as well as any corresponding projections related to our potential performance, may prove

38


to be inaccurate. Even if the markets experience the forecasted growth described in this Report, we may not grow our business at a similar rate, or at all. Our growth is subject to many factors, including our success in implementing our business strategy, which is subject to many risks and uncertainties. Accordingly, the forecasts of market growth included in this Report should not be taken as indicative of our future growth.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

None.

Item 2. Properties.

Our corporate headquarters are located in El Segundo, California, where we occupy facilities totaling approximately 42,000 square feet under a lease that expires in 2024. In addition to our corporate headquarters, we currently own and operate a production facility of approximately 19,400 square feet in Van Nuys, California where we produce our content.

We intend to minimize our need to procure additional space as we add employees and expand geographically due to our emphasis on remote-first capabilities for our corporate workforce. We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our needs for the immediate future and that suitable additional space will be available to accommodate any expansion of our operations as needed.

On April 7, 2022, the Company received a letter addressed to its Board of Directors (the “Board”) from a law firm on behalf of two purported stockholders. Among other matters, the stockholder letter addressed the approval of the Company’s Amended & Restated Certificate of Incorporation at the special meeting of stockholders held on June 24, 2021 (the “Company Charter”), which included (i) a 1.3 billion share increase in the number of authorized shares of Class A common stock (the “2021 Class A Increase Amendment”), and was approved by a majority of the then-outstanding shares of both the Company’s Class A and Class B common stock, voting as a single class. The stockholder letter alleged that the 2021 Class A Increase Amendment required a separate vote in favor by at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Class A common stock under Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), and that the 1.3 billion share increase was never properly approvedresults determined in accordance with the DGCL.

The Company continues to believe that a separate vote of Class A common stock was not required to approve the 2021 Class A Increase Amendment. However, in December 2022, a decision of the Delaware Court of Chancery (“Court of Chancery”) created uncertainty regarding this issue, and on December 29, 2022, the Company received a second letter on behalf of the two purported stockholders reiterating the Court of Chancery’s recent decision. As previously reported on its Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC on February 17, 2023, the Company filed a petition under Section 205 of the DGCL (the “Section 205 Petition”) on February 16, 2023,accounting principles generally accepted in the Court of Chancery seeking to validate the Company Charter including, among other things, the 2021 Class A Increase Amendment.

On March 14, 2023 the Court of Chancery granted the Section 205 Petition validating each ofUnited States, or GAAP, we believe the following and eliminating the uncertainty with respect thereto: (1) the Company Charter and the 2021 Class A Increase Amendment as of the time of filing with the Delaware Secretary of State and (2) all shares of capital stock that the Company issued in reliance on the effectiveness of the 2021 Class A Increase Amendment and Company Charter as of the date such shares were issued.non-GAAP

From time to time, the Company may become involved in actions, claims, suits and other legal proceedings arising in the ordinary course of its business, including assertions by third parties relating to personal injuries sustained using the Company’s products and services, intellectual property infringement, breaches of contract or warranties or employment-related matters. Other than as set forth above, the Company is not currently a party to any actions, claims, suits or other legal proceedings the outcome of which, if determined adversely to the Company, would individually or in the aggregate have a material adverse effect on its business, financial condition and results of operations.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

39


PART II

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities.

Market Information for Common Stock

Our Class A common stock began trading on the New York Stock Exchange (the “NYSE”) under the symbol “BODY” on June 28, 2021. Prior to that date, there was no public trading market for our Class A common stock.

Our Class X common stock is not listed or traded on any stock exchange.

Our Class C common stock is not listed or traded on any stock exchange.

Holders of Record

As of February 21, 2023, there were 48 registered holders of our Class A common stock, three registered holders of our Class X common stock, and no registered holders of our Class C common stock. Because many of our shares of Class A common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of stockholders represented by these record holders.

Dividend Policy

We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We do not expect to pay dividends on our capital stock for the foreseeable future. Instead, we anticipate that all of our earnings for the foreseeable future will be used for the operation and growth of our business. Any future determination to declare cash dividends would be subject to the discretion of our Board of Directors and would depend upon various factors, including our operating results, financial condition, and capital requirements, restrictions that may be imposed by applicable law, and other factors deemed relevant by our Board of Directors.

Securities Authorized for Issuance under Equity Compensation Plans

The information required by this item will be included in our Proxy Statement for the 2023 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended December 31, 2022 and is incorporated herein by reference.

Performance Graph

The following performance graph shall not be deemed soliciting material or to be filed with the SEC for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, nor shall such information be incorporated by reference into any of our other filings under the Exchange Act or the Securities Act.

The graph below compares the cumulative total stockholder return on our Class A common stock with the cumulative total return of the NYSE Composite Index and the S&P SmallCap 600 Index. The graph assumes an initial investment of $100 in our Class A common stock at the market close on June 28, 2021, which was our initial trading day, and ending on December 31, 2022. Data for the NYSE Composite Index and the S&P SmallCap 600 Index assume reinvestment of dividends.

The S&P SmallCap 600 was chosen because we do not believe we can reasonably identify an industry index or specific peer issuer that would offer a meaningful comparison. The S&P SmallCap 600 represents a broad-based index of companies with similar market capitalization.

40


The comparisons in the graph below are based upon historical data and are not indicative of, nor intended to forecast, future performance of our common stock.

img26398216_1.jpg 

Repurchases of Our Common Stock

There were no repurchases of common stock during the fourth quarter of 2022.

Item 6.

Reserved.

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.

The following discussion and analysis should be read in conjunction with our financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (this “Report”) and the section entitled “Risk Factors.” Unless otherwise indicated, the terms “Beachbody,” “we,” “us,” “our,” or the Company refer to The Beachbody Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation, together with its consolidated subsidiaries.

Forward-Looking Statements

This Report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (“Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (“Exchange Act”), including statements about and the financial condition, results of operations, earnings outlook and prospects of the Company. Forward-looking statements are typically identified by words such as “plan,” “believe,” “expect,” “anticipate,” “intend,” “outlook,” “estimate,” “forecast,” “project,” “continue,” “could,” “may,” “might,” “possible,” “potential,” “predict,” “should,” “would” and other similar words and expressions, but the absence of these words does not mean that a statement is not forward-looking.

The forward-looking statements are based on our current expectations as applicable and are inherently subject to uncertainties and changes in circumstances and their potential effects and speak only as of the date of such statement. There can be no assurance that future developments will be those that have been anticipated. These forward-looking statements involve a number of risks, uncertainties or other assumptions that may cause actual results or performance to be materially different from those expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties include, but are not limited to the following:

our future financial performance, including our expectations regarding our revenue, cost of revenue, gross profit, operating expenses including changes in selling and marketing, general and administrative and enterprise technology and development expenses (including any components of the foregoing), and our ability to achieve and maintain future profitability;

41


our anticipated growth rate and market opportunity;
our liquidity and ability to raise financing in the future;
our success in retaining or recruiting, or changes required in, officers, key employees or directors;
our warrants are accounted for as liabilities and changes in the value of such warrants could have a material effect on our financial results;
our ability to effectively compete in the fitness and nutrition industries;
our ability to successfully acquire and integrate new operations;
our reliance on a few key products;
market conditions and global and economic factors beyond our control;
intense competition and competitive pressures from other companies worldwide in the industries in which we will operate;
litigation and the ability to adequately protect our intellectual property rights; and
other risks and uncertainties set forth in this Report under the heading “Risk Factors.

Should one or more of these risks or uncertainties materialize or should any of the assumptions made by management prove incorrect, actual results may vary in material respects from those projected in these forward-looking statements.

Except to the extent required by applicable law or regulation, we undertake no obligation to update these forward-looking statements to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this Report or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

Overview

Beachbody is a leading subscription health and wellness company. We are the creator of some of the world’s most popular fitness programs, including P90X®, Insanity® and 21 Day Fix®, which transformed the at-home fitness market and disrupted the global fitness industry by making it accessible for people to get results—anytime, anywhere. Our comprehensive nutrition-first programs, Portion Fix® and 2B Mindset®, teach healthy eating habits and promote healthy, sustainable weight loss. These fitness and nutrition programs are available through our BOD and BODi streaming services. In addition, we offer nutritional products such as Shakeology® nutrition shakes and BEACHBAR® snack bars as well a professional-grade stationary cycle with 360-degree touch screen tablet and connected fitness software.

In the health, wellness and fitness industry, we focus primarily on digital content, supplements, connected fitness, and consumer health and wellness. Our goal is to continue to provide holistic health and wellness content and subscription-based solutions. Leveraging our history of fitness content creation, nutrition innovation, and our network of micro-influencers, whom we call Coaches and plan to rename as “Partners,” we plan to continue market penetration into connected fitness to reach a wider health, wellness and fitness audience.

Historically, our revenue has been generated primarily through our network of micro-influencers, social media marketing channels, and direct response advertising. Components of revenue include recurring digital subscription revenue, connected fitness revenue, and revenue from the sale of nutritional and other products. In addition to selling individual products on a one-time basis, we bundle digital and nutritional products together at discounted prices.

For the year ended December 31, 2022, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021:

Total revenue was $692.2 million, a 21% decrease;
Digital revenue was $300.7 million, an 18% decrease;
Nutrition and other revenue was $353.3 million, a 24% decrease;
Connected fitness revenue was $38.2 million, an 11% decrease;
Net loss was $194.2 million, compared to net loss of $228.4 million; and
Adjusted EBITDA loss was $23.3 million, compared to Adjusted EBITDA loss of $86.1 million.

See “Non-GAAP Information” below for information regarding our use of Adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA.

42


Recent Developments

We believe post-pandemic consumer behavior, where consumers wanted to spend more time outside of their homes, has adversely impacted demand for at-home fitness solutions. This post-pandemic consumer behavior, combined with unprecedented increases in supply chain costs, have contributed to declines in our gross margins. We believe that these factors are starting to stabilize. We plan to mitigate these challenging macroeconomic factors with strategies that we expect will drive our future success and growth.

2023 Restructuring

In January 2023, the Company executed cost-reduction initiatives intended to streamline the business, while focusing on key growth priorities. These actions are expected to result in approximately $6.5 million in costs consisting primarily of termination benefits during the first quarter of 2023. Our key growth priorities for 2023 include a focus on revamping BODi, our premium digital platform, and growing Shakeology in the Healthy Dessert market. Beginning March 2023, our BODi digital platform has a new form of fitness content called BODi Blocks, and new mindset content to drive positive self-motivation.

Digital Gross Margin

We believe our “One Brand” strategy, which consolidated our streaming content into a single Beachbody platform and was implemented during the third quarter of 2022, simplified our product offerings for customers and will lead to an increase in customer acquisition. We continue to focus on improving Coach recruitment and retention and their ability to reach more customers and believe that strengthening our Coach network will generate additional digital revenue from our Coach business management online platform as well as drive growth in digital and nutritional subscriptions.

Nutrition and Other Gross Margin

Our nutritional products are often bundled with digital content offerings, and we continue to develop enhancements to our upsell and cross-sell capabilities. We are also currently reviewing our nutritional product portfolio and will simplify our offerings with nutritional products that meet our profitability requirements and/or reflect market demand. We also intend to test price increases to partially offset rising supply chain costs.

Connected Fitness Gross Margin

We anticipate that our connected fitness gross margin will remain negative until we sell through inventory on hand. We have adjusted our inventory to net realizable value based on the increased supply chain costs to manufacture, transport, fulfill, and ship a Beachbody Bike. We have been limited in our ability to sufficiently increase pricing to mitigate costs due to the highly competitive nature of the connected fitness market. In September 2022, we introduced the BODi Bike Studio. This bundled offering includes the Beachbody Bike, three years of BODi digital subscription, weights, a kettle bell, and mats. This bundle can be financed through a “buy now pay later” company where the customer pays $50 per month for 36 months for this complete package. We receive the full cash payment upfront, net of fees. During the fourth quarter of 2022, the BODi Bike Studio received positive customer feedback for this very competitive offer. We may continue to explore different pricing and bundling strategies to accelerate demand for our current inventory. Consumer response to these strategies is uncertain, and we may be required to continue to reduce the carrying value of connected fitness inventory. See “Risk Factors - Risks Related to Our Business and Industry - Our operating results could be adversely affected if we are unable to accurately forecast consumer demand for our products and services and adequately manage our inventory” in this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

43


Key Operational and Business Metrics

We use the following key operational and business metrics to evaluate our business, measure our performance, develop financial forecasts, and make strategic decisions:

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

(in millions)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Digital subscriptions

 

 

1.95

 

 

 

2.54

 

 

 

2.63

 

Nutritional subscriptions

 

 

0.22

 

 

 

0.30

 

 

 

0.39

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

(in millions, except for percentages)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Average digital retention

 

 

95.9

%

 

 

95.7

%

 

 

95.5

%

Total streams

 

 

120.5

 

 

 

167.1

 

 

 

179.6

 

DAU/MAU

 

 

30.1

%

 

 

31.4

%

 

 

31.6

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

692.2

 

 

$

873.6

 

 

$

863.6

 

Gross profit

 

$

369.6

 

 

$

545.0

 

 

$

613.9

 

Gross margin

 

 

53

%

 

 

62

%

 

 

71

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(194.2

)

 

$

(228.4

)

 

$

(21.4

)

Adjusted EBITDA (1)

 

$

(23.3

)

 

$

(86.1

)

 

$

51.5

 

(1) See “Non-GAAP Information” below for a reconciliation of net loss to Adjusted EBITDA and an explanation for why we consider Adjusted EBITDA to be a helpful metric for investors.

Digital Subscriptions

Our ability to expand the number of digital subscriptions is an indicator of our market penetration and growth. Digital subscriptions include BOD, BODi, and prior to July 2022, Openfit subscriptions. Digital subscriptions include paid and free-to-pay subscriptions with free-to-pay subscriptions representing approximately 1% of total digital subscriptions on average. Digital subscriptions are inclusive of all billing plans, currently for annual, semi-annual, quarterly and monthly billing intervals.

Nutritional Subscriptions

Nutritional subscriptions include monthly subscriptions for nutritional products such as Shakeology, Beachbody Performance, BEACHBAR, Bevvy, and Ladder Supplements. We also package and bundle the content experience of digital subscriptions with nutritional subscriptions to optimize customer results.

Average Digital Retention

We use month-over-month digital subscription retention, which we define as the average rate at which a subscription renews for a new billing cycle, to measure customer retention.

Total Streams

We use total streams to quantify the number of fitness or nutrition programs viewed per subscription, which is a leading indicator of customer engagement and retention. While the measure of a digital stream may vary across companies, to qualify as a stream on any of our digital platforms, a program must be viewed for a minimum of 25% of the total running time.

44


Daily Active Users to Monthly Active Users (DAU/MAU)

We use the ratio of daily active users to monthly active users to measure how frequently digital subscribers are utilizing our service in a given month. We define a daily active user as a unique user streaming content on our platform in a given day. We define a monthly active user as a unique user streaming content on our platform in that same month.

Non-GAAP Information

We use Adjusted EBITDA, which is a non-GAAP performance measure, to supplement our results presented in accordance with GAAP. We believe Adjusted EBITDA is useful in evaluating our operating performance, as it is similar to measures reported by our public competitors and is regularly used by security analysts, institutional investors, and other interested parties in analyzing operating performance and prospects. Adjusted EBITDA is not intended to be a substitute for any GAAP financial measure and as calculated, may not be comparable to other similarly titled measures of performance of other companies in other industries or within the same industry.performance.

We define and calculate Adjusted EBITDA as net income (loss) adjusted for impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, depreciation and amortization, amortization of capitalized cloud computing implementation costs, amortization of content assets, interest expense, income tax provision (benefit),taxes, equity-based compensation, inventory net realizable value adjustments, transaction costs, restructuring, change in fair value of warrant liabilities, and other items that are not normal, recurring, operating expenses necessary to operate the Company’s business as described in the reconciliation below.business.

We includeThe presentation of this non-GAAP financial measure because it is used by managementnot intended to evaluate Beachbody’s core operating performancebe considered in isolation or as a substitute for, or superior to, financial information prepared and trends and to make strategic decisions regarding the allocation of capital and new investments. Adjusted EBITDA excludes certain expenses that are requiredpresented in accordance with GAAP. Investors are encouraged to review the reconciliation of this non-GAAP financial measure to its most directly comparable GAAP because they are non-cash (for example, in the casefinancial measure. A reconciliation of depreciation and amortization, equity-based compensation, and net realizable value adjustment) or are not related to our underlying business performance (for example, in the case of interest income and expense).non-GAAP

The table below presents our Adjusted EBITDA reconciled to ourGAAP net loss, the closest GAAP measure, for the periods indicated:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

(in thousands)

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Net loss

 

$

(194,192

)

 

$

(228,382

)

 

$

(21,432

)

Adjusted for:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

 

 

19,907

 

 

 

94,894

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

74,848

 

 

 

59,597

 

 

 

44,257

 

Amortization of capitalized cloud computing implementation costs

 

 

492

 

 

 

672

 

 

 

186

 

Amortization of content assets

 

 

24,276

 

 

 

14,838

 

 

 

7,485

 

Interest expense

 

 

3,368

 

 

 

536

 

 

 

527

 

Income tax benefit

 

 

(3,053

)

 

 

(15,539

)

 

 

15,269

 

Equity-based compensation

 

 

17,620

 

 

 

16,413

 

 

 

5,398

 

Employee incentives, expected to be settled in equity

 

 

5,466

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventory net realizable value adjustments (1)

 

 

24,864

 

 

 

10,082

 

 

 

 

Transaction costs

 

 

 

 

 

3,028

 

 

 

1,467

 

Restructuring and platform consolidation costs (2)

 

 

11,718

 

 

 

(320

)

 

 

(1,677

)

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

 

(8,322

)

 

 

(50,729

)

 

 

 

Other adjustment items (3)

 

 

 

 

 

11,701

 

 

 

 

Non-operating (4)

 

 

(257

)

 

 

(2,899

)

 

 

(20

)

Adjusted EBITDA

 

$

(23,265

)

 

$

(86,108

)

 

$

51,460

 

(1) Represents a non-cash expense to adjust the carrying value of our connected fitness inventory and related future commitments. This adjustment is included because of its unusual magnitude due to disruptions in the connected fitness market.

(2) Includes restructuring expense and non-recurring personnel costs associated primarily with the consolidation of our digital platforms.

45


(3) Incremental costs associated with COVID-19.

(4) Includes interest income and, during the year ended December 31, 2021, also includes the gain on investment on the Myx convertible instrument.

Results of Operations

Prior to the third quarter of 2022, we operated and managed our business in two operating segments, Beachbody and Other, and one reportable segment, Beachbody. During the third quarter of 2022, in connection with the consolidation of our Openfit streaming fitness offering onto the Beachbody digital platform and based on the information used by management to monitor performance and make operating decisions, we changed our segment reporting as it was determined that there is one operating segment. See Note 1, Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, to our consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this Report for additional information regarding our segment reporting.

A discussion regarding our financial condition and results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, is presented below. A discussion regarding our financial condition and results of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the year ended December 31, 2020(loss) can be found below.

(in thousands)  2022   2021 

Net loss

  $(194,192  $(228,382

Adjusted for:

    

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

   19,907    94,894 

Depreciation and amortization

   74,848    59,597 

Amortization of capitalized cloud computing implementation costs

   492    672 

Amortization of content assets

   24,276    14,838 

Interest expense

   3,368    536 

Income tax benefit

   (3,053   (15,539

Equity- based compensation

   17,620    16,413 

Employee incentives, expected to be settled in equity

   5,466    —   

Inventory net realizable value adjustments(1)

   24,864    10,082 

Transaction costs

   —      3,028 

Restructuring and platform consolidation costs(2)

   11,718    (320

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

   (8,322   (50,729

Other adjustment items(3)

   —      11,701 

Non-operating(4)

   (257   (2,899
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Adjusted EBITDA

  $(23,265  $(86,108
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

1

Represents a non-cash expense to reduce the carrying value of our connected fitness inventory and related future commitments. This adjustment is included because of its unusual magnitude due to disruptions in the connected fitness market.

2

Includes restructuring expense and non-recurring personnel costs associated primarily with the consolidation of our digital platforms.

3

Includes costs associated with COVID-19.

4

Includes interest income, and during the year ended December 31, 2021, also includes the gain on investment on the Myx convertible instrument.

31


Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters.

Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Managementour Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended December 31, 2021, filed

The following table sets forth information known to us with the SEC on March 1, 2022.

(in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Digital

 

$

300,673

 

 

$

365,412

 

 

$

334,804

 

Nutrition and other

 

 

353,331

 

 

 

465,495

 

 

 

528,778

 

Connected fitness

 

 

38,195

 

 

 

42,738

 

 

 

 

Total revenue

 

 

692,199

 

 

 

873,645

 

 

 

863,582

 

Cost of revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Digital

 

 

66,419

 

 

 

48,312

 

 

 

38,285

 

Nutrition and other

 

 

164,753

 

 

 

213,307

 

 

 

211,422

 

Connected fitness

 

 

91,454

 

 

 

67,043

 

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

 

 

322,626

 

 

 

328,662

 

 

 

249,707

 

Gross profit

 

 

369,573

 

 

 

544,983

 

 

 

613,875

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling and marketing

 

 

359,987

 

 

 

548,130

 

 

 

464,000

 

Enterprise technology and development

 

 

104,363

 

 

 

119,915

 

 

 

93,036

 

General and administrative

 

 

78,426

 

 

 

79,682

 

 

 

64,818

 

Restructuring

 

 

10,047

 

 

 

(320

)

 

 

(1,677

)

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

 

 

19,907

 

 

 

94,894

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

572,730

 

 

 

842,301

 

 

 

620,177

 

Operating loss

 

 

(203,157

)

 

 

(297,318

)

 

 

(6,302

)

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

 

8,322

 

 

 

50,729

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(3,368

)

 

 

(536

)

 

 

(527

)

Other income, net

 

 

958

 

 

 

3,204

 

 

 

666

 

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(197,245

)

 

 

(243,921

)

 

 

(6,163

)

Income tax benefit (provision)

 

 

3,053

 

 

 

15,539

 

 

 

(15,269

)

Net loss

 

$

(194,192

)

 

$

(228,382

)

 

$

(21,432

)

Revenue

Revenue includes digital subscriptions, nutritional supplement subscriptions, one-time nutritional sales, connected fitness products, accessrespect to our online Coach business management platform, preferred customer program memberships and other fitness-related products. We often sell bundled products that combine digital subscriptions, nutritional products, and/or other fitness products. We consider these sales to be revenue arrangements with multiple performance obligations and allocate the transaction price to each performance obligation based on its relative stand-alone selling

46


price. We defer revenue when we receive payments in advancebeneficial ownership of delivery of products or the performance of services. Digital subscriptions revenue is recognized ratably over the subscription period of up to 38 months.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Digital

 

$

300,673

 

 

$

365,412

 

 

$

(64,739

)

 

 

(18

%)

Nutrition and other

 

 

353,331

 

 

 

465,495

 

 

 

(112,164

)

 

 

(24

%)

Connected fitness

 

 

38,195

 

 

 

42,738

 

 

 

(4,543

)

 

 

(11

%)

Total revenue

 

$

692,199

 

 

$

873,645

 

 

$

(181,446

)

 

 

(21

%)

The decrease in digital revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, was primarily due to a $40.9 million decrease in revenue generated from our online Coach business management platform as a result of fewer Coaches. The decrease in Coaches was primarily attributable to our preferred customer membership program, which launched at the end of Q3 2021, as certain Coaches elected to become preferred customers rather than remain in our Coach network. The reduction in digital revenue was also due to a $21.4 million decrease in revenue from our digital streaming services which was due, in part, to 23% fewer digital subscriptions.

The decrease in nutrition and other revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, was primarily due to a $123.0 million decrease in revenue from nutritional products and a $8.0 million decrease in revenue from accessories, along with a $9.9 million decrease in associated shipping revenue. Nutritional subscriptions decreased 27% compared to prior year. These decreases were partially offset by $26.9 million in revenue from our preferred customer membership program, which launched at the end of Q3 2021.

The decrease in connected fitness revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, was primarily due to lower demand as a result of reduced promotional activity compared to at the launch of the Beachbody Bike in Q3 2021.

Cost of Revenue

Digital Cost of Revenue

Digital cost of revenue includes costs associated with digital content creation including amortization and revision of content assets, depreciation of streaming platforms, digital streaming costs, and amortization of acquired digital platform intangible assets. It also includes customer service costs, payment processing fees, depreciation of production equipment, live trainer costs, facilities, and related personnel expenses.

Nutrition and Other Cost of Revenue

Nutrition and other cost of revenue includes product costs, shipping and handling, fulfillment and warehousing, customer service, and payment processing fees. It also includes depreciation of nutrition-related e-commerce websites and social commerce platforms, amortization of acquired formulae intangible assets, facilities, and related personnel expenses.

Connected Fitness Cost of Revenue

Connected fitness cost of revenue consists of product costs, including bike hardware costs, duties and other applicable importing costs, shipping and handling costs, warehousing and logistics costs, costs associated with service calls and repairs of products under warranty, payment processing and financing fees, customer service expenses, and personnel-related expenses associated with supply chain and logistics.

47


 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Digital

 

$

66,419

 

 

$

48,312

 

 

$

18,107

 

 

 

37

%

Nutrition and other

 

 

164,753

 

 

 

213,307

 

 

 

(48,554

)

 

 

(23

%)

Connected fitness

 

 

91,454

 

 

 

67,043

 

 

 

24,411

 

 

 

36

%

Total cost of revenue

 

$

322,626

 

 

$

328,662

 

 

$

(6,036

)

 

 

(2

%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Digital

 

$

234,254

 

 

$

317,100

 

 

$

(82,846

)

 

 

(26

%)

Nutrition and other

 

 

188,578

 

 

 

252,188

 

 

 

(63,610

)

 

 

(25

%)

Connected fitness

 

 

(53,259

)

 

 

(24,305

)

 

 

(28,954

)

 

 

(119

%)

Total gross profit

 

$

369,573

 

 

$

544,983

 

 

$

(175,410

)

 

 

(32

%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross margin

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Digital

 

 

78

%

 

 

87

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Nutrition and other

 

 

53

%

 

 

54

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Connected fitness

 

 

(139

%)

 

 

(57

%)

 

 

 

 

 

 

The increase in digital cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, was primarily driven by higher fixed costs. These include a $9.4 million increase in the amortization of content assets primarily related to BODi, which launched in Q4 2021, and content acquired from Myx in Q2 2021; a $6.2 million increase in depreciation expense primarily related to the BODi platform and a change in useful life of certain assets in connection with our digital platform consolidation; and a $6.3 million increase in personnel-related expenses as a result of a shift in headcount focused on our digital streaming services. The decrease in digital gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, was primarily the result of these higher fixed expenses on lower digital revenue.

The decrease in nutrition and other cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, was primarily due to decreases in product cost, freight, fulfillment, shipping, customer service, and payment processing expenses as the result of the decrease in nutrition and other revenue. Nutrition and other gross margin was almost flat year over year.

The increase in connected fitness cost of revenue for the year ended December 31, 2022, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, was primarily due to an incremental $17.8 million in adjustments for excess and obsolete inventory and to reduce the carrying value of connected fitness inventory to its net realizable value and a $4.5 million increase in fulfillment costs. The decline in the connected fitness gross margin for the year ended December 31, 2022, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, was primarily due to higher inventory adjustments and higher fulfillment and warehousing costs due to supply chain surcharges and constraints.

Operating Expenses

Selling and Marketing

Selling and marketing expenses primarily include the cost of Coach compensation, advertising, royalties, promotions and events, and third-party sales commissions as well as the personnel expenses for employees and consultants who support these areas. Selling and marketing expense as a percentage of total revenue may fluctuate from period to

48


period based on total revenue, timing of new content and nutritional product launches, and the timing of our media investments to build awareness around launch activity.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling and marketing

 

$

359,987

 

 

$

548,130

 

 

$

(188,143

)

 

 

(34

%)

As a percentage of total revenue

 

 

52.0

%

 

 

62.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

The decrease in selling and marketing expense for the year ended December 31, 2022, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, was primarily due to a $123.0 million decrease in television media and online advertising expense and a $62.0 million decrease in Coach compensation, which was in line with the decrease in commissionable revenue.

Selling and marketing expense as a percentage of total revenue decreased by 11 percentage points primarily due to the decrease in media compared to 2021. We have reduced our media spend as part of our strategy to invest in media that meets a certain return on investment.

Enterprise Technology and Development

Enterprise technology and development expenses primarily relate to enterprise systems applications, hardware, and software that serve as the technology infrastructure for the Company and are not directly related to services provided or tangible goods sold. This includes maintenance and enhancements of the Company’s enterprise resource planning system, which is the core of our accounting, procurement, supply chain, and other business support systems. Enterprise technology and development also includes reporting and business analytics tools, security systems such as identity management and payment card industry compliance, office productivity software, research and development tracking tools, and other non-customer facing applications. Enterprise technology and development expenses include personnel-related expenses for employees and consultants who create improvements to and maintain technology systems and are involved in the research and development of new and existing nutritional products, depreciation of enterprise technology-related assets, software licenses, hosting expenses, and technology equipment leases.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Enterprise technology and development

 

$

104,363

 

 

$

119,915

 

 

$

(15,552

)

 

 

(13

%)

As a percentage of total revenue

 

 

15.1

%

 

 

13.7

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

The decrease in enterprise technology and development expense for the year ended December 31, 2022, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, was primarily due to a $18.7 million decrease in personnel-related expenses as the result of lower headcount and a $0.4 million decrease in product development expenses, partially offset by a $3.5 million increase in depreciation expense related to technology initiatives that were completed in Q4 2021.

49


Enterprise technology and development expense as a percentage of total revenue increased by 140 basis points due to lower total revenue.

General and Administrative

General and administrative expenses include personnel-related expenses and facilities-related costs primarily for our executive, finance, accounting, legal, and human resources functions. General and administrative expense also includes fees for professional services principally comprised of legal, audit, tax, and insurance.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

General and administrative

 

$

78,426

 

 

$

79,682

 

 

$

(1,256

)

 

 

(2

%)

As a percentage of total revenue

 

 

11.3

%

 

 

9.1

%

 

 

 

 

 

 

The decrease in general and administrative expense for the year ended December 31, 2022, as compared to the year ended December 31, 2021, was primarily due to a $3.9 million decrease in depreciation expense due to lower depreciable assets resulting from the assignment of our Santa Monica office lease, a $3.2 million decrease in recruiting expenses due to fewer headcount additions, and a $3.0 million decrease in transaction costs as we had no acquisition activity in 2022 compared to the acquisition of Myx in 2021. These decreases were partially offset by a $4.0 million increase in insurance expense and a $4.0 million increase in professional fees as a result of operating as a public company.

General and administrative expense as a percentage of total revenue increased by 220 basis points due to higher fixed costs on lower total revenue.

Restructuring

Restructuring charges relate to our 2022 strategic initiative to consolidate our streaming fitness and nutrition offerings into a single Beachbody platform. The charges incurred primarily relate to employee termination costs.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Restructuring (gain) loss

 

$

10,047

 

 

$

(320

)

 

$

10,367

 

 

 

(3,240

%)

Restructuring benefit for 2021 reflects adjustments to the estimated liability associated with the 2017 restructuring lease terminations.

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

 

$

19,907

 

 

$

94,894

 

 

$

(74,987

)

 

 

(79

%)

During the year ended December 31, 2022, due to reduced revenue and operating income forecasts, we tested our definite-lived intangible asset for recoverability, and as a result recognized a $18.9 million impairment charge to

50


reduce to reduce the carrying amounts of our trade names, customer relationships and developed technology intangible assets to their fair values.

During the year ended December 31, 2022, we also tested our indefinite-lived intangible asset for impairment by comparing its carrying value to its estimated fair value. Based on this analysis, we recognized a $1.0 million impairment charge as the fair value of the indefinite-lived trade name was determined to be less than its carrying value primarily due to lower revenue in the current year and long-term forecast.

During the year ended December 31, 2021, we recorded a goodwill impairment charge of $52.6 million as a result of the carrying value of the Other reporting unit exceeding its fair value and a $42.3 million impairment charge to reduce the carrying amounts of our trade names and talent and representation contracts to their fair values.

Other Income (Expenses)

The change in fair value of warrant liabilities consists of the fair value changes of the public, private placement, and Term Loan warrants. Interest expense primarily consists of interest expense associated with our borrowings and amortization of debt discount and issuance costs for our Term Loan in 2022 and Credit Facility in 2021. Other income, net, consists of interest income earned on investments and gains (losses) on foreign currency.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

$

8,322

 

 

$

50,729

 

 

$

(42,407

)

 

 

(84

%)

Interest expense

 

 

(3,368

)

 

 

(536

)

 

 

(2,832

)

 

 

528

%

Other income, net

 

 

958

 

 

 

3,204

 

 

 

(2,246

)

 

 

(70

%)

The decrease in the change in fair value of warrant liabilities of $42.4 million during the year ended December 31, 2022 primarily resulted from a relatively lower decline in our stock price during 2022. The increase in interest expense was due to higher interest rates on higher borrowings outstanding during 2022 compared to 2021. The decrease in other income, net was primarily due to the gain on the investment in the convertible instrument from Myx prior to June 25, 2021; there was no similar investment in 2022.

Income Tax Benefit

Income tax benefit consists of income taxes related to U.S. federal and state jurisdictions as well as those foreign jurisdictions where we have business operations.

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

$ Change

 

 

% Change

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax benefit

 

$

3,053

 

 

$

15,539

 

 

$

(12,486

)

 

 

(80

%)

The income tax benefit during the year ended December 31, 2022, as compared to the income tax benefit during the year ended December 31, 2021 was primarily driven by a decrease in the net benefit from discrete events. During 2021, we recognized an income tax benefit as a result of the significant deferred tax liabilities recorded in connection with the acquisition of Myx, which in turn, partially reduced our need for a valuation allowance; there was no similar benefit recorded during 2022.

51


Liquidity and Capital Resources

Historically, our primary sources of liquidity have been sales of our equity, debt financing, and cash generated from our operations. As of December 31, 2022, we had $80.1 million in cash and cash equivalents.

On August 8, 2022 (the “Effective Date”), we entered into a financing agreement with a third-party lender which provides for senior secured term loans in an aggregate principal amount of $50.0 million (the “Term Loan”) and permits borrowing up to an additional $25.0 million, subject to certain terms and conditions. The Term Loan was funded on the Effective Date and bears interest at our option of either (i) the reference rate as defined in the agreement or (ii) the Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) as defined in the agreement. In addition, the Term Loan borrowings bear interest at 3.00% per annum, paid in kind by capitalizing such interest and adding such capitalized interest to the outstanding principal amount of the loans on each anniversary of the Effective Date. The Term Loan provides customary restrictions and requires compliance with certain financial and other covenants, with which we were in compliance as of December 31, 2022. The Term Loan matures on August 8, 2026.

In connection with the Term Loan, we issued warrants to certain holders affiliated with the lender for the purchase of 4,716,756 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock at an exercise priceand our Class X common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Class X Common Stock”) as of $1.85 per share. The warrants vest on a monthly basis over four years, with 30%, 30%, 20%April 3, 2023 for (i) each director and 20% vesting in the first, second, third and fourth years, respectively. The warrants have a seven-year term from the Effective Date.

We are using the financing agreement proceeds for general corporate purposes and to pay transaction fees and expenses related to the Term Loan. During the year ended December 31, 2022, we paid $4.5 millionnominee, (ii) each holder of third-party debt issuance costs. Excluding amortization of the debt issuance costs, debt discount for the Term Loan warrants, and PIK interest, the Term Loan, which was a SOFR loan during the year ended December 31, 2022, had an effective interest rate of 10.44% during the year ended December 31, 2022.

In addition to an annual fee of $0.25 million, the Term Loan requires annual amortization of 2.50% in the first two years and 5.00% in the final two years, paid quarterly, and certain mandatory repayments as defined in the agreement. As of December 31, 2022, borrowings outstanding under the Term Loan were $49.4 million, of which $1.3 million is payable within the next 12 months.

Our other material cash requirements include our leases and purchase commitments primarily related to nutritional inventory, fitness and nutrition trainers, future events, and information systems support. As of December 31, 2022, we have $29.7 million of lease obligations and purchase commitments associated with contracts that are enforceable, legally binding, and that specify all significant terms, including fixed5.0% or minimum services to be used, fixed, minimum or variable price provisions, and the approximate timing of the actions under the contracts. $2.3 milliongreater of our lease obligationscommon stock, (iii) our Named Executive Officers, and $20.8 million of our purchase commitments are due within 12 months. See Note 13 Leases (iv) all executive officers and Note 14 Commitments and Contingencies in the accompanying notes to our consolidated financial statements for additional discussion of our lease obligations and contractual commitments.directors as a group.

For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, our net cash flows were as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

(dollars in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

$

(47,173

)

 

$

(215,249

)

 

$

61,430

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(26,493

)

 

 

(125,191

)

 

 

(46,686

)

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

47,561

 

 

 

390,651

 

 

 

165

 

Net cash used in operating activities was $47.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022, compared to $215.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The decrease in cash used in operating activities was primarily due to reduced purchases of media and connected fitness inventory, in line with expectations. In 2022, we returned to a performance marketing model which drives in-quarter or next-quarter payback and which reduced media spend by $116.7 million compared to the prior year. We believe that our connected fitness inventory as of December 31, 2022

52


Beneficial ownership is sufficient to meet expected demand over the next 12 months and anticipate no material purchases of inventory in the short term.

Net cash used in investing activities was $26.5 million and $125.2 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The decrease in cash used in investing activities compared to the prior year was primarily due to a $51.4 million decrease in capital expenditures as the result of the completion of significant projects at the end of 2021. We expect to continue to reduce capital expenditures over the next 12 months as most of these projects are discretionary. The year-over-year decrease in net cash used in investing activities was also due to $47.3 million related to the Myx acquisition and other investments during the year ended December 31, 2021, compared to no similar acquisition or investment during the year ended December 31, 2022.

Net cash provided by financing activities was $47.6 million and $390.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The decrease in cash provided by financing activities was primarily due to completion of the Business Combination during the year ended December 31, 2021 compared to the Term Loan borrowing, net of debt issuance costs during the year ended December 31, 2022. See Note 12, Debt, for additional discussion of the debt financing entered into during 2022.

Our future capital requirements may vary materially from those currently planned and will depend on many factors, including our rate of revenue growth and overall economic conditions. We continue to assess and efficiently manage our working capital, and expect to generate additional liquidity through continued cost control initiatives. We believe that existing cash and cash equivalents and cost control initiatives will provide the Company with sufficient liquidity to meet our anticipated cash needs, including debt service requirements, for the next 12 months.

We may explore additional equity or debt financing to supplement our anticipated working capital balances and further strengthen our financial position, but do not at this time know which form it will take or what the terms will be. The incurrence of additional debt financing would result in debt service obligations and the instruments governing such debt could provide for operating and financing covenants that would restrict our operations. The sale of additional equity would result in additional dilution to our shareholders. There can be no assurances that we will be able to raise additional capital in amounts or on terms acceptable to us.

Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepareddetermined in accordance with GAAP. In preparing the consolidated financial statements, we make estimates and judgments that impact the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, revenue and expenses, and related disclosures. We re-evaluate our estimates on an on-going basis. Our estimates are based on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Because of the uncertainty inherent in these matters, actual results may differ from these estimates and could differ based upon other assumptions or conditions. The critical accounting policies that reflect our more difficult and subjective judgments and estimates used in the preparation of our consolidated financial statements include those noted below.

Inventory

Inventory consists of raw materials, work in process, and finished goods, is accounted for by using the first-in, first-out method, and is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. We record a reserve against the carrying value of inventory based on assumptions regarding future demand for our products, anticipated margin, planned product discontinuances, and the physical condition (e.g. age and quality) of the inventory. During the year ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, we recorded a $39.8 million and a $17.5 million charge, respectively, to reduce the carrying value of inventory on hand and inventory purchase commitments to net realizable value and reserve for excess inventory. These adjustments are included as a component of connected fitness cost of revenue and nutrition and other cost of revenue. During the year ended December 31, 2020, we reserved $2.8 million for excess inventory. The 2020 adjustment is included as a component of nutrition and other cost of revenue. Actual future write-offs of inventory may differ from estimates and calculations used to determine inventory reserves due to changes in customer demand or other market conditions.

53


Goodwill and Intangible Assets Impairment

Goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have an indefinite life are not amortized, but instead are assessed for impairment annually at October 1 and between annual tests if an event or change in circumstances occurs that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value or indicate that it is more likely than not that an indefinite-lived intangible asset is impaired. We carry our definite-lived intangible assets at cost less accumulated amortization. If an event or change in circumstances occurs that indicates the carrying value may not be recoverable, we would evaluate our definite-lived intangible assets for impairment at that time.

Due to the sustained decline in our market capitalization and macro-economic conditions observed in the second quarter of 2022, we performed an interim test for goodwill impairment as of June 30, 2022. We were required to assess our long-lived assets for impairment, which resulted in no impairment, prior to our goodwill impairment test. In performing this interim impairment test for goodwill, we elected to bypass the optional qualitative test and proceeded to perform a quantitative test by comparing the carrying value of the Beachbody reporting unit to its estimated fair value. There was no goodwill held by the Other reporting unit. Fair value was estimated using a combination of a market approach and an income approach, with significant assumptions related to guideline company financial multiples used in the market approach and significant assumptions about revenue growth, long-term growth rates, and discount rates used in a discounted cash flow model in the income approach. The results of our interim test for impairment at June 30, 2022 concluded that the fair value of our Beachbody reporting unit exceeded its carrying value, resulting in no impairment.

In connection with the consolidation of the Openfit streaming fitness offering onto the Beachbody digital platform, we changed our segment reporting as we determined that there is one operating segment. As a result of this change in segment reporting during the third quarter of 2022, we completed a qualitative test for goodwill impairment by reporting unit both prior to and subsequent to the change. The qualitative assessment is an evaluation of whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount. In performing our qualitative assessment, we considered the significant margin by which the fair value of the Beachbody reporting unit exceeded carrying value in the most recent quantitative test in addition to events and changes in circumstances since the most recent quantitative test that could have significantly impacted the assumptions used in the valuation. Based on this qualitative assessment, we concluded that no impairment indicators existed for goodwill both prior to and subsequent to the change in segment reporting.

Due to reduced revenue and margin forecasts for certain products, we performed an interim test for impairment of our indefinite-lived intangible asset as of September 30, 2022. In testing for impairment of the indefinite-lived trade name, we compared the carrying value of the asset to its estimated fair value. Fair value was estimated using an income approach, specifically the relief-from-royalty approach, and included significant assumptions related to the royalty rate and revenue growth. The fair value of the indefinite-lived trade name was determined to be lower than its carrying value, primarily as a result of reduced revenue and margin forecasts for certain supplements. As a result, we recorded a $1.0 million non-cash impairment charge for this intangible asset.

We completed the required annual impairment test for goodwill as of October 1, 2022. We performed a quantitative assessment, in which we estimated the fair value of our reporting unit and determined that the fair value of our reporting unit was greater than its carrying value, resulting in no impairment. Fair value was estimated using a combination of a market approach and an income approach, with significant assumptions related to guideline company financial multiples used in the market approach and significant assumptions about revenue growth, long-term growth rates, and discount rates used in a discounted cash flow model in the income approach.

Due to reduced revenue and operating income forecasts and sustained decline in our market capitalization during the fourth quarter of 2022, we performed an interim test for goodwill impairment as of December 31, 2022. We assessed our long-lived assets for impairment prior to our goodwill impairment test. In assessing our long-lived assets, we tested the related asset group for recoverability by comparing the carrying value of the asset group to its forecasted undiscounted cash flows. Because the carrying value of the asset group did not exceed its future undiscounted cash flows, we determined that it may not be recoverable. The fair value of the assets within the asset group was then calculated to determine whether an impairment loss should be recognized. The fair values of the customer-related, technology-based, and trade name intangible assets were estimated primarily using a relief-from-royalty approach and calculated to be lower than the carrying value. As a result, we recorded an aggregate impairment charge of $18.9 million. In testing for goodwill impairment, we elected to bypass the optional qualitative test and proceeded to perform

54


a quantitative test by comparing the carrying value of our reporting unit to estimated fair value. Fair value was estimated using a combination of a market approach and an income approach, with significant assumptions related to guideline company financial multiples used in the market approach and significant assumptions about revenue growth, long-term growth rates, and discount rates used in a discounted cash flow model in the income approach. The results of our interim test for impairment at December 31, 2022 concluded that the fair value of our reporting unit exceeded its carrying value, resulting in no impairment. Our reporting unit’s fair value exceeded carrying value by approximately 21%.

Due to the sustained decline in our market capitalization, and reduced revenue and operating income forecast observed in the fourth quarter of 2021, we performed an interim test for impairment of our goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets and tested our definite-lived intangible assets for recoverability as of December 31, 2021. In performing both the annual and interim impairment tests for goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets, we elected to bypass the qualitative assessment and proceed to performing the quantitative test for each.

In testing for impairment of our indefinite-lived intangible assets, we compared the carrying value of each asset to its estimated fair value. Fair value was estimated using an income approach, specifically the relief-from-royalty approach, and included significant assumptions related to the royalty rate and revenue growth. Based on this analysis, we recognized an aggregate impairment charge of $35.2 million to reduce the carrying amounts of our trade names to their fair values during the year ended December 31, 2021.

In testing for impairment of our definite-lived intangible assets, we first compared the carrying value of each asset group to its undiscounted cash flows to determine whether it was recoverable. Because the carrying value of one of our asset groups did not exceed its future undiscounted cash flows, we then calculated the fair value of the asset group as the present value of the estimated future cash flows and determined that the carrying value exceeded the fair value. Based on this analysis, we recognized an impairment charge of $7.1 million on our acquired talent and representation contracts during the year ended December 31, 2021.

Management will continue to monitor its reporting unit for changes in the business environment that could impact its fair value. Examples of events or circumstances that could result in changes to the underlying key assumptions and judgments used in our goodwill impairment tests, and ultimately impact the estimated fair value of our reporting unit may include the demand for at-home fitness solutions, our subscriber growth rates, adverse macroeconomic conditions, and volatility in the equity and debt markets which could result in higher weighted-average cost of capital. Changes in any of the assumptions used in the valuation of the reporting unit, or changes in the business environment could materially impact the expected cash flows, and such impacts could potentially result in a material non-cash impairment charge.

IncomeTaxes

We are subject to income taxes in the United States, Canada, and the United Kingdom. We record a provision or benefit for income taxes using the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of results that have been included in the financial statements. Specifically, deferred income taxes are determined on the differences between the financial statement and tax bases of assets and liabilities using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

We must also assess the likelihood that we will be able to recover our deferred tax assets. In this evaluation, we consider all available positive and negative evidence, including historical and current operating results, ongoing tax planning, and forecasts of future taxable income on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis. If, based on all available evidence, it is more likely than not that a portion of our deferred tax assets will not be realized, we reduce the carrying amount of our deferred tax assets by recording a valuation allowance. Based on the level of our losses, we established a valuation allowance of $16.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2020 and recorded an additional $47.1 million and $47.6 million valuation allowance during the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2022, respectively. The valuation allowance was adjusted by $4.8 million and $0.8 million during the year ended December 31, 2021 and 2022, respectively, for acquisitions and deferred taxes related to tax deductible transaction costs included in additional paid-in capital in our consolidated financial statements. Our judgment regarding future recoverability of our deferred tax assets may change due to various factors, including changes in tax laws and changes in market conditions and their

55


impact on our assessment of taxable income in future periods. These changes, if any, may require adjustments to the valuation allowances and an accompanying increase or decrease in net income (loss) in the period when such determination is made.

We record uncertain tax positions on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) we determine whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, we recognize the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, our estimated unrecognized tax benefits were immaterial.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk.

Foreign Currency Risk

We are exposed to foreign currency exchange risk related to transactions in currencies other than the U.S. Dollar, which is our functional currency. Our foreign subsidiaries, sales, certain inventory purchases and operating expenses expose us to foreign currency exchange risk. For the year ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, approximately 10%, 10%, and 9% of our revenue was in foreign currencies, respectively. These sales were primarily denominated in Canadian dollars and British pounds.

We use derivative instruments to manage the effects of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates on our net cash flows. We primarily enter into option and forward contracts to hedge forecasted payments, typically for up to 12 months, for cost of revenue, selling and marketing expenses, general and administrative expenses, and intercompany transactions not denominated in the local currencies of our foreign operations. We designate some of these instruments as cash flow hedges and record them at fair value as either assets or liabilities within the consolidated balance sheets. Some of these instruments are freestanding derivatives for which hedge accounting does not apply.

Changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. Deferred gains and losses associated with cash flow hedges of third-party payments are recognized in cost of revenue, selling and marketing or general and administrative expenses, as applicable, during the period when the hedged underlying transaction affects earnings. Changes in the fair value of certain derivatives for which hedge accounting does not apply are immediately recognized directly in earnings to cost of revenue.

A hypothetical 10% change in exchange rates, with the U.S. dollar as the functional and reporting currency, would not result in a material increase or decrease in cost of revenue and operating expenses due to the derivative instruments we use to hedge any foreign currency exposure.

The aggregate notional amount of foreign exchange derivative instruments at December 31, 2022 and 2021 was $17.6 million and $30.4 million, respectively.

Interest Rate Risk

Our exposure to interest rate risk is primarily associated with our Term Loan borrowings, which were SOFR loans during the year ended December 31, 2022 and subject to variability in the SOFR rate. If the interest rate on our Term Loan were to increase or decrease by 1% for the year and our indebtedness remained constant throughout the period, our annual interest expense would not change materially. Further, our exposure to interest rate volatility is partially mitigated by interest income on our highly liquid investments. At this point, we do not believe that our liquidity has been materially affected by the debt market uncertainties noted in the last few years, and we do not believe that our liquidity will be significantly impacted in the near future.

56


Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data.

57


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Shareholders and the Board of Directors of The Beachbody Company, Inc.

Opinion on the Financial Statements

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of The Beachbody Company, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2022, the related notes and the financial statement schedules listed in the Index at Item 15(a)2 (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). In our opinion, the consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company at December 31, 2022 and 2021, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2022, in conformity with U.S. generally accepted accounting principles.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control-Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) and our report dated March 16, 2023 expressed an adverse opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the auditSEC. Rights to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

Critical Audit Matter

The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that: (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective or complex judgments. The communication of the critical audit matter does not alter in any way our opinion on the consolidated financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing separate opinions on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which they relate.

Goodwill and Long-lived Assets Impairment

Description of

the Matter

As disclosed in Notes 1 and 10 to the consolidated financial statements, goodwill is tested by the Company for impairment at least annually. In addition, management reviews long-lived assets for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. Management evaluates the recoverability of goodwill for its reporting unit by comparing the fair value to its carrying value. Fair value is determined using a combination of market multiples approaches and a discounted cash flow analysis based upon historical and projected financial information. Recoverability of long-lived assets is determined by comparing their carrying value to the forecasted undiscounted cash flows associated with the assets. If the evaluation of the undiscounted forecasted cash flows indicates that the carrying value of the assets are not recoverable, the assets are written down to their fair value. No

58


impairment charges were recorded related to goodwill during the year. During 2022, the Company recorded $18.9 million of impairment charges to definite-lived assets.

Auditing the Company’s goodwill and long-lived assets impairment analyses was complex due to the significant judgment in estimating the fair value of the reporting unit and long-lived assets. The fair value estimates of the reporting unit and long-lived assets were sensitive to assumptions including the discount rate, revenue and EBITDA margin which are affected by expectations about future market or economic conditions.

How We

Addressed the

Matter in Our

Audit

To test the goodwill and long-lived assets impairment analyses, we performed audit procedures with the assistance of our valuation specialists that included, among others, assessing the methodologies used, and testing the significant assumptions discussed above and the underlying data used by the Company in its analyses. We compared the significant assumptions used by management to current industry and economic trends. We performed sensitivity analyses of significant assumptions and assessed the historical accuracy of management’s estimates.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

We have served as the Company’s auditor since 2011.

Los Angeles, California

March 16, 2023

59


Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

To the Stockholders and the Board of Directors of The Beachbody Company, Inc.

Opinion on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

We have audited The Beachbody Company, Inc’s internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on criteria established in Internal Control—Integrated Framework issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework) (the COSO criteria). In our opinion, because of the effect of the material weaknesses described below on the achievement of the objectives of the control criteria, The Beachbody Company, Inc (the Company) has not maintained effective internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022, based on the COSO criteria.

A material weakness is a deficiency, or combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis. The following material weaknesses have been identified and included in management’s assessment.

The Company did not maintain effective information technology general controls (ITGCs) over information systems and applications that are relevant to the preparation of the consolidated financial statements. Specifically, the Company did not maintain (i) sufficient user access controls to ensure appropriate segregation of duties and to restrict access to financial applications, programs and data to only authorized users, and (ii) program change management controls to ensure that information technology (IT) program and data changes affecting financial information technology applications and underlying accounting records are appropriately authorized and implemented. Business process controls that are dependent on ITGCs, or that rely on data produced from systems impacted by the ineffective ITGCs, are also deemed ineffective. The Company also did not maintain effective controls over its impairment analyses for goodwill and long-lived assets as sufficient contemporaneous documentation was not retained to demonstrate the operation of review controls over the forecasts used in developing estimates of fair value.

We also have audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated balance sheets of The Beachbody Company, Inc. (the Company) as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the related consolidated statements of operations, comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended December 31, 2022, the related notes and the financial statement schedules listed in the Index at Item 15(a)2 (collectively referred to as the “consolidated financial statements”). This material weaknesses were considered in determining the nature, timing and extent of audit tests applied in our audit of the financial statements, and this report does not affect our report dated March 16, 2023, which expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

Basis for Opinion

The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting included in the accompanying Management’s report on internal control over financial reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB.

We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects.

Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion.

60


Definition and Limitations of Internal Control Over Financial Reporting

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

Los Angeles, California

March 16, 2023

61


The Beachbody Company, Inc.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(in thousands, except par value and share data)

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

80,091

 

 

$

104,054

 

Restricted cash

 

 

 

 

 

3,000

 

Inventory, net

 

 

54,060

 

 

 

132,730

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

13,055

 

 

 

15,861

 

Other current assets

 

 

39,248

 

 

 

43,727

 

Total current assets

 

 

186,454

 

 

 

299,372

 

Property and equipment, net

 

 

74,147

 

 

 

113,098

 

Content assets, net

 

 

34,888

 

 

 

39,347

 

Goodwill and intangible assets, net

 

 

133,370

 

 

 

171,533

 

Right-of-use assets, net

 

 

5,030

 

 

 

6,613

 

Other assets

 

 

9,506

 

 

 

7,649

 

Total assets

 

$

443,395

 

 

$

637,612

 

Liabilities and Stockholders’ Equity

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

17,940

 

 

$

48,379

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

64,430

 

 

 

74,525

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

95,587

 

 

 

107,095

 

Current portion of lease liabilities

 

 

2,150

 

 

 

2,307

 

Current portion of Term Loan

 

 

1,250

 

 

 

 

Other current liabilities

 

 

3,283

 

 

 

3,926

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

184,640

 

 

 

236,232

 

Term Loan

 

 

39,735

 

 

 

 

Long-term lease liabilities, net

 

 

3,318

 

 

 

4,823

 

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

181

 

 

 

3,165

 

Other liabilities

 

 

3,979

 

 

 

8,007

 

Total liabilities

 

 

231,853

 

 

 

252,227

 

Commitments and contingencies (Note 14)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Stockholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred stock, $0.0001 par value; 100,000,000 shares
   authorized,
none issued and outstanding as of December 31,
   2022 and 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

Common stock, $0.0001 par value, 1,900,000,000 shares
   authorized (
1,600,000,000 Class A, 200,000,000 Class X and
   
100,000,000 Class C);

 

 

 

 

 

 

Class A: 170,911,819 and 168,333,463 shares issued and
    outstanding at December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively;

 

 

17

 

 

 

17

 

Class X: 141,250,310 shares issued and outstanding at
    December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively;

 

 

14

 

 

 

14

 

Class C: no shares issued and outstanding at
   December 31, 2022 and 2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

 

630,709

 

 

 

610,418

 

Accumulated deficit

 

 

(419,235

)

 

 

(225,043

)

Accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

37

 

 

 

(21

)

Total stockholders’ equity

 

 

211,542

 

 

 

385,385

 

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity

 

$

443,395

 

 

$

637,612

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

62


The Beachbody Company, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(in thousands, except per share data)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Digital

 

$

300,673

 

 

$

365,412

 

 

$

334,804

 

Nutrition and other

 

 

353,331

 

 

 

465,495

 

 

 

528,778

 

Connected fitness

 

 

38,195

 

 

 

42,738

 

 

 

 

Total revenue

 

 

692,199

 

 

 

873,645

 

 

 

863,582

 

Cost of revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Digital

 

 

66,419

 

 

 

48,312

 

 

 

38,285

 

Nutrition and other

 

 

164,753

 

 

 

213,307

 

 

 

211,422

 

Connected fitness

 

 

91,454

 

 

 

67,043

 

 

 

 

Total cost of revenue

 

 

322,626

 

 

 

328,662

 

 

 

249,707

 

Gross profit

 

 

369,573

 

 

 

544,983

 

 

 

613,875

 

Operating expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling and marketing

 

 

359,987

 

 

 

548,130

 

 

 

464,000

 

Enterprise technology and development

 

 

104,363

 

 

 

119,915

 

 

 

93,036

 

General and administrative

 

 

78,426

 

 

 

79,682

 

 

 

64,818

 

Restructuring

 

 

10,047

 

 

 

(320

)

 

 

(1,677

)

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

 

 

19,907

 

 

 

94,894

 

 

 

 

Total operating expenses

 

 

572,730

 

 

 

842,301

 

 

 

620,177

 

Operating loss

 

 

(203,157

)

 

 

(297,318

)

 

 

(6,302

)

Other income (expense)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

 

8,322

 

 

 

50,729

 

 

 

 

Interest expense

 

 

(3,368

)

 

 

(536

)

 

 

(527

)

Other income, net

 

 

958

 

 

 

3,204

 

 

 

666

 

Loss before income taxes

 

 

(197,245

)

 

 

(243,921

)

 

 

(6,163

)

Income tax benefit (provision)

 

 

3,053

 

 

 

15,539

 

 

 

(15,269

)

Net loss

 

$

(194,192

)

 

$

(228,382

)

 

$

(21,432

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

 

$

(0.63

)

 

$

(0.83

)

 

$

(0.09

)

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

 

 

307,489

 

 

 

275,359

 

 

 

239,540

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

63


The Beachbody Company, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Loss

(in thousands)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Net loss

 

$

(194,192

)

 

$

(228,382

)

 

$

(21,432

)

Other comprehensive income (loss):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in fair value of derivative financial instruments, net of tax

 

 

55

 

 

 

(336

)

 

 

(239

)

Reclassification of losses on derivative financial instruments
  included in net loss

 

 

108

 

 

 

550

 

 

 

92

 

Foreign currency translation adjustment

 

 

(105

)

 

 

(33

)

 

 

(67

)

Total other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

58

 

 

 

181

 

 

 

(214

)

Total comprehensive loss

 

$

(194,134

)

 

$

(228,201

)

 

$

(21,646

)

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

64


The Beachbody Company, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity

(in thousands)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Retained

 

 

Accumulated

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Additional

 

 

Earnings

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

Common Stock

 

 

Paid-In

 

 

(Accumulated)

 

 

Comprehensive

 

 

Stockholders’

 

 

 

 

Shares

 

 

Amount

 

 

Capital

 

 

(Deficit)

 

 

Income (Loss)

 

 

Equity

 

Balances at December 31, 2019

 

 

 

238,143

 

 

$

24

 

 

$

62,595

 

 

$

24,771

 

 

$

12

 

 

$

87,402

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(21,432

)

 

 

 

 

 

(21,432

)

Other comprehensive loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(214

)

 

 

(214

)

Equity-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,398

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

5,398

 

Tax asset contribution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(135

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(135

)

Holdings downstream merger

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

350

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

350

 

Common shares issued in connection with
   acquisition

 

 

 

4,870

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,889

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

27,889

 

Balances at December 31, 2020

 

 

 

243,013

 

 

 

24

 

 

 

96,097

 

 

 

3,339

 

 

 

(202

)

 

 

99,258

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(228,382

)

 

 

 

 

 

(228,382

)

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

181

 

 

 

181

 

Equity-based compensation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,413

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

16,413

 

Options exercised, net of tax withholdings

 

 

 

1,408

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,526

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,526

 

Business Combination, net of redemptions
  and equity issuance costs of $
47.0 million

 

 

 

51,617

 

 

 

5

 

 

 

333,826

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

333,831

 

Common shares issued in connection with
   acquisition

 

 

 

13,546

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

162,556

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

162,558

 

Balances at December 31, 2021

 

 

 

309,584

 

 

 

31

 

 

 

610,418

 

 

 

(225,043

)

 

 

(21

)

 

 

385,385

 

Net loss

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(194,192

)

 

 

 

 

 

(194,192

)

Other comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

58

 

 

 

58

 

Equity-based compensation

 

 

 

857

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,620

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17,620

 

Options exercised, net of tax withholdings

 

 

 

1,879

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,854

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,854

 

Shares withheld for tax withholdings on vesting of restricted stock

 

 

 

(158

)

 

 

 

 

 

(183

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(183

)

Balances at December 31, 2022

 

 

 

312,162

 

 

$

31

 

 

$

630,709

 

 

$

(419,235

)

 

$

37

 

 

$

211,542

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

65


The Beachbody Company, Inc.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(in thousands)

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Cash flows from operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(194,192

)

 

$

(228,382

)

 

$

(21,432

)

Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash provided by
   (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Impairment of goodwill and intangible assets

 

 

19,907

 

 

 

94,894

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

74,848

 

 

 

59,597

 

 

 

44,257

 

Amortization of content assets

 

 

24,276

 

 

 

14,838

 

 

 

7,485

 

Provision for inventory and inventory purchase commitments

 

 

39,757

 

 

 

17,488

 

 

 

2,759

 

Realized losses on hedging derivative financial instruments

 

 

108

 

 

 

550

 

 

 

92

 

Gain on investment in convertible instrument

 

 

 

 

 

(3,114

)

 

 

(288

)

Change in fair value of warrant liabilities

 

 

(8,322

)

 

 

(50,729

)

 

 

 

Gain on lease assignment

 

 

 

 

 

(6,500

)

 

 

 

Equity-based compensation

 

 

17,620

 

 

 

16,413

 

 

 

5,398

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

(2,961

)

 

 

(15,862

)

 

 

15,595

 

Amortization of debt issuance costs

 

 

733

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Paid-in-kind interest

 

 

598

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other non-cash items

 

 

1,219

 

 

 

 

 

 

93

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inventory

 

 

41,510

 

 

 

(74,257

)

 

 

(27,754

)

Content assets

 

 

(19,787

)

 

 

(31,349

)

 

 

(15,555

)

Prepaid expenses

 

 

2,806

 

 

 

(6,761

)

 

 

5,732

 

Other assets

 

 

4,241

 

 

 

(2,023

)

 

 

(1,772

)

Accounts payable

 

 

(26,705

)

 

 

8,307

 

 

 

10,619

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

(8,673

)

 

 

(11,273

)

 

 

21,804

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

(9,563

)

 

 

7,435

 

 

 

24,770

 

Other liabilities

 

 

(4,593

)

 

 

(4,521

)

 

 

(10,373

)

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

 

(47,173

)

 

 

(215,249

)

 

 

61,430

 

Cash flows from investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchase of property and equipment

 

 

(26,493

)

 

 

(77,911

)

 

 

(37,933

)

Investment in convertible instrument

 

 

 

 

 

(5,000

)

 

 

(10,000

)

Other investment

 

 

 

 

 

(5,000

)

 

 

 

Cash paid for acquisition, net of cash acquired

 

 

 

 

 

(37,280

)

 

 

1,247

 

Net cash used in investing activities

 

 

(26,493

)

 

 

(125,191

)

 

 

(46,686

)

Cash flows from financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

3,162

 

 

 

4,680

 

 

 

 

Remittance of taxes withheld from employee stock awards

 

 

(308

)

 

 

(3,154

)

 

 

 

Debt borrowings

 

 

50,000

 

 

 

42,000

 

 

 

32,000

 

Debt repayments

 

 

(625

)

 

 

(42,000

)

 

 

(32,000

)

Business combination, net of issuance costs paid

 

 

 

 

 

389,125

 

 

 

 

Shares withheld for tax withholdings on vesting of restricted stock

 

 

(183

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Payment of debt issuance costs

 

 

(4,485

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Deferred financing costs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(240

)

Holdings downstream merger

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

405

 

Net cash provided by financing activities

 

 

47,561

 

 

 

390,651

 

 

 

165

 

Effect of exchange rates on cash

 

 

(858

)

 

 

16

 

 

 

354

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash

 

 

(26,963

)

 

 

50,227

 

 

 

15,263

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of year

 

 

107,054

 

 

 

56,827

 

 

 

41,564

 

Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of year

 

$

80,091

 

 

$

107,054

 

 

$

56,827

 

Supplemental disclosure of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid during the year for interest

 

$

2,082

 

 

$

466

 

 

$

206

 

Cash paid during the year for income taxes, net

 

 

389

 

 

 

385

 

 

 

333

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash investing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment acquired but not yet paid for

 

 

2,025

 

 

 

9,657

 

 

 

5,614

 

Common shares issued in connection with acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

162,558

 

 

 

27,889

 

Supplemental disclosure of noncash financing activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Tax asset contribution

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(135

)

Deferred financing costs, accrued but not paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,593

 

Warrants issued in relation to Term Loan

 

 

5,236

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

66


The Beachbody Company, Inc.

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

Note 1. Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Organization

On June 25, 2021 (the “Closing Date”), Forest Road Acquisition Corp. (“Forest Road”), a special purpose acquisition company, consummated the Business Combination Agreement (the “Business Combination Agreement”) dated as of February 9, 2021, by and among Forest Road, The Beachbody Company Group, LLC (“Old Beachbody”), BB Merger Sub, LLC (“BB Merger Sub”), MFH Merger Sub, LLC (“Myx Merger Sub”), and Myx Fitness Holdings, LLC (“Myx”).

Pursuant to the terms of the Business Combination Agreement, (1) BB Merger Sub merged with and into Old Beachbody, with Old Beachbody surviving as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Forest Road (the “Surviving Beachbody Entity”); (2) Myx Merger Sub merged with and into Myx, with Myx surviving as a wholly-owned subsidiary of Forest Road; and (3) the Surviving Beachbody Entity merged with and into Forest Road, with Forest Road surviving such merger (the “Surviving Company”, and such mergers the “Business Combination”). On the Closing Date, the Surviving Company changed its name to The Beachbody Company, Inc. (the “Company”, “Beachbody”, “we” or “us”).

Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation

The Company prepares its consolidated financial statements in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”) as determined by the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) and pursuant to the regulations of the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission.

The merger between BB Merger Sub and Old Beachbody was accounted for as a reverse recapitalization in accordance with GAAP (the “Reverse Recapitalization”). Under this method of accounting, Forest Road was treated as the acquired company and Old Beachbody was treated as the acquirer for financial reporting purposes.

Accordingly, for accounting purposes, the Reverse Recapitalization was treated as the equivalent of Old Beachbody issuing stock for the net assets of Forest Road, accompanied by a recapitalization. The net assets of Forest Road are stated at historical cost, with no goodwill or other intangible assets recorded, seeNote 2, Business Combination.

Old Beachbody was determined to be the accounting acquirer based on the following predominant factors:

Old Beachbody’s shareholders have the largest portion of the voting rights in the Company;
the Board and Management are primarily composed of individuals associated with Old Beachbody; and
Old Beachbody was the larger entity based on historical operating activity and Old Beachbody had the larger employee base at the time of the Business Combination.

The consolidated assets, liabilities, and results of operations prior to the Reverse Recapitalization are those of Old Beachbody. The shares and corresponding capital amounts and income (losses) per share, prior to the Business Combination, have been retroactively restated based on shares reflecting the exchange ratio established in the Business Combination.

Old Beachbody was determined to be the accounting acquirer in the acquisition of Myx. As such, the acquisition is considered a business combination under ASC 805, Business Combinations, and was accounted for using the acquisition method of accounting. Beachbody recorded the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed from Myx, seeNote 9, Acquisitions. The consolidated financial statements include the financial information and activities for Myx for the period beginning on June 26, 2021.

The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company and its controlled subsidiaries. All intercompany transactions and balances have been eliminated. Certain prior year amounts have been reclassified to conform to the current year presentation.

67


Use of Estimates

The preparation of the consolidated financial statements in conformity with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that impact the amounts reported in the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes. Significant estimates include, but are not limited to, the useful life and recoverability of long-lived assets, the valuation of warrant liabilities, the recognition and measurement of income tax assets and liabilities, the valuation of intangible assets, impairment of goodwill and intangible assets, and the net realizable value of inventory. The Company bases these estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that it believes are reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgements about the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

Segments

Operating segments are the components of the Company for which separate financial information is available and that are regularly reviewed by the Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”) in assessing performance and in deciding how to allocate resources to an individual segment. The Company considers its chief executive officer to be the Company’s CODM. The CODM manages business operations, evaluates performance, and allocates resources based on the Company’s consolidated net revenues and contribution margin.

Prior to the third quarter of 2022, the Company concluded it had two operating segments, Beachbody and Other, and one reportable segment, Beachbody. During the third quarter of 2022, in connection with the consolidation of its Openfit streaming fitness offering onto a single Beachbody digital platform, the Company determined that it has one operating and reportable segment and changed its segment reporting accordingly.

Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Fair Value Measurements

For assets and liabilities that are measured using quoted prices in active markets for identical assets or liabilities, the total fair value is the published market price per unit multiplied by the number of units held without consideration of transaction costs (Level 1). Assets and liabilities that are measured using significant other observable inputs are valued by reference to similar assets or liabilities, such as quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities, quoted prices in markets that are not active, or other inputs that are observable or can be corroborated by observable market data (Level 2). For all remaining assets and liabilities for which there are no significant observable inputs, fair value is derived using an assessment of various discount rates, default risk, credit quality, and the overall capital market liquidity (Level 3). These valuations require significant judgment.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

Cash and cash equivalents include:

cash held in checking and money market funds;
amounts in transit from payment processors for customer credit and debit card transactions; and
highly liquid investments with original maturities of three months or less at the time of acquisition.

The Company maintains its cash at financial institutions, and the balances, at times, may exceed federally insured limits. The Company has not experienced any losses in such accounts. The Company mitigates its risk by placing funds in high-credit quality financial institutions and utilizing nightly sweeps into U.S. Treasury funds for certain cash accounts. Consequently, the Company believes it is not exposed to any significant risk on its cash and cash equivalents balances.

Inventory, Net

Inventory consists of raw materials, work in process, and finished goods. Inventory is accounted for using the first-in, first-out method and is valued at the lower of cost or net realizable value. The Company records a reserve or adjusts the carrying value of inventory based on assumptions regarding future demand for the Company’s products, anticipated margin, planned product discontinuances, and the physical condition (e.g. age and quality) of the inventory.

68


Content Assets, Net

The Company capitalizes costs associated with the development and production of programs on its streaming platforms. The Company capitalizes production costs as customer usage and retention data supports that future revenue will be earned. These costs are classified as non-current assets in the consolidated balance sheets.

Content assets are predominantly monetized as a film group and are amortized over the estimated useful life based on projected usage, which has been derived from historical viewing patterns, resulting in an accelerated amortization pattern. Amortization begins when the program is first available for streaming by customers and is recorded in the consolidated statements of operations as a component of digital cost of revenue. When an event or change in circumstances indicates a change in projected usage, content assets are reviewed for potential impairment in aggregate at a group level. To date, the Company has not identified any such event or changes in circumstances.

Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, which includes computer software and web development costs, are stated at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is recorded on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which primarily range from two to seven years and up to 39 years for buildings. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the life of the assets or the remaining life of the related lease. Costs of maintenance, repairs, and minor replacements are expensed when incurred, while expenditures for major renewals and betterments that extend the useful life of an asset or provide additional utility are capitalized.

Software and web development projects in-process consist primarily of costs associated with internally developed software that has not yet been placed into service. The Company capitalizes eligible costs to acquire develop, or modify internal-use software that are incurred subsequent to the preliminary project stage. Depreciation of these assets begins upon the initial usage of the software.

When property is sold or otherwise disposed of, the cost and related accumulated depreciation are removed from the accounts and any resulting gain or loss is included in net income (loss).

Business Combinations

The Company accounts for business combinations under the acquisition method of accounting. The cost of an acquired company is assigned to the tangible and identifiable assets purchased and the liabilities assumed on the basis of their fair values at the date of acquisition. Any excess of the purchase price over the fair value of tangible and intangible assets acquired is assigned to goodwill. The transaction costs associated with business combinations are expensed as they are incurred.

Goodwill and Indefinite-Lived Intangible Assets

Goodwill represents the excess of the fair value of the consideration transferred in a business combination over the fair value of the underlying identifiable assets and liabilities acquired. Goodwill and intangible assets deemed to have an indefinite life are not amortized. Instead, goodwill and indefinite-lived intangible assets are assessed for impairment annually or more frequently if an event or change in circumstances occurs that, with respect to goodwill, would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value or, for indefinite-lived intangible assets, indicate that it is more likely than not that the asset is impaired.

Goodwill

Due to the sustained decline in the Company’s market capitalization and macro-economic conditions observed in the second quarter of 2022, the Company performed an interim test for impairment of its goodwill as of June 30, 2022. In performing the interim impairment test for goodwill, the Company elected to bypass the optional qualitative test and proceeded to perform quantitative tests by comparing the carrying value of each reporting unit to its estimated fair value. The Company previously tested its reporting units for impairment as of December 31, 2021, which resulted in an impairment and write-off of all goodwill in the Company’s Other reporting unit. The results of the Company’s interim test for impairment at June 30, 2022 concluded that the fair value of its Beachbody reporting unit exceeded its carrying value, resulting in no impairment.

As a result of the change in segment reporting discussed above, the Company completed a qualitative test for impairment of its goodwill by reporting unit both prior to and subsequent to the change. The qualitative assessment is an evaluation of whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying amount.

69


In performing its qualitative assessment, the Company considered the significant margin by which the fair value of its reporting unit exceeded carrying value in its most recent quantitative test in addition to events and changes in circumstances since its most recent quantitative test that could have significantly impacted the assumptions used in the valuation. Based on this qualitative assessment, the Company concluded that no impairment indicators existed for goodwill both prior to and subsequent to the change in segment reporting.

The Company completed the required annual impairment test for goodwill as of October 1, 2022. The Company performed a quantitative assessment, in which it estimated the fair value of its reporting unit and determined that the fair value of its reporting unit was greater than its carrying value, resulting in no impairment.

The Company also performed an interim test for impairment of its goodwill as of December 31, 2022 due to the sustained decline in the Company’s market capitalization observed in the fourth quarter of 2022. The Company elected to bypass the optional qualitative test and proceeded to perform a quantitative test by comparing the carrying value of its reporting unit to estimated fair value. The fair value of the reporting unit exceeded its carrying value, resulting in no impairment.

Indefinite-lived Intangible Assets

During the three months ended March 31, 2022, the Company determined that one of its acquired trade names no longer had an indefinite life. The Company tested the trade name for impairment before changing the useful life and determined there was no impairment based on its assessment of fair value. The Company is prospectively amortizing the trade name over its remaining estimated useful life of two years beginning January 1, 2022. The Company recorded $7.5 million, or $0.02 per share, of amortization expense for this trade name as a component of selling and marketing expenses for the year ended December 31, 2022.

The Company performed an interim test for impairment of its indefinite-lived intangible asset as of September 30, 2022 due to reduced revenue and margin forecasts for certain products. The fair value of the indefinite-lived trade name was calculated using a relief-from-royalty approach and was determined to be lower than its carrying value, primarily as a result of reduced revenue and margin forecasts for certain supplements. As a result, the Company recorded a $1.0 million non-cash impairment charge for this intangible asset during the year ended December 31, 2022.

As of December 31, 2022, the Company had no indefinite-lived intangible assets.

Long-Lived Assets

Management reviews long-lived assets (including property and equipment, content assets, and definite-lived intangible assets) for impairment whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. Recoverability of assets is determined by first grouping the long-lived assets at the lowest level for which there are identifiable cash flows, and then comparing the carrying value of each asset group to its forecasted undiscounted cash flows. If the forecasted undiscounted cash flows indicates that the carrying value of the assets is not recoverable, an impairment test of the asset group is performed. Impairment is recognized if the carrying amount of the asset group exceeds its fair value.

Due to reduced revenue and operating income forecasts, the Company tested its asset group for recoverability as of December 31, 2022 and determined that the asset group was not recoverable. The fair value of the assets within the asset group was then calculated to determine whether an impairment loss should be recognized. The fair values of the customer-related, technology-based, and trade name intangible assets were estimated primarily using a relief-from-royalty approach and calculated to be lower than the carrying value. As a result, the Company recorded an aggregate impairment charge of $18.9 million.

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company’s long-lived assets were located in the U.S.

Leases

The Company accounts for its leases of administrative offices and production studios under ASC 842, Leases; the Company does not have any leases where it acts as a lessor. Under this guidance, arrangements meeting the definition of a lease are classified as operating or finance leases and are recorded on the consolidated balance sheets as both a right-of-use asset and lease liability, calculated by discounting fixed lease payments over the lease term at the rate implicit in the lease or the Company’s incremental borrowing rate. Lease liabilities are increased by interest and reduced by payments each period, and the right-of-use asset is amortized over the lease term. For operating leases,

70


interest on the lease liability and the amortization of the right-of-use asset results in straight-lined rent expense over the lease term. For finance leases, interest on the lease liability and the amortization of the right-of-use asset results in front-loaded expense over the lease term. Variable lease expenses are recorded when incurred.

In calculating the right-of-use asset and lease liability, the Company elected to combine lease and non-lease components. Rental income on subleases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the estimated lease term. The Company excludes short-term leases having initial terms of 12 months or less as an accounting policy election and instead recognizes rent expense on a straight-line basis over the lease term for such leases.

Common Stock Warrant Liabilities

The Company assumed 10,000,000 warrants originally issued in Forest Road’s initial public offering (the “Public Warrants”) and 5,333,333 warrants issued in a private placement that closed concurrently with Forest Road’s initial public offering (the “Private Placement Warrants”), upon the Business Combination. The Public and Private Placement Warrants entitle the holder to purchase one share of Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $11.50 per share. All of the Public and Private Placement Warrants remained outstanding as of December 31, 2022 and 2021. The Public Warrants are publicly traded and became exercisable on November 30, 2021. If the Company calls the Public Warrants for redemption, management will have the option to require all holders that wish to exercise the Public Warrants to do so on a cashless basis, as described in the warrant agreement. In no event will the Company be required to net cash settle any warrant. The Private Placement Warrants are transferable, assignable or salable in certain limited exceptions. The Private Placement Warrants were not transferable, assignable or salable until July 25, 2021, subject to certain limited exceptions. The Private Placement Warrants are exercisable for cash or on a cashless basis, at the holder’s option, and are non-redeemable so long as they are held by the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees. If the Private Placement Warrants are held by someone other than the initial purchasers or their permitted transferees, the Private Placement Warrants will cease to be Private Placement Warrants, will become Public Warrants, and will be redeemable by the Company and exercisable by such holders on the same basis as the other Public Warrants.

In connection with the Term Loan, the Company issued warrants for the purchase of 4,716,756 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.85 per share to certain holders affiliated with Blue Torch Finance, LLC (the “Term Loan Warrants”). The Term Loan warrants vest on a monthly basis over four years and have a seven-year term.

The Company evaluated the Public, Private Placement and Term Loan Warrants under ASC 815, Derivatives and Hedging—Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity, and concluded they do not meet the criteria to be classified in stockholders’ equity. Specifically, the exercise of the Public, Private Placement and Term Loan Warrants may be settled in cash upon the occurrence of a tender offer or exchange that involves 50% or more of our Class A stockholders. Because not all of the voting stockholders need to participate in such tender offer or exchange to trigger the potential cash settlement and the Company does not control the occurrence of such an event, the Company concluded that the Public, Private Placement and Term Loan Warrants do not meet the conditions to be classified in equity. Since the Public, Private Placement and Term Loan Warrants meet the definition of a derivative under ASC 815, the Company recorded these warrants as other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets at fair value, with subsequent changes in their respective fair values recognized in the change in fair value of warrant liabilities within the consolidated statements of operations at each reporting date. The Public Warrants are publicly traded and thus have an observable market price to estimate fair value. The Private Placement and Term Loan Warrants are valued using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model as described in Note 4, Fair Value Measurements, to the consolidated financial statements.

The fair values of the Public Warrants and Private Placement Warrants were remeasured as of December 31, 2021, resulting in a $56.0 million non-cash change in fair value gain in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2021. Transaction costs and advisory fees allocated to the issuance of the Public and Private Placement Warrants of $5.3 million were also recorded as a component of change in fair value of warrant liabilities in the consolidated statements of operations, resulting in a net change in fair value of warrant liabilities of $50.7 million for the year ended December 31, 2021. The fair values of the Public, Private Placement, and Term Loan Warrants were remeasured as of December 31, 2022, resulting in a $8.3 million non-cash change in fair value gain in the consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2022.

71


Investment in Convertible Instrument

In December 2020 and March 2021, the Company purchased a convertible instrument from Myx. The convertible instrument was scheduled to mature 18 months from issuance and bore interest of 11% per annum. The principal and accrued interest on the convertible instrument were subject to automatic conversion upon a qualified financing or a change in control, as defined in the agreement.

Prior to the Business Combination, the Company elected to measure the investment in convertible instrument from Myx using the fair value option at each reporting date. Under the fair value option, bifurcation of an embedded derivative was not necessary, and all related gains and losses on the host contract and derivative due to change in the fair value was reflected in other income, net in the consolidated statements of operations.

In connection with the Business Combination, the principal of $15.0 million and interest were effectively settled at a fair value of $18.4 million.

Other Investment

As of December 31, 2022, the Company has an investment in equity securities of a privately-held company of $5.0 million, with no readily determinable fair value. This equity investment is reported within other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. The Company uses the measurement alternative for this investment, and its carrying value is reported at cost, adjusted for impairments or any observable price changes in ordinary transactions with identical or similar instruments. As of December 31, 2022, no adjustments to the carrying value of this investment were made.

Revenue Recognition

The Company’s primary sources of revenue are from sales of digital subscriptions, nutritional products, and connected fitness equipment. The Company records revenue when it fulfills its performance obligation to transfer control of the goods or services to its customer and defers revenue when it receives payments in advance of fulfilling its performance obligations. Control of shipped items is generally transferred when the product is delivered to the customer. Control of services, which are primarily digital subscriptions, transfers over time, and as such, revenue is recognized ratably over the subscription period (up to 38 months), using a mid-month convention. The Company markets and sells its products primarily in the United States, Canada, United Kingdom, and France.

The amount of revenue recognized is the consideration that the Company expects it will be entitled to receive in exchange for transferring goods or services to its customers. Revenue is recorded net of expected returns, discounts, and credit card chargebacks, which are estimated using the Company’s historical experience. The Company sells a variety of bundled products that combine digital subscriptions, nutritional products, and/or other fitness products. The Company considers these sales to be revenue arrangements with multiple performance obligations and allocates the transaction price to each performance obligation based on its relative stand-alone selling price. Revenue is presented net of sales taxes and value added taxes (VAT and GST/HST) which are collected from customers and remitted to applicable government agencies.

The Company is the principal in all its relationships where third parties sell or distribute the Company’s goods or services. Payments made to the third parties are recorded in selling and marketing expenses within the consolidated statements of operations.

Cost of Revenue

Digital Cost of Revenue

Digital cost of revenue includes costs associated with digital content creation including amortization and revisions of content assets, depreciation of streaming platforms, digital streaming costs, and amortization of digital platform intangible assets. It also includes customer service costs, payment processing fees, depreciation of production equipment, live trainer costs, facilities, and related personnel expenses.

72


Nutrition and Other Cost of Revenue

Nutrition and other cost of revenue includes product costs, shipping, fulfillment and warehousing, customer service, and payment processing fees. It also includes depreciation of nutrition-related e-commerce websites and social commerce platforms, amortization of formulae intangible assets, facilities, and related personnel expenses.

Connected Fitness Cost of Revenue

Connected fitness cost of revenue consists of product costs, including bike and tablet hardware costs, duties and other applicable importing costs, shipping costs, warehousing and logistics costs, costs associated with service calls and repairs of the product under warranty, payment processing and financing fees, customer service expenses, and personnel-related expenses associated with supply chain and logistics.

The costs associated with shipping connected fitness and nutrition and other products to customers were $35.4 million, $45.8 million and $36.3 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Selling and Marketing

Selling and marketing expenses primarily include the costs of Coach and social influencer compensation, advertising, royalties, promotions and events, and third-party sales commissions as well as the personnel-related expenses for employees and consultants associated with these areas. Selling and marketing expenses also include depreciation of certain software and amortization of contract-based intangible assets.

The Company pays Coach and third-party sales commissions when commissionable sales are made. In cases where the underlying revenue is deferred, the Company also defers the commissions and expenses these costs in the same period in which the underlying revenue is recognized. Deferred commissions are included in other current assets and other assets in the consolidated balance sheets and were $32.8 million and $31.7 million as of December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively.

Coaches are also eligible for various bonuses, recognition, and complimentary participation in events, including those based on sales volume. The Company expenses these costs in the period in which they are earned. These expenses as well as Coach commissions earned but not paid are included in accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets.

Advertising costs are primarily comprised of social media, television media, and internet advertising expenses and also include print, radio, and infomercial production costs. Generally, the costs to produce television and web advertising are expensed as incurred, while television media costs are expensed at the time the media airs. Total advertising expense, including the costs to produce infomercials, were $36.9 million, $166.9 million and $98.2 million for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Enterprise Technology and Development

Enterprise technology and development expenses primarily include personnel-related expenses for employees and professional fees paid to consultants who create improvements to and maintain the Company’s enterprise systems applications, hardware, and software. Expenses also include payroll and related costs for employees involved in the research and development of new and existing products and services, enterprise technology hosting expenses, depreciation of enterprise technology-related assets, and equipment leases.

Research and development costs, which are expensed as incurred, were $4.4 million, $4.6 million, and $4.6 million during each of the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 respectively.

Equity-Based Compensation

The Company measures and recognizes expense for all equity-based awards based on their estimated grant date fair values. The Company recognizes the expense on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, and forfeitures are accounted for as they occur. Equity-based compensation expense is included in cost of revenue, selling and marketing, enterprise technology and development, and general and administrative expense within the consolidated statements of operations.

73


Derivative Financial Instruments

The Company uses derivative instruments to manage the effects of fluctuations in foreign currency exchange rates on the Company’s net cash flows. The Company primarily enters into option contracts to hedge forecasted payments, typically for up to 12 months, for cost of revenue, selling and marketing expenses, general and administrative expenses, and intercompany transactions not denominated in the local currencies of the Company’s foreign operations. The Company designates certain of these instruments as cash flow hedges and records them at fair value as either assets or liabilities within the consolidated balance sheets. Certain of these instruments are freestanding derivatives for which hedge accounting does not apply.

Changes in the fair value of cash flow hedges are recorded in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) until the hedged forecasted transaction affects earnings. Deferred gains and losses associated with cash flow hedges of third-party payments are recognized in cost of revenue, selling and marketing, or general and administrative expenses, as applicable, during the period when the hedged underlying transaction affects earnings. Changes in the fair value of certain derivatives for which hedge accounting does not apply are immediately recognized directly in earnings to cost of revenue.

The Company classifies cash flows related to derivative financial instruments as operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows.

Income Taxes

The Company is subject to income taxes in the United States, Canada, and the United Kingdom. The Company accounts for income taxes under the asset and liability method, which requires the recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the expected future tax consequences of events that have been included in the financial statements. Under this method, deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined on the basis of the differences between the financial statement and tax basis of assets and liabilities by using enacted tax rates in effect for the year in which the differences are expected to reverse. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized in income in the period that includes the enactment date.

In evaluating the Company’s ability to recover deferred tax assets, all available positive and negative evidence is analyzed, including historical and current operating results, ongoing tax planning, and forecasts of future taxable income on a jurisdiction-by-jurisdiction basis. Based on the level of losses, the Company has established a valuation allowance to reduce its net deferred tax assets to the amount that is more likely than not to be realized.

The Company records uncertain tax positions on the basis of a two-step process in which (1) the Company determines whether it is more likely than not that the tax positions will be sustained on the basis of the technical merits of the position and (2) for those tax positions that meet the more-likely-than-not recognition threshold, the Company recognizes the largest amount of tax benefit that is more than 50 percent likely to be realized upon ultimate settlement with the related tax authority.

The Company recognizes interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits in interest expense and other income, net, respectively, in the consolidated statements of operations. Accrued interest and penalties are included in accrued expenses and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets.

Foreign Currency

The reporting currency for the consolidated financial statements of the Company is the U.S. dollar. The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries is the local currency of the subsidiaries. The assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates in effect at the end of each reporting period. Revenues and expenses for these subsidiaries are translated at average exchange rates in effect during the applicable period. Translation adjustments are included in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) as a component of stockholders’ equity. Gains and losses related to the recurring measurement and settlement of foreign currency transactions are included as a component of other income, net in the consolidated statements of operations and were a gain of $0.6 million, approximately zero, and $0.2 million during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

74


Earnings (loss) per share

Basic net loss per common share is calculated by dividing net loss allocable to common shareholders by the weighed-average number of common shares outstanding during the period. Diluted net loss per common share adjusts net loss and net loss per common share for the effect of all potentially dilutive shares of the Company’s common stock. Basic and diluted loss per share are the same for each class of common stock because they are entitled to the same liquidation and dividend rights.

Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncement

In August 2020, the FASB issued ASU 2020-06, Debt – Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20) and Derivatives and Hedging – Contracts in Entity’s Own Equity (Subtopic 815-40), to simplify the accounting for certain financial instruments with characteristics of liabilities and equity. The FASB reduced the number of accounting models for convertible debt and convertible preferred stock instruments and made certain disclosure amendments to improve the information provided to users. In addition, the FASB amended the derivative guidance for the “own stock” scope exception and certain aspects of the EPS guidance. The Company adopted this new accounting guidance on a prospective basis on January 1, 2022, and the adoption did not have a material effect on its consolidated financial statements.

Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted

In October 2021, the FASB issued ASU 2021-08, Business Combinations (Topic 805): Accounting for Contract Assets and Contract Liabilities from Contracts with Customers, which requires an acquirer to apply ASC 606 to recognize and measure contract assets and liabilities from contracts with customers acquired in a business combination on the acquisition date rather than the general guidance in ASC 805. The guidance in this update will be effective for public companies for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, including interim periods within those fiscal years with early adoption permitted. The Company is evaluating the potential impact of adopting this guidance on its consolidated financial statements.

In September 2022, the FASB issued ASU 2022-04, Liabilities-Supplier Finance Programs (Topic 405-50) - Disclosure of Supplier Finance Program Obligations, which requires that a buyer in a supplier finance program disclose sufficient information about the program to allow a user of financial statements to understand the program’s nature, activity during the period, changes from period to period, and potential magnitude. The guidance in this update will be effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2022, except for the amendment on roll forward information which is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2023. The Company is evaluating the potential impact of this guidance on its consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

Note 2. Business Combination

As discussed in Note 1, Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies, on June 25, 2021, the Company consummated the Business Combination Agreement, with Old Beachbody surviving the merger as a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company.

At the effective time of the Merger (the “Effective Time”), and subject to the terms and conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, each equity unit of Old Beachbody, other than those held by Carl Daikeler and certain of his affiliated and related entities, was canceled and converted into the right to receive 3.359674941 shares (the “Exchange Ratio”) of the Company’s Class A Common Stock, $0.0001 par value per share (the “Class A Common Stock”), and each equity unit of Old Beachbody held by Carl Daikeler and certain of his affiliated and related entities was canceled and converted into the right to receive the number of shares of the Company’s Class X Common Stock, par value $0.0001 per share, (the “Class X Common Stock,” and, together with the Class A Common Stock, the “Common Stock”) equal to the Exchange Ratio.

Pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement, 3,750,000 shares held by Forest Road Acquisition Sponsor LLC (the “Sponsor”) will be unvested and are subject to forfeiture if certain earnout conditions are not satisfied (“Forest Road Earn-out Shares”). Subject to certain other terms and conditions, the Forest Road Earn-out Shares will vest, in equal tranches of 10% each, commencing on December 22, 2021, upon the occurrence of the Company’s last sale price on the New York Stock Exchange (“NYSE”) exceeding each of the following price-per-share thresholds for any 20 trading days within any consecutive 30-day trading period: $12.00, $13.00, $14.00, $15.00 and $16.00. Any Sponsor Shares that do not vest within 10 years after the Closing Date will be forfeited. The Forest Road Earn-out

75


Shares are accounted for as equity-classified equity instruments, were included as merger consideration as part of the Reverse Recapitalization, and recorded in additional paid-in capital. As of December 31, 2021, all Forest Road Earn-out Shares are unvested.

Upon the closing of the Business Combination, the Company’s certificate of incorporation was amended and restated to, among other things, increase the total number of authorized shares of all classes of capital stock to 2,000,000,000 shares, $0.0001 par value per share, of which, 1,600,000,000 shares are designated as Class A Common Stock, 200,000,000 shares are designated as Class X Common Stock, 100,000,000 shares are designated as Class C Common Stock and 100,000,000 shares are designated as Preferred Stock. The holder of each share of Class A Common Stock is entitled to one vote, the holder of each share of Class X Common Stock is entitled to ten votes, and except as otherwise required by law, the holder of each share of Class C Common Stock is not entitled to any voting powers.

In connection with the Business Combination, a number of subscribers purchased an aggregate of 22,500,000 shares of Class A Common Stock, (the “PIPE”) from the Company, for a purchase price of $10.00 per sharesuch as stock options and an aggregate purchase price of $225.0 million (the “PIPE Shares”), pursuant to separate subscription agreements entered into and effectiverestricted stock units that are vested or exercisable as of February 9, 2021.

Ator within 60 days following April 3, 2023, and shares of Class X Common Stock, are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the Effective Time,person holding those securities for the purpose of computing shares held and subject to the terms and conditions of the Business Combination Agreement, each Myx equity unit was canceled and converted into the right to receive approximately 13.5 million sharespercentage ownership of Class A Common Stock; provided, however,Stock of that certain holders of Myx units received an amount in cash equalperson, but are not deemed to the value of such shares not to exceed $37.7 million.

The following table reconciles the elements of the Business Combination to the consolidated statements of cash flows and the consolidated statements of stockholders’ equitybe outstanding for the year ended December 31, 2021 (in thousands):

 

 

Recapitalization

 

Cash: Forest Road trust and cash, net of redemptions

 

$

216,444

 

Cash: PIPE financing

 

 

225,000

 

Less: Non-cash net assets assumed from Forest Road

 

 

269

 

Less: Fair value of Public and Private Placement Warrants

 

 

(60,900

)

Less: Transaction costs and advisory fees for Beachbody allocated to equity

 

 

(19,923

)

Less: Transaction costs and advisory fees for Forest Road

 

 

(27,059

)

Net Business Combination

 

 

333,831

 

Less: Non-cash net assets assumed from Forest Road

 

 

(269

)

Less: Transaction costs and advisory fees for Beachbody allocated to warrants

 

 

(5,337

)

Add: Non-cash fair value of Public and Private Placement Warrants

 

 

60,900

 

Net cash contributions from Business Combination

 

$

389,125

 

purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person. The Company recorded transaction costs and advisory fees allocated to warrants as a component of change in fair value of warrant liabilities in the consolidated statements of operations.

The numberpercentage of shares of Common Stock issued immediately following the consummation of the Business Combination:

Common stock of Forest Road, net of redemptions

21,616,515

Forest Road shares held by the Sponsor (1)

7,500,000

PIPE shares

22,500,000

Business Combination and PIPE Shares - Class A Common Stock

51,616,515

Myx equity units - Class A Common Stock

13,546,503

Old Beachbody equity units - Class A Common Stock (2)

101,762,614

Old Beachbody equity units - Class X Common Stock (3)

141,250,310

Total shares of Common Stock immediately after Business Combination

308,175,942

(1) Includes 3,750,000 Forest Road Earn-out Shares.

76


(2) The number of Old Beachbody equity units - Class A Common Stock was determined from 20,220,589 common units and 10,068,841 preferred units of Old Beachbody outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination converted at the Exchange Ratio.

(3) The number of Old Beachbody equity units - Class X Common Stock was determined from 42,042,850 common units of Old Beachbody outstanding immediately prior to the closing of the Business Combination converted at the Exchange Ratio.

Note 3. Revenue

The Company’s revenue disaggregated by geographic region is as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Geographic region:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

United States

 

$

620,942

 

 

$

787,083

 

 

$

786,186

 

Rest of world1

 

 

71,257

 

 

 

86,562

 

 

 

77,396

 

Total revenue

 

$

692,199

 

 

$

873,645

 

 

$

863,582

 

1 Consists of Canada, United Kingdom and France. No single country accounted for more than 10% of the Company’s total revenue.

Deferred Revenue

Deferred revenue is recorded for nonrefundable cash payments received for the Company’s performance obligation to transfer, or stand ready to transfer, goods or services in the future. Deferred revenue consists of subscription fees billed that have not been recognized and physical products sold that have not yet been delivered. During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company recognized $106.5 million of revenue that was included in the deferred revenue balance as of December 31, 2021. During the year ended December 31, 2021, the Company recognized $93.3 million of revenue that was included in the deferred revenue balance as of December 31, 2020. During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company recognized $67.7 million of revenue that was included in the deferred revenue balance as of December 31, 2019.

Note 4. Fair Value Measurements

The Company’s financial assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis and the level of inputs used for such measurements were as follows (in thousands):

77


 

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative assets

 

$

 

 

$

462

 

 

$

 

Total assets

 

$

 

 

$

462

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public Warrants

 

$

415

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Private Placement Warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

107

 

Term Loan Warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1,226

 

Total liabilities

 

$

415

 

 

$

 

 

$

1,333

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

 

Level 1

 

 

Level 2

 

 

Level 3

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivative assets

 

$

 

 

$

314

 

 

$

 

Total assets

 

$

 

 

$

314

 

 

$

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Public Warrants

 

$

2,701

 

 

$

 

 

$

 

Private Placement Warrants

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

2,133

 

Total liabilities

 

$

2,701

 

 

$

 

 

$

2,133

 

Fair values of cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses and the Term Loan approximate their recorded values. The fair value of the Public Warrants, which trade in active markets,beneficially owned is based on quoted market prices. The fair value of derivative instruments is based on Level 2 inputs such as observable forward rates, spot rates, and foreign currency exchange rates. The Company’s Private Placement Warrants and Term Loan Warrants are classified within Level 3 of the fair value hierarchy because their fair values are based on significant inputs that are unobservable in the market.

Private Placement Warrants

The Company determined the fair value of the Private Placement Warrants using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model and the quoted price of the Company’s Class A Common Stock. Volatility was based on the implied volatility derived from the average of the actual market activity of the Company’s peer group. The expected life was based on the remaining contractual term of the Private Placement Warrants, and the risk-free interest rate was based on the implied yield available on U.S. treasury securities with a maturity equivalent to the warrants’ expected life. The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the Private Placement Warrants is the implied volatility. Significant changes in the implied volatility would result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement, respectively.

The following table presents significant assumptions utilized in the valuation of the Private Placement Warrants on December 31, 2022 and 2021:

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Risk-free rate

 

 

4.2

%

 

 

1.2

%

Dividend yield rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

Volatility

 

 

75.0

%

 

 

65.0

%

Contractual term (in years)

 

 

3.49

 

 

 

4.49

 

Exercise price

 

$

11.50

 

 

$

11.50

 

The following table presents changes in the fair value of the Private Placement Warrants for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 (in thousands):

78


 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Balance, beginning of period

 

$

2,133

 

 

$

 

Assumed in Business Combination

 

 

 

 

 

26,400

 

Change in fair value

 

 

(2,026

)

 

 

(24,267

)

Balance, end of period

 

$

107

 

 

$

2,133

 

For the year ended December 31, 2022, the change in the fair value of the Private Placement Warrants resulted from the change in price of the Company’s Class A Common Stock, remaining contractual term, and risk-free rate. The changes in fair value are included in the consolidated statements of operations as a component of change in fair value of warrant liabilities and in the consolidated balance sheets as other liabilities.

Term Loan Warrants

The Company determined the fair value of the Term Loan Warrants using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model and the quoted price of the Company’s Class A Common Stock. Volatility was based on the implied volatility derived primarily from the average of the actual market activity of the Company’s peer group. The expected life was based on the remaining contractual term of the Term Loan Warrants, and the risk-free interest rate was based on the implied yield available on U.S. treasury securities with a maturity equivalent to the warrants’ expected life. The significant unobservable input used in the fair value measurement of the Term Loan Warrants is the implied volatility. Significant changes in the implied volatility would result in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement, respectively. See Note 12, Debt, for additional information regarding the Term Loan Warrants.

The following table presents significant assumptions utilized in the valuation of the Term Loan Warrants on the Effective Date and at December 31, 2022:

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

August 8, 2022

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Risk-free rate

 

 

4.0

%

 

 

2.9

%

Dividend yield rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

Volatility

 

 

75.0

%

 

 

75.0

%

Contractual term (in years)

 

 

6.61

 

 

 

7.00

 

Exercise price

 

$

1.85

 

 

$

1.85

 

The following table presents changes in the fair value of the Term Loan Warrants for the year ended December 31, 2022:

 

 

 

Year ended December 31,

 

 

 

 

2022

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

 

$

 

Issued in connection with Term Loan

 

 

 

5,236

 

Change in fair value

 

 

 

(4,010

)

Balance, end of year

 

 

$

1,226

 

Investment in Convertible Instrument

Prior to the Business Combination, the convertible instrument was valued using a scenario-based analysis. Two primary scenarios were considered to arrive at the valuation for the convertible instrument. The first scenario considered the probability-weighted value of conversion at the stated discount to the issue price in a change in control event. The second scenario considered the probability-weighted value of conversion at the stated discount to the issue price in a qualified financing event. As of the date of the investment in the convertible instrument, an implied yield was calculated such that the sum of the value of the straight debt and the value of the conversion feature was equal to the principal investment amount. The implied yield of the investment was carried forward with a market adjustment and used as the primary discount rate for subsequent valuation dates.

The significant unobservable inputs used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s investment in the convertible instrument were the probabilities of Myx closing a future qualified financing or change of control, which would trigger conversion of the convertible instrument, probabilities as to the periods in which the outcomes were expected to be achieved, and discount rate. Significant changes in the probabilities of the completion of the future

79


qualified financing or change in control would have resulted in a significantly higher or lower fair value measurement, respectively. Significant changes in the probabilities of the period in which outcomes would be achieved would have resulted in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement, respectively.

The following table presents changes in the investment in convertible instrument from Myx measured at fair value for the year ended December 31, 2021 (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

Balance, beginning of year

 

$

10,288

 

Investment in convertible instrument

 

 

5,000

 

Change in fair value

 

 

3,114

 

Conversion of investment

 

 

(18,402

)

Balance, end of year

 

$

 

For the year ended December 31, 2021, the change in the fair value of the investment in convertible instrument resulted from the effective settlement of the instrument. The change in fair value is included in the consolidated statements of operations as a component of other income, net.

Note 5. Inventory, Net

Inventory, net consists of the following (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Raw materials and work in process

 

$

13,380

 

 

$

24,436

 

Finished goods

 

 

40,680

 

 

 

108,294

 

Total inventory

 

$

54,060

 

 

$

132,730

 

Adjustments to the carrying value of inventory for excess inventory and inventory on hand and inventory purchase commitments to net realizable value were $39.8 million, $17.5 million and $2.8 million during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively. These adjustments are included in the consolidated statements of operations as a component of nutrition and other cost of revenue and connected fitness cost of revenue.

Note 6. Other Current Assets

Other current assets consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Deferred coach costs

 

$

31,270

 

 

$

30,928

 

Deposits

 

 

4,527

 

 

 

8,915

 

Accounts receivable, net

 

 

866

 

 

 

1,225

 

Other

 

 

2,585

 

 

 

2,659

 

Total other current assets

 

$

39,248

 

 

$

43,727

 

80


Note 7. Property and Equipment, Net

Property and equipment, net consists of the following (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Computer software

 

$

236,533

 

 

$

231,943

 

Computer equipment

 

 

24,240

 

 

 

23,691

 

Buildings

 

 

5,158

 

 

 

5,158

 

Leasehold improvements

 

 

4,600

 

 

 

5,157

 

Furniture, fixtures and equipment

 

 

1,222

 

 

 

2,442

 

Computer software and web development projects in-process

 

 

5,147

 

 

 

26,490

 

Property and equipment, gross

 

 

276,900

 

 

 

294,881

 

Less: Accumulated depreciation

 

 

(202,753

)

 

 

(181,783

)

Property and equipment, net

 

$

74,147

 

 

$

113,098

 

During the year ended December 31, 2022, primarily due to the consolidation of the Company’s digital platforms and office lease assignment, the Company disposed of certain property and equipment no longer in use. The Company recognized a net loss related to these disposals of $1.2 million during the year ended December 31, 2022, which is reflected in nutrition and other cost of revenue and technology and development, general and administrative, and restructuring expenses in the consolidated statements of operations.

The Company recorded depreciation expense related to property and equipment in the following expense categories of its consolidated statements of operations as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cost of revenue

 

$

27,137

 

 

$

18,160

 

 

$

13,619

 

Selling and marketing

 

 

381

 

 

 

1,471

 

 

 

2,220

 

Enterprise technology and development

 

 

28,833

 

 

 

25,290

 

 

 

21,274

 

General and administrative

 

 

242

 

 

 

4,104

 

 

 

3,014

 

Total depreciation

 

$

56,593

 

 

$

49,025

 

 

$

40,127

 

Note 8. Content Assets, Net

Content assets, net consist of the following (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Released, less amortization

 

$

34,713

 

 

$

35,936

 

In production

 

 

175

 

 

 

3,411

 

Content assets, net

 

$

34,888

 

 

$

39,347

 

The Company expects $19.8 million of content assets to be amortized during the next 12 months and 100% of the balance within three years. The Company recorded amortization expense for content assets of $24.3 million, $14.8 million and $7.5 million during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

Note 9. Acquisitions

Myx

The Company acquired 100% of the equity of Myx pursuant to the Business Combination Agreement. The following summarizes the consideration transferred on the Closing Date for the Myx acquisition (in thousands):

81


Purchase Price

 

 

 

Cash consideration (1)

 

$

37,700

 

Share consideration (2)

 

 

162,558

 

Fair value of Myx instrument held by Old Beachbody (3)

 

 

18,402

 

Promissory note held by Old Beachbody (4)

 

 

4,216

 

Total consideration

 

$

222,876

 

(1) Cash consideration includes, among other things, the payoff of certain of Myx’s existing debt obligations, payments of certain of Myx’s transaction expenses, and cash payments as consideration for certain Myx equity units.

(2) Share consideration was calculated based on 13,546,503177,004,131 shares of Class A Common Stock issued multipliedoutstanding as of April 3, 2023. Except as affected by applicable community property laws, or as set forth in the share closing price on the Closing Date of $12.00.footnotes, all persons listed have sole voting and investment power for all shares shown as beneficially owned by them.

(3) Fair value of Myx instrument held by Old Beachbody was effectively settled on the Closing Date, see Note 1, Description of Business and Summary of Significant Accounting Policies.

Name and Address of Beneficial Owner(3)

  Class A
Common
Stock
   Percentage
of Class
  Class X
Common
Stock
   Percentage
of Class(1)
  Combined
Voting
Power(2)
 

Named Executive Officers and Directors

        

Carl Daikeler(4)

   137,101,536    44.1  133,649,614    94.6  84.3

Marc Suidan(5)

   619,515    *   —      —     * 

Sue Collyns(6)

   3,268,963    1.8  —      —     * 

Blake Bilstad(7)

   292,271    *   —      —     * 

Michael Neimand(8)

   2,222,111    1.2  —      —     * 

Kathy Vrabeck(9)

   1,306,279    *   —      —     * 

Mary Conlin(10)

   216,551    *   —      —     * 

Kristin Frank(11)

   232,763    *   —      —     * 

Michael Heller(12)

   4,357,866    2.5  —      —     * 

Ann Lundy

   —      *   —      —     * 

Kevin Mayer(13)

   1,529,051    *   —      —     * 

John Salter(14)

   216,551    *   —      —     * 

Ben Van de Bunt(15)

   367,736    *   —      —     * 
  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

   

 

 

  

 

 

 

All Executive Officers and Directors as a Group (12 Persons)

   148,462,230    46.6  133,649,614    94.6  84.7

Five Percent Stockholders

        

Raine Entities(16)

   37,685,997    21.3  —      —     2.4

Jon Congdon(17)

   17,826,629    10.1  —      —     1.1

*

Means less than 1%.

(1)

Based on 141,250,310 shares of Class X Common Stock outstanding as of April 3, 2023.

(2)

Based on 177,004,131 shares of Class A Common Stock and 141,250,310 shares of Class X Common Stock outstanding as of April 3, 2023, and the shares of Class A Common Stock and Class X Common Stock held by such person (or group) on April 3, 2023 exclusive of any stock options or RSUs outstanding on April 3, 2023. Each share of our Class A Common Stock outstanding on the record date is entitled to one vote per share and each share of our Class X Common Stock outstanding on the record date is entitled to ten votes per share.

(3)

Unless otherwised noted, the business address for each of the following entities or individuals is c/o The Beachbody Company, 400 Continental Blvd., 4th Floor, El Segundo, CA 90245.

(4) In April and June 2021, Old Beachbody entered into promissory note agreements with Myx. Such promissory notes were effectively settled on the Closing Date.32


(4)

Represents (i) 133,649,614 shares of Class X Common Stock held by the Carl Daikeler & Isabelle Brousseau Daikeler Revocable Trust that are convertible into shares of Class A Common Stock on a one-for-one basis; (ii) 3,199,946 shares of Class A Common Stock held directly by Mr. Daikeler; and (iii) 251,976 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to options that are currently vested or will vest within 60 days following April 3, 2023.

(5)

Represents 226,075 shares of Class A Common Stock, and 256,828 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to options, and 136,612 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to RSUs, that are currently vested or will vest within 60 days following April 3, 2023.

(6)

Represents 3,268,963 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to options that are currently vested or will vest within 60 days following April 3, 2023. Class A Common Stock ownership is based on information known as of May 31, 2022, which was Ms. Collyns last day of employment with us.

(7)

Represents 140,788 shares of Class A Common Stock and 151,483 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to options that are currently vested or will vest within 60 days following April 3, 2023.

(8)

Represents 201,686 shares of Class A Common Stock and 2,020,425 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to options that are currently vested or will vest within 60 days following April 3, 2023.

(9)

Represents 965,528 shares of Class A Common Stock, and 303,268 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to options, and 37,483 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to RSUs, that are currently vested or will vest within 60 days following April 3, 2023.

(10)

Represents 26,075 shares of Class A Common Stock and 190,476 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to RSUs that will vest within 60 days following April 3, 2023.

(11)

Represents 42,287 shares of Class A Common Stock and 190,476 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to RSUs that will vest within 60 days following April 3, 2023

(12)

Represents 4,167,390 shares of Class A Common Stock and 190,476 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to RSUs that will vest within 60 days following April 3, 2023.

(13)

Represents (i) 1,338,575 shares of Class A Common Stock, of which 656,250 shares of Class A Common Stock are restricted and subject to performance conditions and forfeiture, and (ii) 190,476 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to RSUs that will vest within 60 days following April 3, 2023.

(14)

Represents 26,075 shares of Class A Common Stock and 190,476 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to RSUs that will vest within 60 days following April 3, 2023. Mr. Salter has assigned his rights, title and interests in these shares and the RSUs to the Raine Group. See Footnote 15.

(15)

Represents 26,075 shares of Class A Common Stock, and 151,185 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to options, and 190,476 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to RSUs, that are currently vested or will vest within 60 days following April 3, 2023.

(16)

Based on an amendment to Schedule 13D filed with the SEC on February 1, 2023 reporting ownership as of January 19, 2022 by RPIII Rainsanity LP, a Delaware limited partnership (Rainsanity), RPIII Rainsanity Co-Invest 1 LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (RPIII Co-Invest 1), RPIII Corp SPV Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (SPV Management), , RPIII Corp Aggregator LP, a Delaware limited partnership (Corp Aggregator); Raine Associates III Corp (AIV 2) GP LP, a Cayman Islands limited partnership (Raine Associates); Raine Management LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (Raine Management), The Raine Group LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (The Raine Group), and Raine Holdings LLC, a Delaware limited liability company (Raine Holdings). Rainsanity holds 33,553,362 shares and RPIII Co-Invest 1 holds 3,916,084 shares of Class A Common Stock. SPV Management is the general partner of Rainsanity. Corp Aggregator is the sole manager of SPV Management. Raine Associates is the general partner of Corp Aggregator and RPIII Co-Invest 1’s manager. Raine Management is the general partner of Raine Associates. Raine Group is the manager of Raine Management. Raine Holdings is the majority member of Raine Group. John Salter has assigned all rights, title, and interest in his grants of equity for his service as a director of the Issuer, to Raine Group or its affiliates. As a result, Raine Management may also be deemed to beneficially own 26,075 shares of Class A Common Stock and 190,476 shares of Class A Common Stock subject to RSUs that will vest within 60 days following April 3, 2023 held by Mr. Salter. Accordingly, each of Raine Group and Raine Holdings may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of Class A Common Stock underlying the securities held of record by Mr. Salter, each of Raine Associates and Raine Management may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of Class A Common

33


Stock held by Rainsanity and RPIII Co-Invest 1, and SPV Management and Corp Aggregator may be deemed to beneficially own the shares of Class A Common Stock held by Rainsanity. Each of these entities has expressly disclaimed beneficial ownership of the shares other than those shares held of record by such entity. The principal office and business address of each entity is 65 East 55th Street, 24th Floor, New York, NY 10022.
(17)

Based on information known as of December 31, 2022, which was Mr. Congdon’s last date of employment with us.

Equity Compensation Plan Information

The following table summarizes the fair value of assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in thousands):

(in thousands)

 

 

 

Allocation

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

$

158,798

 

Intangible assets:

 

 

 

Trade name/Trademark

 

 

43,700

 

Developed technology

 

 

14,000

 

Customer relationships

 

 

20,400

 

 

 

 

78,100

 

Cash acquired

 

 

420

 

Inventory, net

 

 

10,639

 

Other assets

 

 

3,354

 

Content assets

 

 

3,400

 

Deferred revenue

 

 

(2,168

)

Other liabilities

 

 

(14,487

)

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(15,180

)

 

 

$

222,876

 

The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired, including identifiable intangible assets, is recorded as goodwill. Goodwill is primarily attributable to the assembled workforce of Myx and expected synergies from combining operations. Goodwill recognized was allocated to both operating segments and is generally not deductible for tax purposes.

The fair values of the trade name and trademark intangible assets were determined using an income approach, specifically, the relief-from-royalty approach, which is a commonly accepted valuation approach. This approach is based on the assumption that, in lieu of ownership, a firm would be willing to pay a royalty in order to exploit the related benefits of this asset. Therefore, a portion of Myx’s earnings, equal to the after-tax royalty that would have been paid for the use of the asset, can be attributed to the firm’s ownership. The fair value of the developed technology intangible asset was also determined by the relief-from-royalty approach. The fair value of the customer relationships intangible asset was determined by using an income approach, specifically a multi-period excess earnings approach, which is a commonly accepted valuation approach. Under this approach, the net earnings attributable to the asset or liability being measured are isolated using the discounted projected net cash flows. These projected cash flows are isolated from the projected cash flows of the combined asset group over the remaining economic life of the intangible asset or liability being measured. Both the amount and the duration of the cash flows are considered from a market participant perspective. Where appropriate, the net cash flows were adjusted to reflect the potential attrition of existing customers in the future, as existing customers are a “wasting” asset and are expected to decline over time.

82


The following unaudited pro forma financialprovides information presents the combined results of operations of the Company and Myx as if the companies had been combined as of January 1, 2020. The unaudited pro forma financial information includes the accounting effects of the business combination, including amortization of intangible assets. The unaudited pro forma financial information is presented for information purposes only and is not indicative of the results of operations that would have been achieved if the acquisition had taken place at the beginning of the periods presented, nor should it be taken as an indication of the Company’s future consolidated results of operations.

(in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Pro forma combined:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

904,861

 

 

$

893,253

 

Net loss

 

 

(164,765

)

 

 

(52,823

)

Ladder

In September 2020, the Company acquired Ladder, a sports nutrition company, to enhance the Openfit platform by providing premium, NSF-certified supplements developed and endorsed by elite athletes. The following table summarizes the components of consideration and the fair value estimates of assets acquired and liabilities assumed (in thousands):

Purchase Price

 

 

 

Common units issued in connection with acquisition (1)

 

$

27,889

 

 

 

 

 

Allocation

 

 

 

Goodwill

 

$

11,606

 

Intangible assets:

 

 

 

Trade name

 

 

7,500

 

Customer-related

 

 

300

 

Formulae

 

 

1,950

 

Talent and representation contracts

 

 

10,300

 

 

 

 

20,050

 

Cash acquired

 

 

1,247

 

Other assets acquired

 

 

1,132

 

Liabilities acquired

 

 

(1,834

)

Deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(4,312

)

 

 

$

27,889

 

(1) The fair value of common units issued in connection with the acquisition was calculated based on 1,449,537 common units of Old Beachbody multiplied by the estimated fair value per unit of $19.24.

The excess of the purchase price over the estimated fair values of the net assets acquired, including identifiable intangible assets, was recorded as goodwill. Goodwill was primarily attributable to the assembled workforce of Ladder and expected synergies from combining operations. Goodwill recognized was allocated to the Company’s Other operating segment and is generally not deductible for tax purposes. The revenue from Ladder included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $0.7 million. The operating loss from Ladder included in the Company’s consolidated statements of operations for the year ended December 31, 2020 was $0.9 million.

The following unaudited pro forma financial information presents the combined results of operations as if Ladder had been combined with the Company as of January 1, 2019. The unaudited pro forma financial information includes the accounting effects of the business combination, including amortization of intangible assets. The unaudited pro forma financial information is presented for information purposes only and is not indicative of the results of operations that

83


would have been achieved if the acquisition had taken place at the beginning of the period presented, nor should it be taken as indication of the Company’s future consolidated results of operations.

(in thousands)

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2020

 

Pro forma combined:

 

 

 

Revenue

 

$

865,757

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

(29,272

)

Note 10. Goodwill and Intangible Assets, Net

Goodwill

Changes in goodwill for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021 are as follows (in thousands):

(in thousands)

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

 

Beachbody

 

 

Beachbody

 

 

Other

 

 

Total

 

Goodwill, beginning of year

 

$

125,166

 

 

$

 

 

$

18,981

 

 

$

18,981

 

Business acquisition

 

 

 

 

 

125,166

 

 

 

33,632

 

 

 

158,798

 

Impairment of goodwill

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(52,613

)

 

 

(52,613

)

Goodwill, end of year

 

$

125,166

 

 

$

125,166

 

 

$

 

 

$

125,166

 

Due to the sustained decline in the Company’s market capitalization and reduced revenue and operating income forecast observed in the fourth quarter of 2021, the Company performed an interim test for impairment of its goodwill as of December 31, 2021. The results of the Company’s annual and interim tests for impairment concluded that the carrying value of its Other reporting unit exceeded its fair value, and, therefore, the Company recognized a goodwill impairment charge of $52.6 million for year ended December 31, 2021.

The determination of the fair value of the Company’s reporting units was based on a combination of a market approach that considered benchmark company market multiples, a market approach that considered market multiples derived from the value of recent transactions, and an income approach that utilized discounted cash flows for each reporting unit. The Company applied equal weighting to each of the approaches in determining the fair value of the reporting units. The significant assumptions under each of these approaches include, among others: income projections, which are dependent on future customer subscriptions, new product introductions, customer behavior, competitor pricing, operating expenses, the discount rate, and the terminal growth rate. The cash flows used to determine fair value are dependent on a number of significant management assumptions such as the Company’s expectations of future performance and the expected future economic environment, which are partly based upon the Company’s historical experience. The cash flow projections also take into account the reduced operating costs as a result of the Company’s platform consolidation and One Brand marketing approach.

The Company’s estimates are subject to change given the inherent uncertainty in predicting future results. Additionally, the discount rate and the terminal growth rate are based on the Company’s judgment of the rates that would be utilized by a hypothetical market participant. The Company also considered its market capitalization in assessing the reasonableness of the combined fair values estimated for its reporting units.

84


Intangible Assets, Net

Intangible assets as of December 31, 2022, and 2021 consisted of the following (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

 

December 31, 2022

 

 

December 31, 2021

 

 

 

Weighted-Average Remaining Useful Life (years)

 

 

Intangible
Assets,
Gross

 

 

Accumulated
Amortization and Impairment

 

 

Intangibles
Assets,
Net

 

 

Intangible
Assets,
Gross

 

 

Accumulated
Amortization and Impairment

 

 

Intangibles
Assets,
Net

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Contract-based

 

 

 

 

$

300

 

 

$

(300

)

 

$

 

 

$

300

 

 

$

(250

)

 

$

50

 

Customer-related

 

 

1.5

 

 

 

21,100

 

 

 

(14,800

)

 

 

6,300

 

 

 

21,100

 

 

 

(4,081

)

 

 

17,019

 

Technology-based

 

 

2.5

 

 

 

20,200

 

 

 

(19,400

)

 

 

800

 

 

 

20,200

 

 

 

(7,999

)

 

 

12,201

 

Talent and representation contracts

 

 

 

 

 

10,300

 

 

 

(10,300

)

 

 

 

 

 

10,300

 

 

 

(10,300

)

 

 

 

Formulae

 

 

2.8

 

 

 

1,950

 

 

 

(1,146

)

 

 

804

 

 

 

1,950

 

 

 

(853

)

 

 

1,097

 

Trade name

 

 

1.0

 

 

 

51,200

 

 

 

(50,900

)

 

 

300

 

 

 

51,200

 

 

 

(35,200

)

 

 

16,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

$

105,050

 

 

$

(96,846

)

 

$

8,204

 

 

$

105,050

 

 

$

(58,683

)

 

$

46,367

 

Duewith respect to the continued decline in the Company’s market capitalization, industry trends reflecting a decline in market valuations and continued adverse macro and micro economic conditions including the competitive environment observed in the fourth quarter of 2022, the Company tested its definite-lived intangible assets for recoverability as of December 31, 2022 and concluded that customer relationships, developed technology and trade names were impaired. The Company recorded a $18.9 million non-cash impairment charge for these intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2022.

The Company performed an interim test for impairment of its indefinite-lived intangible asset as of September 30, 2022 due to reduced revenue and margin forecasts for certain products. The fair value of the indefinite-lived trade name was calculated using a relief-from-royalty approach and was determined to be lower than its carrying value, primarily as a result of reduced revenue and margin forecasts for certain supplements. As a result, the Company recorded a $1.0 million non-cash impairment charge for this intangible asset during the year ended December 31, 2022.

Due to the sustained decline in the Company’s market capitalization, and reduced revenue and operating income forecast observed in the fourth quarter of 2021, the Company performed an interim test for impairment of its indefinite-lived trade names and tested its definite-lived intangible assets for recoverability as of December 31, 2021. The results of the Company’s annual and interim impairment tests concluded that the indefinite-lived trade names and the talent and representation contracts were impaired. These trade names were reported in the Company’s Beachbody and Other segments. The talent and representation contracts were reported in the Other segment. The Company recorded a $42.3 million non-cash impairment charge for these intangible assets for the year ended December 31, 2021.

Amortization expense for intangible assets was $18.3 million, $10.6 million and $4.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, respectively.

The estimated future amortization expense of intangible assets as of December 31, 2022 is as follows (in thousands):

Year ended December 31, 2023

 

$

5,112

 

Year ended December 31, 2024

 

 

2,713

 

Year ended December 31, 2025

 

 

379

 

 

 

$

8,204

 

85


Note 11. Accrued Expenses

Accrued expenses consist of the followings (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

Employee compensation and benefits

 

$

20,584

 

 

$

8,996

 

Coach costs

 

 

14,535

 

 

 

19,168

 

Inventory, shipping and fulfillment

 

 

11,687

 

 

 

14,360

 

Sales and other taxes

 

 

4,818

 

 

 

5,097

 

Information technology

 

 

2,207

 

 

 

10,150

 

Advertising

 

 

1,176

 

 

 

4,033

 

Customer service expenses

 

 

956

 

 

 

1,773

 

Other accrued expenses

 

 

8,467

 

 

 

10,948

 

Total accrued expenses

 

$

64,430

 

 

$

74,525

 

86


Note 12. Debt

On August 8, 2022 (the “Effective Date”), the Company, Beachbody, LLC as borrower (a wholly owned subsidiary of the Company), and certain other subsidiaries of the Company as guarantors on the signature pages (the “Guarantors”), the lenders (the “Lenders”), and Blue Torch Finance, LLC, as administrative agent and collateral agent for such lenders (the “Term Loan Agent”) entered into a financing agreement (the “Financing Agreement”). The Financing Agreement provides for senior secured term loans on the Effective Date in an aggregate principal amount of $50.0 million (the “Term Loan”) which was drawn on the Effective Date. In addition, the Financing Agreement permits the Company to borrow up to an additional $25.0 million, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Financing Agreement. Borrowings under the Term Loan are unconditionally guaranteed by the Guarantors, and all present and future material U.S. and Canadian subsidiaries of the Company. Such security interest consists of a first-priority perfected lien on substantially all property and assets of the Company and subsidiaries, including stock pledges on the capital stock of the Company’s material and direct subsidiaries, subject to customary carveouts. In connection with the Financing Agreement, the Company incurred $4.5 million of third-party debt issuance costs which are recorded in the consolidated balance sheets as a reduction of long-term debt as of December 31, 2022 and are being amortized over the term of the Term Loan using the effective-interest method. As of December 31, 2022, borrowings outstanding under the Term Loan were $49.4 million. The Term Loan matures on August 8, 2026.

The Term Loan borrowings may take the form of base rate (“Reference Rate”) loans or Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”) loans. Reference Rate loans bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the sum of an applicable margin of 6.15% per annum, plus the greater of (a) 2.00% per annum, (b) the Federal Funds Rate plus 0.50% per annum, (c) the “SOFR Rate” (based upon an interest period of 1 month) plus 1.00% per annum, and (d) the rate last quoted by The Wall Street Journal. SOFR loans bear interest at a rate per annum equal to the sum of an applicable margin of 7.15% and the “SOFR Rate” (based upon an interest period of 3 months). The “SOFR Rate” is subject to a floor of 1.00%. In addition, the Term Loan borrowings bear additional interest at 3.00% per annum, paid in kind by capitalizing such interest and adding such capitalized interest to the outstanding principal amount of the loans on each anniversary of the Effective Date. The $50.0 million Term Loan was a SOFR loan, with an effective interest rate of 16.66%. The Company recorded $3.4 million of interest related to the Term Loan during the year ended December 31, 2022.

In connection with the Term Loan, the Company issued warrants for the purchase of 4,716,756 shares of the Company’s Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $1.85 per share to certain holders affiliated with Blue Torch Finance, LLC. The warrants vest on a monthly basis over four years, with 30%, 30%, 20% and 20% vesting in the first, second, third and fourth years, respectively. The warrants have a seven-year term from the Effective Date. See Note 4, Fair Value Measurements, for information on the valuation of the warrants. The warrants were recorded at an initial fair value of $5.2 million in the consolidated balance sheets as other liabilities and a reduction of long-term debt. The initial value of the warrants is being amortized as a debt discount over the term of the Term Loan using the effective-interest method.


The aggregate amounts of payments due for the periods succeeding December 31, 2022 and reconciliation ofcommon stock that may be issued under the Company’s debt balances, net of debt discount and debt issuance costs, are as follows (in thousands): existing compensation plans.

   (a)   (b)   (c) 

Plan Category

  Number of
Securities to
be Issued
Upon
Exercise of
Outstanding
Options,
Warrants
and Rights(1)
   Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price of
Outstanding
Options,
Warrants
and
Rights(2)
   Number of
Securities
Remaining
Available for
Future
Issuance
Under Equity
Compensation
Plans
(excluding
securities
reflected in
column (a))(3)
 

Equity compensation plans approved by security holders

   51,573,810   $2.65    20,962,363 

Equity compensation plans not approved by security holders

   N/A    N/A    N/A 
  

 

 

   

 

 

   

 

 

 

Totals

   51,573,810   $2.65    20,962,363 

(1)

Year endingIncludes shares subject to outstanding awards granted under our 2021 Plan and 2020 Plan as of December 31, 2023

$

1,250

Year ending2022, of which 48,414,625 shares are subject to outstanding options and 3,159,185 shares are subject to outstanding RSUs. As of December 31, 2024

1,563

Year ending December 31, 2025

2,500

Year ending December 31, 2026

44,062

Total debt

$

49,375

Less current portion

(1,250

)

Less unamortized debt discount and debt issuance costs

(8,988

)

Add capitalized paid-in-kind interest

598

Total long-term debt

$

39,735

2022, no rights to purchase our common stock had been granted under the ESPP.

(2)

The weighted average exercise price is calculated based solely on the exercise prices of the outstanding options and does not reflect the shares that will be issued upon the vesting of outstanding RSUs, which have no exercise price.

(3)

Includes 14,822,267 shares available for future issuance under our 2021 Plan and 6,140,096 shares available for future issuance under our ESPP. No additional awards will be granted under the 2020 Plan and, as a result, no shares remain available for issuance for new awards under the 2020 Plan.

The Term Loan amortizes at 2.50% per year from the Effective Date to the date that is the second anniversary of the Effective Date, payable on a quarterly basis, and thereafter, at 5.00% per year, payable on a quarterly basis. The Financing Agreement contains certain customary covenants with which the Company was in compliance as of December 31, 2022.

87


Note 13. Leases

The Company leases facilities under noncancelable operating leases expiring through 2027 and certain equipment under a finance lease expiring in 2024.

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company had operating lease liabilities of $5.3 million and $6.9 million, respectively, and right-of-use assets of $5.0 million and $6.4 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the Company had finance lease liabilities of $0.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively, and right-of-use assets of $0.1 million and $0.3 million, respectively.

The Company’s leases do not require any contingent rental payments, impose any financial restrictions, or contain any residual value guarantees. Certain of the Company’s leases include renewal options and escalation clauses; renewal options have not been included in the calculation of lease liabilities and right-of-use assets as the Company is not reasonably certain to exercise these options. Variable expenses generally represent the Company’s share of the landlord operating expenses.

The following summarizes the Company’s leases (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Finance lease costs:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization of right-of-use asset

 

$

192

 

 

$

147

 

 

$

147

 

Interest on lease liabilities

 

 

8

 

 

 

14

 

 

 

20

 

Operating lease costs

 

 

2,150

 

 

 

8,390

 

 

 

9,691

 

Short-term lease costs

 

 

202

 

 

 

649

 

 

 

166

 

Variable lease costs

 

 

566

 

 

 

721

 

 

 

303

 

Short-term sublease income

 

 

(127

)

 

 

(53

)

 

 

 

Total lease costs

 

$

2,991

 

 

$

9,868

 

 

$

10,327

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Cash paid for amounts included in the measurement of lease liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating cash flows from finance leases

 

$

8

 

 

$

14

 

 

$

24

 

Operating cash flows from operating leases

 

 

2,195

 

 

 

10,254

 

 

 

11,459

 

Financing cash flows from finance leases

 

 

153

 

 

 

147

 

 

 

141

 

Right-of-use asset obtained in exchange for new operating lease liabilities

 

 

420

 

 

 

2,226

 

 

 

421

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average remaining lease term - finance leases

 

 

1.3

 

 

 

2.3

 

 

 

3.3

 

Weighted-average remaining lease term - operating leases

 

 

2.9

 

 

 

3.6

 

 

 

4.0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average discount rate - finance leases

 

 

4.0

%

 

 

4.0

%

 

 

4.0

%

Weighted-average discount rate - operating leases

 

 

4.5

%

 

 

4.6

%

 

 

5.5

%

Maturities of operating and finance lease liabilities, excluding short-term leases, are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Operating Leases

 

 

Finance Leases

 

 

Total

 

Year ended December 31, 2023

 

$

2,289

 

 

$

123

 

 

$

2,412

 

Year ended December 31, 2024

 

 

2,079

 

 

 

2

 

 

 

2,081

 

Year ended December 31, 2025

 

 

687

 

 

 

 

 

 

687

 

Year ended December 31, 2026

 

 

712

 

 

 

 

 

 

712

 

Year ended December 31, 2027

 

 

132

 

 

 

 

 

 

132

 

Total

 

 

5,899

 

 

 

125

 

 

 

6,024

 

Less present value discount

 

 

(554

)

 

 

(2

)

 

 

(556

)

Lease liabilities at December 31, 2022

 

$

5,345

 

 

$

123

 

 

$

5,468

 

88


As the Company’s lease agreements do not provide an implicit rate, the discount rates used to determine the present value of lease payments are generally based on the Company’s estimated incremental borrowing rate for a secured borrowing of a similar term as the lease.

In November 2021, the Company entered into an agreement effective January 2022, assigning its Santa Monica office lease to a third party with a lease term expiring in 2025. Although the lease assignment requires the Company to remain secondarily liable as a surety with respect to the lease, the Company does not believe it is probable that it will be responsible for the obligations. As such, this assignment resulted in a modification of the Company’s lease term and reduced right-of-use assets by $22.1 million, lease liabilities by $28.2 million, and net loss by $6.5 million during the year ended December 31, 2021.

Note 14. Commitments and Contingencies

Inventory Purchase and Service Agreements

The Company has noncancelable inventory purchase and service agreements with multiple service providers which expire at varying dates through 2028. The Company recorded $2.7 million and $1.0 million for losses on inventory purchase commitments related to connected fitness hardware during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. These losses are included in accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets and connected fitness cost of revenue in the consolidated statements of operations. Service agreement obligations include amounts related to fitness and nutrition trainers, future events, information systems support, and other technology projects.

Future minimum payments under noncancelable service and inventory purchase agreements for the periods succeeding December 31, 2022 are as follows (in thousands):

Year ended December 31, 2023

 

$

20,849

 

Year ended December 31, 2024

 

 

1,844

 

Year ended December 31, 2025

 

 

1,385

 

Year ended December 31, 2026

 

 

100

 

Thereafter

 

 

150

 

 

 

$

24,328

 

The preceding table excludes royalty payments to fitness trainers, talent, and others that are based on future sales as such amounts cannot be reasonably estimated.

Contingencies

The Company is subject to litigation from time to time in the ordinary course of business. Such claims typically involve its products, intellectual property, and relationships with suppliers, customers, distributors, employees, and others. Contingent liabilities are recorded when it is both probable that a loss has occurred and the amount of the loss can be reasonably estimated. Although it is not possible to predict how litigation and other claims will be resolved, the Company does not believe that any currently identified claims or litigation matters will have a material adverse effect on its consolidated financial position or results of operations.

On April 7, 2022, the Company received a letter addressed to its Board of Directors (the “Board”) from a law firm on behalf of two purported stockholders. Among other matters, the stockholder letter addressed the approval of the Company’s Amended & Restated Certificate of Incorporation at the special meeting of stockholders held on June 24, 2021, which included (i) a 1.3 billion share increase in the number of authorized shares of Class A common stock (the “2021 Class A Increase Amendment”), and was approved by a majority of the then-outstanding shares of both the Company’s Class A and Class B common stock, voting as a single class. The stockholder letter alleged that the 2021 Class A Increase Amendment required a separate vote in favor by at least a majority of the then outstanding shares of Class A common stock under Section 242(b)(2) of the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “DGCL”), and that the 1.3 billion share increase was never properly approved in accordance with the DGCL.

The Company continues to believe that a separate vote of Class A common stock was not required to approve the 2021 Class A Increase Amendment. However, in December 2022, a decision of the Delaware Court of Chancery (“Court of Chancery”) created uncertainty regarding this issue, and on December 29, 2022, the Company received a

89


second letter on behalf of the two purported stockholders reiterating the Court of Chancery’s recent decision. The Company filed a petition under Section 205 of the DGCL (the “Section 205 Petition”) on February 16, 2023, in the Court of Chancery seeking to validate the Company Charter including, among other things, the 2021 Class A Increase Amendment.

On March 14, 2023 the Court of Chancery granted the Section 205 Petition validating each of the following and eliminating the uncertainty with respect thereto: (1) the Company Charter and the 2021 Class A Increase Amendment as of the time of filing with the Delaware Secretary of State and (2) all shares of capital stock that the Company issued in reliance on the effectiveness of the 2021 Class A Increase Amendment and Company Charter as of the date such shares were issued.

90


Note 15. Restructuring

Restructuring charges relate primarily to the Company’s 2022 strategic alignment initiative to consolidate its streaming fitness and nutrition offerings into a single Beachbody platform. The Company recognized restructuring costs of $10.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2022 comprised primarily of termination benefits related to headcount reductions, of which $0.5 million is included in accrued expenses in the consolidated balance sheets. In accordance with GAAP, employee termination benefits were recognized at the date employees were notified and post-employment benefits were accrued as the obligation was probable and estimable. Benefits for employees who provided service greater than 60 days from the date of notification were recognized ratably over the service period.

The following table summarizes activity in the Company’s restructuring-related liability during the year ended December 31, 2022 (in thousands):





Liability at
 December 31, 2021

 

 

Restructuring Charges

 

 

Payments / Utilizations

 

 

Liability at December 31, 2022

 

Employee-related costs

 

 

 

 

 

10,047

 

 

 

(9,578

)

 

 

469

 

Total costs

 

$

 

 

$

10,047

 

 

$

(9,578

)

 

$

469

 

During the year ended December 31, 2022, the Company determined that the useful life of certain computer software, web development, and content assets would end upon the completion of its platform consolidation. The Company accelerated depreciation of these computer software and web development assets and recorded $3.4 million, or $0.01 per share, of additional depreciation expense as a component of digital cost of revenue and nutrition and other cost of revenue during the year ended December 31, 2022. The Company also accelerated amortization of these content assets and recorded $2.7 million, or $0.01 per share, of additional amortization as a component of digital cost of revenue during the year ended December 31, 2022.

Note 16. Stockholders' Equity

As of December 31, 2022, 2,000,000,000 shares, $0.0001 par value per share are authorized, of which, 1,600,000,000 shares are designated as Class A Common Stock, 200,000,000 shares are designated as Class X Common Stock, 100,000,000 shares are designated as Class C Common Stock, and 100,000,000 shares are designated as Preferred Stock.

Common Stock

Holders of each share of Common Stock are entitled to dividends when, as, and if declared by the Company’s board of directors, subject to the rights and preferences of any holders of Preferred Stock outstanding at the time. As of December 31, 2022, the Company had not declared any dividends. The holder of each Class A Common Stock is entitled to one vote, the holder of each share of Class X Common Stock is entitled to ten votes and except as otherwise required by law, the holder of each share of Class C Common Stock is not entitled to any voting powers.

Old Beachbody

Prior to the Business Combination, Old Beachbody’s preferred units were convertible into common units, at the option of the holders at any time, with no additional consideration required. The preferred units were to convert to common units at a rate of 1-for-1, subject to adjustment for certain events including unit split, unit dividend or recapitalization. The preferred units were subject to automatic conversion if the Company consummated an initial public offering that met certain criteria.

The holders could redeem the preferred units at any time after December 14, 2024, at a price equal to the greater of (i) the fair market value of the common units into which such preferred units were convertible or (ii) approximately $9.93 per unit, or $100.0 million in aggregate (the “Capital Contribution”), reduced by general distributions previously made to the holders plus any declared but unpaid distributions as of the date of the redemption notice.

The holders were entitled to distributions, in the amount, if any, of available cash flows, as determined by a majority of the board of managers. Distributions were to be made to common unit members and preferred unit members in

91


proportion to their percentage of ownership interests, with priority to certain tax distributions and distributions to reimburse Beachbody Holdings and the holders for certain third-party expenses that had not been previously paid.

The redemption by the holders or the completion of an initial public offering was not solely within the control of Old Beachbody, and as such, the preferred units were classified as mezzanine members’ equity. In connection with the Business Combination, 10,068,841 preferred units were converted into 33,828,030 shares of Class A Common Stock.

In connection with the Business Combination, 62,263,439 common units of Old Beachbody were converted into 67,934,584 shares of Class A Common Stock and 141,250,310 shares of Class X Common Stock.

Old Beachbody members’ personal liability for the obligations or debts of the Company were limited. The Company’s operating agreement called for the Company to be dissolved and terminated upon the earliest occurrence of the following events: bankruptcy of the Company, decision by a majority of both the common and preferred unit holders to dissolve the Company, or the date the Company may otherwise have been dissolved by operation of law or judicial decree.

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss)

The following tables summarize changes in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax (in thousands):

 

Unrealized Gain (Loss) on Derivatives

 

 

Foreign Currency Translation Adjustment

 

 

Total

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Balances at December 31, 2019

$

(99

)

 

$

111

 

 

$

12

 

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications

 

(289

)

 

 

(67

)

 

 

(356

)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

92

 

 

 

 

 

 

92

 

Tax effect

 

50

 

 

 

 

 

 

50

 

Balances at December 31, 2020

$

(246

)

 

$

44

 

 

$

(202

)

Other comprehensive loss before reclassifications

 

(218

)

 

 

(33

)

 

 

(251

)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

550

 

 

 

 

 

 

550

 

Tax effect

 

(118

)

 

 

 

 

 

(118

)

Balances at December 31, 2021

$

(32

)

 

$

11

 

 

$

(21

)

Other comprehensive income (loss) before reclassifications

 

24

 

 

 

(105

)

 

 

(81

)

Amounts reclassified from accumulated other comprehensive income (loss)

 

108

 

 

 

 

 

 

108

 

Tax effect

 

31

 

 

 

 

 

 

31

 

Balances at December 31, 2022

$

131

 

 

$

(94

)

 

$

37

 

Note 17. Equity-Based Compensation

Equity Compensation Plans

Prior to the Business Combination, the Company maintained its 2020 Beachbody Company Group LLC Equity Compensation Plan (the “2020 Plan”), under which, grants were awarded to certain employees, consultants, and members of the Company’s board of managers through the granting of one or more of the following types of awards: (a) nonqualified unit options, (b) unit awards, and (c) unit appreciation rights. The Company granted nonqualified unit options with vesting periods ranging from three to five years under the 2020 Plan.

Upon closing of the Business Combination, awards under the 2020 Plan were converted at the Exchange Ratio, and the Company’s board of directors approved the 2021 Incentive Award Plan (the “2021 Plan”). The 2021 Plan provides for the grant of stock options, stock appreciation rights, restricted stock, dividend equivalents, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), and other stock or cash-based awards. Grants under the 2021 Plan may be awarded to employees, consultants, and members of the Companys board of directors.

Under the 2021 Plan, all awards settle in shares of Class A Common Stock, and up to 30,442,594 shares of Class A Common Stock were initially available for issuance. The number of shares of Class A Common Stock available for issuance under the 2021 Plan will be annually increased on January 1 of each calendar year beginning(beginning in 2022 and ending in 20312031) by an amount equal to the lesser of (i) five percent5% of the total number of shares of Class A and Class X Common

92


Stock outstanding on the final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (ii) thesuch smaller number of shares as is determined by our Board.

The number of shares available for issuance under the Company’s boardESPP will be annually increased on January 1 of directors. Aseach calendar year (beginning in 2022 and ending in 2031) by an amount equal to the lesser of December 31, 2022, 14,822,267(i) 1% of the aggregate number of shares of Class A Common Stock remain available for issuance underand Class X Common Stock outstanding on the 2021 Plan.final day of the immediately preceding calendar year and (ii) such smaller number of shares as is determined by our Board.

34


Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Certain Relationships and Related Transactions

All options typically expire ten years fromSince January 1, 2022, there has not been, nor is there any proposed transaction in which we were or will be a party or in which we were or will be a participant, involving an amount that exceeded or will exceed $120,000 and in which any director, executive officer, beneficial owner of more than 5% of any class of our voting securities, or any member of the dateimmediate family of grant if not exercised. Inany of the eventforegoing persons had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, other than the compensation arrangements and other agreements and transactions which are described in “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” section in Item 14 of Part III of this Amendment and the transactions described below.

Legal Services with Cozen O’Connor

Michael Heller, a minority shareholder and member of the Board of Directors is also a shareholder and Chief Executive Officer of a termination of employment, all unvested options are forfeited immediately. Generally, any vested options may be exercised within three months, depending uponlaw firm, Cozen O’Connor P.C., that provides legal services to the circumstances of termination, except for instances of termination “with cause” whereby any vested options or awards are forfeited immediately.

A summary of the option activity under the plans is as follows:

 

Options Outstanding

 

 

Number of Options

 

 

Weighted-Average Exercise Price
(per option)

 

 

Weighted-Average Remaining Contractual Term
(in years)

 

 

Aggregate Intrinsic Value
(in thousands)

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2021

 

41,753,042

 

 

 

3.86

 

 

 

5.92

 

 

$

11,379

 

Granted

 

22,805,144

 

 

 

1.18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exercised

 

(1,879,095

)

 

 

1.52

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Forfeited

 

(10,499,831

)

 

 

4.55

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expired

 

(3,764,635

)

 

 

2.48

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Outstanding at December 31, 2022

 

48,414,625

 

 

$

2.65

 

 

 

6.35

 

 

$

 

Exercisable at December 31, 2022

 

21,755,992

 

 

$

2.60

 

 

 

3.10

 

 

$

 

The intrinsic value of options exercised during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021Company. Total payments to Cozen O’Connor were $0.8$1.3 million and $7.4 million, respectively. There were no options exercised during the year ended December 31, 2020.

2022. The fair value of each award as of the date of grant is estimated using a Black-Scholes option-pricing model. The following table summarizes the assumptions used to determine the fair value of option grants:

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Risk-free rate

 

 

3.0

%

 

 

1.1

%

 

 

0.5

%

Dividend yield rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Volatility

 

 

52.9

%

 

 

53.5

%

 

 

54.9

%

Expected term (in years)

 

 

6.16

 

 

 

6.21

 

 

 

6.22

 

Weighted-average grant date fair value

 

$

0.63

 

 

$

4.54

 

 

$

5.16

 

The vesting periods are based on the terms of the option grant agreements, generally four to five years. The risk-free interest rates are based on the U.S. Treasury rates as of the grant dates for the expected terms of the options. Given the lack of public market for the Company’s common units prioraccounts payable related to the Business Combination and minimal history as a public company subsequent to the Business Combination, the price volatilities represent calculated values based on the historical price volatilities of publicly traded companies within the Company’s industry group over the options’ expected terms. The expected terms of the options granted were estimated using the simplified method by taking an average of the vesting periods and the original contractual terms. Prior to the Business Combination, the exercise prices represented the estimated fair values of one common unit of the Company’s equity on the grant dates. Subsequent to the Business Combination, the fair value of the Common Stock is based on the closing market price on the date of grant.

A summary of the unvested option activity is as follows:

 

 

Number of Options

 

 

Weighted-Average Grant Date Fair Value (per option)

 

Unvested at December 31, 2021

 

 

17,593,765

 

 

 

3.19

 

Granted

 

 

22,805,144

 

 

 

0.63

 

Vested

 

 

(5,993,063

)

 

 

2.40

 

Forfeited

 

 

(7,747,213

)

 

 

2.17

 

Unvested at December 31, 2022

 

 

26,658,633

 

 

$

1.38

 

93


The Company does not use cash to settle equity instruments issued under equity-based compensation awards. The total fair value of awards which vested during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020firm was $14.4$0.1 million $5.3 million and $3.9 million, respectively.

A summary of RSU activity is as follows:

 

 

RSUs Outstanding

 

 

Number of RSUs

 

Weighted-Average Fair Value
(per RSU)

Outstanding at December 31, 2021

 

573,678

 

$

5.97

Granted

 

3,693,286

 

 

1.21

Vested

 

(856,697)

 

 

2.51

Forfeited

 

(251,082)

 

 

4.62

Outstanding at December 31, 2022

 

3,159,185

 

$

1.45

RSUs granted to employees generally vest over four years, based on continued employment, while RSUs granted to members of the board of directors generally vest approximately one year after grant date.

The fair value of RSUs vested during the year ended December 31, 2022 was $2.2 million. No RSUs vested during the year ended December 31, 2021.

Compensation Warrants

During the year ended December 31, 2020, the Company issued warrants for the purchase of 1,184,834 of Old Beachbody’s common units at an exercise price of $8.44 per unit. The warrants vest 25% at the grant date and 25% at each of the first, second, and third anniversaries of the grant date. The warrants have a 10-year contractual term. In connection with the Business Combination, the Old Beachbody warrants were exchanged for 3,980,656 warrants for the purchase of the Company’s Class A Common Stock at an exercise price of $2.52 per share.

As of December 31, 2022, 2,985,492 warrants were exercisable. Compensation cost associated with the warrants is recognized over the requisite service period, which is 4.25 years.

Equity-Based Compensation Expense

Equity-based compensation expense for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 was as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Cost of revenue

 

$

1,416

 

 

$

1,187

 

 

$

216

 

Selling and marketing

 

 

7,015

 

 

 

7,357

 

 

 

2,169

 

Enterprise technology and development

 

 

1,403

 

 

 

2,380

 

 

 

1,294

 

General and administrative

 

 

7,786

 

 

 

5,489

 

 

 

1,719

 

Total equity-based compensation

 

$

17,620

 

 

$

16,413

 

 

$

5,398

 

As of December 31, 2022, the total unrecognized equity-based compensation expense was $41.5 million, which will be recognized over a weighted-average remaining period of 2.64 years.

Note 18. Derivative Financial Instruments

As of December 31, 2022 and 2021, the notional amount of the Company’s outstanding foreign exchange options was $17.6 million and $30.4 million, respectively. There were no outstanding forward contracts as of December 31, 2022 and 2021.2022.

Payments under Royalty Agreement

94


The following table presents the fair value of the Company’s derivative instruments which are included in other current assets in the consolidated balance sheets (in thousands):

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives designated as hedging instruments

 

$

343

 

 

$

240

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments

 

 

119

 

 

 

74

 

Total derivative assets

 

$

462

 

 

$

314

 

There were no derivative liabilities as of December 31, 2022 and 2021.

The Company expects that an immaterial amount of existing losses recorded in accumulated other comprehensive loss will be reclassified into net income (loss) over the next 12 months. The Company assessed its derivative instruments and determined that they were effective during the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020.

The following table shows the pre-tax effects of the Company’s derivative instruments on its consolidated statements of operations (in thousands):

 

 

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

Financial Statement Line Item

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Unrealized gains (losses)

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

$

24

 

 

$

(218

)

 

$

(289

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Losses reclassified from accumulated other

 

Cost of revenue

 

$

(45

)

 

$

(222

)

 

$

(32

)

    comprehensive income (loss) into net loss

 

General and administrative

 

 

(63

)

 

 

(328

)

 

 

(60

)

Total amounts reclassified

 

 

 

$

(108

)

 

$

(550

)

 

$

(92

)

Gains (losses) recognized on derivatives
  not designated as hedging instruments

 

Cost of revenue

 

$

13

 

 

$

(60

)

 

$

(112

)

Note 19. Income Taxes

On March 27, 2020, the Coronavirus Aid, Relief, and Economic Security Act (the “CARES Act”) was enacted into law, and the new legislation contains several key tax positions, including the five-year net operating loss carryback, an adjustment of the business interest limitation, and payroll tax deferral. The Company is required to recognize the effect of tax law changes in the period of enactment. The Company has assessed the applicability of the CARES Act and determined there to be no material impact to the Company other than its ability to use the entire $4.6 million of net operating loss carryback from 2020 to 2019 for federal income tax purposes. On December 27, 2020, the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 was signed into law. It provided additional COVID-19 focused relief and extended certain provisions of the CARES Act. At this time, the Company does not believe that the Consolidated Appropriations Act, 2021 will have a material impact on the consolidated financial statements.

The components of the Company’s loss before income taxes were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

U.S.

 

$

(198,245

)

 

$

(247,030

)

 

$

(8,120

)

Foreign

 

 

1,000

 

 

 

3,109

 

 

 

1,957

 

Loss before income taxes

 

$

(197,245

)

 

$

(243,921

)

 

$

(6,163

)

95


The components of the income tax benefit (provision), net were as follows (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Current:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

31

 

 

$

32

 

 

$

481

 

State and local

 

 

202

 

 

 

(167

)

 

 

4

 

Foreign

 

 

(141

)

 

 

(188

)

 

 

(159

)

 

 

$

92

 

 

$

(323

)

 

$

326

 

Deferred:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Federal

 

$

1,963

 

 

$

13,437

 

 

$

(11,759

)

State and local

 

 

870

 

 

 

2,235

 

 

 

(3,791

)

Foreign

 

 

128

 

 

 

190

 

 

 

(45

)

 

 

 

2,961

 

 

 

15,862

 

 

 

(15,595

)

Income tax benefit (provision), net

 

$

3,053

 

 

$

15,539

 

 

$

(15,269

)

The Company has continued to record a full valuation allowance against its deferred tax assets at December 31, 2022 and 2021. The Company has certain net deferred tax liabilities that will reverse in a different period than its deferred tax assets and has deferred tax liabilities with an indefinite reversal period resulting in a net deferred tax liability, after recording a valuation allowance, at December 31, 2022 and 2021 of $0.2 million and $3.2 million respectively.

The actual tax rate on loss before income taxes reconciles to the applicable statutory federal income tax rate as follows:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Federal statutory rate

 

 

21.0

%

 

 

21.0

%

 

 

21.0

%

State income taxes, net of federal benefit

 

 

3.6

%

 

 

3.4

%

 

 

0.5

%

Valuation allowance on deferred tax assets

 

 

(24.2

%)

 

 

(19.3

%)

 

 

(262.4

%)

Adjustments to prior year provision

 

 

1.4

%

 

 

0.4

%

 

 

(4.5

%)

Equity-based compensation

 

 

(1.1

%)

 

 

0.6

%

 

 

(9.1

%)

Common stock warrant liability

 

 

0.9

%

 

 

4.4

%

 

 

 

Goodwill impairment

 

 

 

 

 

(4.5

%)

 

 

 

R & D credits (federal and state, net of federal benefit)

 

 

 

 

 

0.5

%

 

 

14.2

%

Other

 

 

(0.1

%)

 

 

(0.1

%)

 

 

(7.4

%)

Effective tax rate

 

 

1.5

%

 

 

6.4

%

 

 

(247.7

%)

96


Deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands):

 

 

As of December 31,

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

Deferred tax assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net operating losses

 

$

74,038

 

 

$

66,039

 

 

Inventory

 

 

18,525

 

 

 

8,939

 

 

Tax basis step-up

 

 

13,240

 

 

 

14,930

 

 

Equity-based compensation

 

 

10,652

 

 

 

9,218

 

 

Capitalized research expense

 

 

6,057

 

 

 

-

 

 

Intangible assets

 

 

4,915

 

 

 

-

 

 

Accrued employee compensation and benefits

 

 

4,246

 

 

 

1,210

 

 

R & D credit carryover

 

 

3,886

 

 

 

2,162

 

 

Lease obligations

 

 

1,663

 

 

 

2,052

 

 

Accrued expenses

 

 

1,438

 

 

 

1,102

 

 

Other

 

 

2,164

 

 

 

1,962

 

 

Total deferred tax assets

 

 

140,824

 

 

 

107,614

 

 

Deferred tax liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Property and equipment

 

 

(13,377

)

 

 

(25,787

)

 

Content assets

 

 

(7,408

)

 

 

(8,347

)

 

Prepaid expenses

 

 

(2,425

)

 

 

(2,572

)

 

Right-of-use assets

 

 

(1,231

)

 

 

(1,619

)

 

Intangible assets

 

 

-

 

 

 

(4,345

)

 

Total deferred tax liabilities

 

 

(24,441

)

 

 

(42,670

)

 

Net deferred tax assets before valuation allowance

 

 

116,383

 

 

 

64,944

 

 

Valuation allowance

 

 

(116,564

)

 

 

(68,109

)

 

Net deferred tax liabilities

 

$

(181

)

 

$

(3,165

)

 

Taxes on the net income of foreign corporate subsidiaries in excess of a deemed return on their tangible assets, or global intangible low-taxed income (“GILTI”), are recognized as an expense in the period the tax is incurred. The Company has not provided deferred taxes related to temporary differences that, on their reversal, will affect the amount of income subject to GILTI in the period tax is incurred.

As of December 31, 2022, the Company has accumulated U.S. federal and state net operating loss carryforwards of $293.7 million and $285.2 million, respectively. Of the federal net operating loss carryforwards, $2.3 million was generated before January 1, 2018 and subject to a 20-year carryforward period. The remaining $291.4 million can be carried forward indefinitely but is subject to an 80% taxable income limitation. The U.S. federal losses subject to carryforward limitations and state net operating loss carryforwards will begin to expire in 2037 and 2025, respectively. As of December 31, 2022, the Company has accumulated U.S. federal and state research tax credits of $3.5 million and $1.7 million, respectively. The U.S. federal research tax credits will begin to expire in 2039. The U.S. state research tax credits do not expire.

Uncertain Tax Positions

The following table summarizes the activity related to the Companys gross unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits, beginning of year

 

$

568

 

 

$

184

 

Additions for current year tax positions

 

 

476

 

 

 

384

 

Unrecognized tax benefits (excluding interest and penalties), end of year

 

 

1,044

 

 

 

568

 

Interest and penalties associated with unrecognized tax benefits

 

 

 

 

 

 

Unrecognized tax benefits including interest and penalties, end of year

 

$

1,044

 

 

$

568

 

97


All of the unrecognized tax benefits was recorded as a reduction in the Companys gross deferred tax assets. If the unrecognized tax benefits were not recorded it would affect the Company’s effective tax rate.

The Company files U.S. federal, numerous state and local income, franchise, U.K., and Canada tax returns. With a few exceptions, the Company is no longer subject to U.S. federal, state, local, or Canada tax examination by taxing authorities for years prior to 2019. For the U.K., the Company is no longer subject to tax examinations by the taxing authorities for years prior to 2020.

Note 20. Employee Benefit Plan

The Company maintains a defined contribution 401(k) plan for the benefit of all employees who have met the eligibility requirements. Participants may contribute up to 75% of their eligible compensation, subject only to annual limitations set by the Internal Revenue Service. The Company matches 50% of participant contributions, up to 6% of the participant’s total compensation. For the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020, the Company recorded expense for matching contributions of $2.9 million, $3.4 million and $2.0 million, respectively.

Note 21. Earnings (Loss) per Share

The computation of loss per share of Class A and Class X Common Stock is as follows (in thousands, except share and per share information):

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Numerator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss

 

$

(194,192

)

 

$

(228,382

)

 

$

(21,432

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Denominator:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted-average common shares outstanding, basic and diluted

 

 

307,489,198

 

 

 

275,358,771

 

 

 

239,540,090

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net loss per common share, basic and diluted

 

$

(0.63

)

 

$

(0.83

)

 

$

(0.09

)

Basic net loss per common share is the same as dilutive net loss per common share for the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and 2020 as the inclusion of all potential common shares would have been antidilutive.

The following table presents the common shares that are excluded from the computation of diluted net loss per common share as of the periods presented because including them would have been antidilutive:

 

 

Year Ended December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Options

 

 

48,414,625

 

 

 

41,753,042

 

 

 

34,168,725

 

RSUs

 

 

3,159,185

 

 

 

573,678

 

 

 

 

Compensation warrants

 

 

3,980,656

 

 

 

3,980,656

 

 

 

3,980,656

 

Public and Private Placement Warrants

 

 

15,333,333

 

 

 

15,333,333

 

 

 

 

Term Loan warrants

 

 

4,716,756

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preferred units

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

33,828,030

 

Forest Road Earn-out Shares

 

 

3,750,000

 

 

 

3,750,000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

79,354,555

 

 

 

65,390,709

 

 

 

71,977,411

 

Note 22. Related Party Transactions

In July 2021, the Company purchased a building from a company owned by the controlling shareholder for its appraised value of $5.1 million. There were no lease payments made to the related party and $0.1 million during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. There were no material amounts due to the related party as of December 31, 2022 and 2021.

98


The Company has a royalty agreement with a company related to theCarl Daikeler, our controlling shareholder.stockholder, Chairman and CEO. The company related partyto Mr. Daikeler assisted the Companyus with the development of several products and and receives royalties based on the sales of these products. Total payments to the company related to Mr. Daikeler were approximately $0.5 million for the year ended December 31, 2022. As of December 31, 2022, $0.2 million was due to the company related to Mr. Daikeler pursuant to the royalty agreement.

Payments to Raine

In connection with the consummation of the Financing Agreement in August 2022, the Company paid Raine an advisory fee of $1 million. John Salter, a member of the Board of Directors, is a Managing Director of Raine. There were no amounts due to Rain as of December 31, 2022.

Indemnification agreements

We have entered into indemnification agreements with each of our directors and executive officers. These indemnification agreements, our Charter and our Bylaws require us to indemnify our directors to the fullest extent not prohibited by Delaware law. Subject to certain limitations, our Bylaws also require us to advance expenses incurred by our directors and officers.

There is no pending litigation or proceeding naming any of our directors or officers to which indemnification is being sought, and we are not aware of any pending or threatened litigation that may result in claims for indemnification by any director or officer.

Policies and procedures for related party transactions

We have adopted a related-party transaction policy setting forth the policies and procedures for the review and approval or ratification of transactions involving us and “related persons.” For the purposes of this policy, “related persons” includes our executive officers and directors or their immediate family members, stockholders owning five percent or more of our outstanding Common Stock and their immediate family members and entities in which any of the foregoing persons is a partner or principal or in a similar position or in which such person has a ten percent or greater beneficial ownership interest.

35


The policy covers, with certain exceptions set forth in Item 404 of Regulation S-K under the Securities Act, any transaction, arrangement or relationship, or any series of similar transactions, arrangements or relationships in which we were approximately $0.5 millionor are to be a participant, where the amount involved exceeds $120,000 and $a related person had or will have a direct or indirect material interest, including, without limitation, purchases of goods or services by or from the related person or entities in which the related person has a material interest, indebtedness, guarantees of indebtedness and employment by us of a related person. In reviewing and approving any such transactions, our Audit Committee is tasked to consider all relevant facts and circumstances, including, but not limited to, whether the transaction is on terms comparable to those that could be obtained in an arm’s length transaction with an unrelated party and the extent of the related person’s interest in the transaction. All related-party transactions may only be consummated if our Audit Committee has approved or ratified such transaction in accordance with the guidelines set forth in the policy. Any member of the Audit Committee who is a related person with respect to a transaction under review will not be permitted to participate in the deliberations or vote respecting approval or ratification of the transaction. However, such director may be counted in determining the presence of a quorum at a meeting of the Audit Committee that considers the transaction. All of the transactions described in this section occurred prior to the adoption of this policy.

Director Independence

NYSE listing standards require that a majority of our Board be independent. An “independent director” is defined generally as a person other than an officer or employee of the company or its subsidiaries or any other individual having a relationship which in the opinion of our Board of Directors, would interfere with the director’s exercise of independent judgment in carrying out the responsibilities of a director. In making these determinations, the Board has considered information provided by the directors and management with regard to the business and personal activities, relationships and related party transactions of each director. Our Board has determined that Mmes. Conlin, Frank and Lundy and Messrs. Heller, Mayer and Van de Bunt are “independent directors” as defined in the NYSE listing standards and applicable SEC rules. Our independent directors will have regularly scheduled meetings at which only independent directors are present.

1.0Controlled Company Exemption

Carl Daikeler, our Chairman and CEO, beneficially owns 94.6% of the Company’s Class X Common Stock and controls a majority of the voting power of all outstanding capital stock of the Company. As a result, the Board has determined the Company is a “controlled company” within the meaning of corporate governance standards of the NYSE. Under these corporate governance standards, a company of which more than 50% of the voting power is held by an individual, group or another company is a “controlled company” and may elect not to comply with certain corporate governance standards, including the requirements (1) that a majority of its board of directors consist of independent directors, (2) that its board of directors have a compensation committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities and (3) that its board of directors have a nominating and corporate governance committee that is composed entirely of independent directors with a written charter addressing the committee’s purpose and responsibilities. We have elected to take advantage of the exemptions pertaining to the independence of our Board’s Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee (the “Nominating Committee”). If we cease to be a “controlled company” and our shares continue to be listed on the NYSE, we will be required to comply with all applicable NYSE corporate governance standards and, depending on the Board’s independence determination with respect to its then-current directors, we may be required to add additional directors to the Board in order to achieve such compliance within the applicable transition periods.

36


Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

million duringIndependent Registered Public Accounting Firm Fees

The following table presents the fees for professional audit services rendered by Ernst & Young LLP and fees billed for other services rendered by Ernst & Young LLP for the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. As of each December 31, 2022 and 2021, $0.2 million was due2021. All fees paid to the related party pursuant to the royalty agreement.

A minority shareholder and director of the Company is also a shareholder in a law firm that provides legal services to the Company. Total payments to the related party were $1.3 million and $2.3 million during the years ended December 31, 2022 and 2021, respectively. The Company’s accounts payable to the firm was $0.1 million as of each December 31, 2022 and 2021.

A minority shareholder affiliated with adirector of the Company provided financial advisory services to the Company in connection with the August 2022 Financing Agreement. Total payments to the related party were $1.0 million during the year ended December 31, 2022. There were no amounts due to the related party as of December 31, 2022.

Note 23. Subsequent Events

In January 2023, the Company executed cost-reduction initiatives intended to further streamline the business, while focusing on key growth priorities. These actions are expected to result in approximately $6.5 million in costs consisting primarily of termination benefits during the first quarter of 2023. The Company is unable to estimate other costs related to this plan at this time.

99


Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Management’s Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures

Under the supervision and with the participation of our management, including our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer, we evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”)) as of December 31, 2022, which is the end of the period covered by this Annual Report, to ensure that information required to be disclosed in the reports we file or submit under the Exchange Act of 1934 is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the SEC’s rules and forms. Based upon this evaluation, our Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer concluded that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures were not effective as of December 31, 2022, due to material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting, as described below, that were not remediated.

Notwithstanding the identified material weaknesses described below, management does not believe that these deficiencies had an adverse effect on our reported operating results or financial condition, and management has determined that the consolidated financial statements and other information included in this report and other periodic filings present fairly, in all material respects, our financial position, results of operations and cash flowsErnst & Young LLP for the periods presented in conformity with GAAP.were pre-approved by the Audit Committee.

   2022   2021 

Audit Fees (1)

  $3,325,000   $3,930,000 

Audit Related Fees (2)

   25,000    744,000 

Tax Fees (3)

   377,000    369,000 

All Other Fees

   —      —   
  

 

 

   

 

 

 

Total

  $3,727,000   $5,043,000 

(1)

Audit Fees consist of fees for audit services primarily related to the audit of our annual consolidated financial statements; the review of our quarterly consolidated financial statements; review of S-1s, comfort letters, consents, and assistance with and review of other documents filed with the SEC; and other accounting and financial reporting consultation and research work billed as audit fees or necessary to comply with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States).

(2)

Audit Related Fees consist of fees for assurance and related services that are reasonably related to the performance of the audit or review of the financial statements but not listed as “Audit Fees.”

(3)

Tax Fees consist of fees for tax compliance and permissible tax consulting services.

Management’s Annual ReportPre-Approval of Audit and Non-Audit Services

The Audit Committee oversees our financial reporting process on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our managementbehalf of the Board. The Audit Committee is responsible for establishingretaining our independent registered public accounting firm, evaluating its independence, qualifications and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reportingperformance, and forapproving in advance the assessmentengagement of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting as defined in Rule 13a-15(f) under the Exchange Act. Internal control over financial reporting is a process to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financing reportingindependent registered public accounting firm for all audit and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.non-audit

Our internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that:

Pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect our transactions or dispositions of our assets.
Provide reasonable assurance that our transactions services. The Audit Committee’s specific responsibilities are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of our financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States.
Provide reasonable assurance that our receipts and expenditures are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and our directors, and
Provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of our assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Due to its inherent limitations, a system of internal control over financial reporting can provide only reasonable assurance and may not prevent or detect misstatements. Further, because of changes in conditions, effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting may vary over time.

With the participation of our Chief Executive Officer and our Chief Financial Officer, management conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting based on the criteria set forth in Internal Control – Integrated Framework (2013) issuedits charter. The Audit Committee reviews its charter at least annually. One hundred percent of all audit and non-audit services performed by the independent registered public accounting firm during 2022 were pre-approved by the Audit Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission. Based on this evaluation, dueprior to the material weaknesses described below, managementcommencement of such services. All non-audit services were reviewed by the Audit Committee, and the Audit Committee concluded that the systemprovision of internal control over financial reporting was not effective as of December 31, 2022.

A material weakness is a deficiency, or a combination of deficiencies, in internal control over financial reporting, such that there is a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement of the Company’s annual or interim financial statements will not be prevented or detected on a timely basis.

100


The effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting as of December 31, 2022 has been auditedservices by Ernst & Young LLP an independent registered public accounting firm, as statedwas compatible with the maintenance of that firm’s independence in their report, which is included herein.

Material Weaknesses

We identified material weaknesses in internal control over financial reporting that existed as of December 31, 2022.

For our information technology general controls (ITGCs) over information systems and applications that are relevant to the preparation of the consolidated financial statements, we did not maintain (i) sufficient user access controls to ensure appropriate segregation of duties and to restrict access to financial applications, programs and data to only authorized users, and (ii) program change management controls to ensure that information technology (IT) program and data changes affecting financial information technology applications and underlying accounting records are appropriately authorized and implemented. Business process controls that are dependent on the ineffective ITGCs, or that rely on data produced from systems impacted by the ineffective ITGCs, are also deemed ineffective. Additionally, we did not maintain effective controls over our impairment analyses for goodwill and long-lived assets as we did not retain sufficient contemporaneous documentation to demonstrate the operation of review controls over the forecasts used in developing estimates of fair value.

The material weaknesses did not result in any identified misstatements to the consolidated financial statements and there were no changes to previously released financial results. However, because the material weaknesses create a reasonable possibility that a material misstatement to our financial statements would not be prevented or detected on a timely basis, we concluded that as of December 31, 2022, the internal control over financial reporting was not effective.

Plan of Remediation

Management has been implementing and continues to implement measures designed to ensure that control deficiencies contributing to the material weaknesses are remediated, such that these controls are designed, implemented, and operating effectively. The Company continues to provide additional training to personnel and put in place additional quality control measures around its processes and the retention of evidence of control activities.

When fully implemented and operational, we believe that these actions will remediate the underlying causes of the material weaknesses and strengthen our internal control over financial reporting. The material weaknesses will not be considered remediated, however, until the applicable controls operate for a sufficient period of time and management has concluded, through testing, that these controls are operating effectively. We currently expect that the remediation of these material weaknesses will be completed prior to the end of 2023.

As we implement these remediation efforts, we may determine that additional steps may be necessary to remediate the material weaknesses. We cannot provide assurance that these remediation efforts will be successful or that our internal control over financial reporting will be effective in accomplishing all control objectives all of the time. We will continue to assess the effectiveness of our remediation efforts in connection with our evaluations of internal control over financial reporting.

Item 9B. Other Information.

Departure of Chief Legal Officer

On March 10, 2023, the Company and Blake Bilstad, Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary of the Company, reached an agreement (the “Separation Agreement”) whereby Mr. Bilstad will leave the Company as part of the Company’s reprioritizationconduct of its business operations, effective as of May 1, 2023. Mr. Bilstad will remain as Chief Legal Officer and Corporate Secretary assisting the Company with transition matters until May 1, 2023, at which time his employment with the Company will terminate and Mr. Bilstad will resign his elected officer positions with the Company and each of its subsidiaries.auditing functions.

Pursuant to the Separation Agreement, in exchange for his execution of a general release of claims, Mr. Bilstad will be eligible to receive the severance benefits provided for under his employment agreement with the Company, which includes severance in the sum of Mr. Bilstad’s annual base salary plus a pro rata portion of his target bonus, except that such payment will be paid in a lump sum amount (rather than in substantially equal installments in accordance with the Company’s normal payroll practices over the 12-month period following the termination date), payments or

10137


reimbursements for the cost of COBRA premiums for the twelve months following the termination date and accelerated vesting of all outstanding Company equity awards that vest solely on the passage of time up through May 15, 2024 that are held by Mr. Bilstad on the termination date.

The summary does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Separation Agreement, which is filed as Exhibit 10.15 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions that Prevent Inspections.

Not applicable.

102


PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers, and Corporate Governance.

The information required for this item will be included in our Proxy Statement for our 2023 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the year ended December 31, 2022, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

The information required for this item will be included in our Proxy Statement for our 2023 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the year ended December 31, 2022, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12(a). Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners.

The information required for this item will be included in our Proxy Statement for our 2023 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the year ended December 31, 2022, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12(b). Security Ownership of Management.

The information required for this item will be included in our Proxy Statement for our 2023 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the year ended December 31, 2022, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12(c). Changes in Control.

The information required for this item will be included in our Proxy Statement for our 2023 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the year ended December 31, 2022, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 12(d). Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans.

The information required for this item will be included in our Proxy Statement for our 2023 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the year ended December 31, 2022, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

The information required for this item will be included in our Proxy Statement for our 2023 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the year ended December 31, 2022, and is incorporated herein by reference.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees and Services.

The information required for this item will be included in our Proxy Statement for our 2023 Annual Meeting of Shareholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the year ended December 31, 2022, and is incorporated herein by reference.

103


PART IV

Item 15. Exhibits, Financial Statement Schedules.

The following documents are filed as part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K:

(a)1. Financial Statements

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID: 42)

58

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2022 and 2021

62

Consolidated Statements of Operations for the Years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and2020

63

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income (Loss) for the Years ended December 31, 2022, 2021 and2020

64

Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Equity for the Years ended December 31, 2022,2021, and 2020

65

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Years ended December 31, 2022, 2021, and2020

66

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

67

(a)2. Financial Statement Schedules

The followingNo financial statement schedules foror supplemental data is filed with this Amendment. See Index to Financial Statements and Supplemental Data of the years ended December 31, 2022, 2021Original 10-K.

38


(a)3. Exhibits

The exhibits required to be filed by Item 15 are set forth in, and 2020 are filed as part of this report and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements.

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Inventory reserve, beginning of year

 

$

25,830

 

 

$

8,641

 

 

$

8,031

 

Additions charged to earnings

 

 

36,148

 

 

 

17,488

 

 

 

2,759

 

Deductions

 

 

(9,003

)

 

 

(299

)

 

 

(2,149

)

Inventory reserve, end of year

 

$

52,975

 

 

$

25,830

 

 

$

8,641

 

 

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2022

 

 

2021

 

 

2020

 

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance, beginning of year

 

$

68,109

 

 

$

16,174

 

 

$

 

Additions charged to earnings

 

 

47,640

 

 

 

47,128

 

 

 

16,174

 

Other (1)

 

 

815

 

 

 

4,807

 

 

 

 

Deferred tax asset valuation allowance, end of year

 

$

116,564

 

 

$

68,109

 

 

$

16,174

 

(1) The valuation allowance was adjusted for acquisitions and deferred taxes related to tax deductible transaction costs included in additional paid in capitalor incorporated by reference in, the financial statements.“Exhibit Index” of the Original 10-K.

104


The attached list of exhibits in the “Exhibit Index” sets forth the additional exhibits required to be filed with this Amendment and is incorporated herein by reference in response to this item.

(a)3. Exhibits

Exhibits required under Item 601 of Regulation S-K:

Exhibit

 

 

 

Incorporated by Reference

 

Filed or Furnished herewith

 

 

 

 

Form

 

Exhibit

 

Filing Date

 

File No.

 

 

2.1

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger, dated as of February 9, 2021, by and among Forest Road Acquisition Corp., BB Merger Sub, Inc., Myx Merger Sub, LLC, The Beachbody Company Group, LLC, And Myx Fitness Holdings, LLC.

 

8-K/A

 

2.1

 

2/16/2021

 

001-39735

 

 

3.1

 

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of The Beachbody Company, Inc.

 

8-K

 

3.1

 

7/1/2021

 

001-39735

 

 

3.2

 

Amended and Restated Bylaws of The Beachbody Company, Inc. (incorporated by reference to Exhibit 3.2 to the Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K filed July 1, 2021).

 

8-K

 

3.2

 

7/1/2021

 

001-39735

 

 

4.1

 

Specimen Class A Common Stock Certificate of The Beachbody Company, Inc.

 

8-K

 

4.1

 

7/1/2021

 

001-39735

 

 

4.2

 

Warrant Agreement, dated November 24, 2020, by and between Forest Road Acquisition Corp. and Continental Stock Transfer & Trust Company, as warrant agent.

 

8-K

 

4.2

 

7/1/2021

 

001-39735

 

 

4.3

 

Description of Securities.

 

10-K

 

4.3

 

3/1/2022

 

001-39735

 

 

4.4

 

Form of Warrant.

 

10-Q

 

10.3

 

8/8/2022

 

001-39735

 

 

10.1

 

Form of Subscription Agreement.

 

S-4/A

 

10.1

 

5/27/2021

 

333-253136

 

 

10.2

 

Sponsor Agreement, dated as of February 9, 2021, by and among Forest Road Acquisition Corp., Forest Road Acquisition Sponsor LLC and The Beachbody Company Group, LLC.

 

S-4/A

 

10.2

 

5/27/2021

 

333-253136

 

 

10.3

 

Amended and Restated Registration Rights Agreement, by and among The Beachbody Company, Inc., Forest Road Acquisition Sponsor LLC, The Beachbody Company Group, LLC, Kevin Mayer and certain stockholders of The Beachbody Company, Inc.

 

8-K

 

10.3

 

7/1/2021

 

001-39735

 

 

10.4^

 

The Beachbody Company, Inc. 2021 Incentive Award Plan.

 

8-K

 

10.2

 

7/9/2021

 

001-39735

 

 

10.5^

 

The Beachbody Company, Inc. Employee Stock Purchase Plan.

 

8-K

 

10.3

 

7/9/2021

 

001-39735

 

 

10.6^

 

 

Form of Stock Option Agreement pursuant to The Beachbody Company, Inc. 2021 Incentive Award Plan.

 

8-K

 

10.4

 

7/9/2021

 

001-39735

 

 

10.7^

 

Form of RSU Agreement pursuant to The Beachbody Company, Inc. 2021 Incentive Award Plan.

 

8-K

 

10.5

 

7/9/2021

 

001-39735

 

 

10.8^

 

Non-Employee Director Compensation Program.

 

8-K

 

10.6

 

7/9/2021

 

001-39735

 

 

10.9^

 

The Beachbody Company, Inc. Amended and Restated 2020 Equity Compensation Plan.

 

8-K

 

10.7

 

7/9/2021

 

001-39735

 

 

10.10^

 

The Beachbody Company, Inc. Deferred Compensation Plan for Directors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

105


10.11^

 

Offer of Employment Letter, dated April 15, 2022, by and between Beachbody, LLC and Marc Suidan.

 

10-Q

 

10.1

 

5/9/2022

 

001-39735

 

 

10.12^

 

Separation, General Release and Independent Contractor Services Agreement, dated April 19, 2022, by and among Beachbody, LLC, The Beachbody Company, Inc. and Sue Collyns

 

10-Q

 

10.2

 

5/9/2022

 

001-39735

 

 

10.13^

 

Revised Offer of Employment Letter, dated as of May 10, 2022, as amended, by and between Beachbody, LLC and Kathy Vrabeck.

 

10-Q

 

10.1

 

8/8/2022

 

001-39735

 

 

10.14^

 

Offer of Employment Letter, dated September 27, 2021, by and between The Beachbody Company and Blake Bilstad.

 

10-Q

 

10.1

 

11/15/2021

 

001-39735

 

 

10.15^

 

Confidential Separation and General Release Agreement, dated as of March 10, 2023 and effective May 1, 2023, by and between Beachbody, LLC and Blake Bilstad.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

10.16

 

Form of Indemnification Agreement.

 

8-K

 

10.1

 

5/9/2022

 

001-39735

 

 

10.17

 

Warrant Agreement, dated September 18, 2020, by and between The Beachbody Company Group, LLC and Akron Supplement, LLC.

 

S-4/A

 

10.12

 

5/10/2021

 

333-253136

 

 

10.18

 

Warrant Agreement, dated September 18, 2020, by and between The Beachbody Company Group, LLC and Schwarzenegger Blind Trust.

 

S-4/A

 

10.13

 

5/10/2021

 

333-253136

 

 

10.19

 

Financing Agreement, dated August 8, 2022, by and among Beachbody, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, The Beachbody Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Parent"), each subsidiary of the Parent from time to time party thereto, the lenders from time to time party hereto (each a "Lender" and collectively, the "Lenders"), and Blue Torch Finance, LLC, as collateral agent and as administrative agent for the Lenders.

 

10-Q

 

10.2

 

8/8/2022

 

001-39735

 

 

21.1

 

Subsidiaries of the Company

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

23.1

 

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

31.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

31.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

32.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer of Periodic Report Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

**

101.INS

 

Inline XBRL Instance Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

101.SCH

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

101.CAL

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Calculation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

101.DEF

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Definition Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

101.LAB

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

101.PRE

 

Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

104

 

Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

*

 

Filed herewith.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

106


**

Furnished herewith.

^Exhibit

Indicates management contract or compensatory plan.

Incorporated by Reference

Filed or
Furnished
herewith

Form

Exhibit

Filing Date

File No.

31.3Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)*
31.4Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Rule 13a-14(a)*
104Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as Inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101)

*

Filed herewith.

107

39


SIGNATURES

Item 16. Form 10-K Summary

None.

108


SIGNATURES

Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the Registrant has duly caused this Amendment No. 1 to its Annual Report on Form 10-K to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized.

THE BEACHBODY COMPANY, INC.

Date: March 16, 2023

By:

/s/ Blake T. Bilstad

Blake T. Bilstad

Chief Legal Officer & Corporate Secretary

Power of Attorney

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below constitutes and appoints Carl Daikeler, Marc Suidan and Blake Bilstad, jointly and severally, his or her attorneys-in-fact, each with the power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, hereby ratifying and confirming all that each of said attorneys-in-fact, or his substitute or substitutes, may do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the Registrant in the capacities and on the dates indicated.

Name

Title

Date

THE BEACHBODY COMPANY, INC.

/s/ Carl Daikeler

Chairman of the Board, Director and Chief Executive Officer

(Principal Executive Officer)

March 16, 2023

Carl Daikeler

Date: April 28, 2023

By:

/s/ Marc Suidan

Marc Suidan
Chief Financial Officer

(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

March 16, 2023

Marc Suidan

/s/ Mary Conlin

Director

March 16, 2023

Mary Conlin

/s/ Kristin Frank

Director

March 16, 2023

Kristin Frank

/s/ Michael Heller

Director

March 16, 2023

Michael Heller

/s/ Ann Lundy

Director

March 16, 2023

Ann Lundy

/s/ Kevin Mayer

 Director

March 16, 2023

Kevin Mayer

/s/ John Salter

 Director

March 16, 2023

John Salter

/s/ Ben Van de Bunt

 Director

March 16, 2023

Ben Van de Bunt

10940